Council Agenda
Ordinary Council Meeting
7.00pm, 05 April, 2011
Civic Centre,
Dundebar Road, Wanneroo
Public Question & Statement Time
Council allows a minimum of 15 minutes for public questions and statements at each Council Meeting. If there are not sufficient questions to fill the allocated time, the person presiding will move on to the next item. If there are more questions than can be dealt with in the 15 minutes allotted, the person presiding will determine whether to extend question time.
Protocols
During the meeting, no member of the public may interrupt the meeting’s proceedings or enter into conversation. Each person seeking to ask questions during public question time may address the Council for a maximum of 3 minutes each.
A register of person’s wishing to ask a question/s at the Council Meeting is located at the main reception desk outside of the Chamber on the night. However, members of the public wishing to submit written questions are requested to lodge them with the Chief Executive Officer at least 30 hours prior to the start of the meeting i.e. noon on the previous day.
The person presiding will control public question time and ensure that each person wishing to ask a question is given a fair and equal opportunity to do so. A person wishing to ask a question should state his or her name and address before asking the question. If the question relates to an item on the agenda, the item number should also be stated.
The following general rules apply to question and statement time:
· Questions should only relate to the business of the council and should not be a statement or personal opinion.
· Only questions relating to matters affecting Council will be considered at an ordinary meeting, and at a special meeting only questions that relate to the purpose of the meeting will be considered. Questions may be taken on notice and responded to after the meeting.
· Questions may not be directed at specific members of council or employees.
· Questions & statements are not to be framed in such a way as to reflect adversely on a particular Elected Member or Officer.
· The first priority will be given to persons who are asking questions relating to items on the current meeting agenda.
· The second priority will be given to public statements. Only statements regarding items on the agenda under consideration will be heard.
Deputations
The Mayor and Councillors will conduct an informal session on the same day as the meeting of the Council at the Civic Centre, Wanneroo, commencing at 6.00pm where members of the public may, by appointment, present deputations. If you wish to present a deputation please submit your request for a deputation in writing, at least three clear business days prior to the meeting addressed to the Chief Executive Officer or fax through to Governance on 9405 5097. A request for a deputation must be received by Governance by 12 noon on the Friday before the Council Meeting.
· A deputation is not to exceed 3 persons in number and only those persons may address the meeting.
· Members of a deputation are collectively to have a maximum of 10 minutes to address the meeting, unless an extension of time is granted by the Council.
Please ensure that mobile phones are switched off before entering the Council Chamber. Any queries on this agenda, please contact Governance on 9405 5027 or 9405 5018.
Recording of Council Meetings Policy
Objective
· To ensure that there is a process in place to outline access to the recorded proceedings of Council.
· To emphasise that the reason for recording of Council Meetings is to ensure the accuracy of Council Minutes and that any reproduction is for the sole purpose of Council business.
Statement
Recording of Proceedings
(1) Proceedings for meetings of the Council, Electors, Audit Committee and Public Question Time during Council Briefing Sessions shall be recorded by the City on sound recording equipment, except in the case of meetings of the Council where the Council closes the meeting to the public.
(2) Notwithstanding subclause (1), proceedings of a meeting of the Council which is closed to the public shall be recorded where the Council resolves to do so.
(3) No member of the public is to use any electronic, visual or vocal recording device or instrument to record the proceedings of the Council or a committee without the written permission of the Council.
Access to Recordings
(4) Members of the public may purchase a copy of recorded proceedings or alternatively listen to recorded proceedings with the supervision of a City Officer. Costs of providing recorded proceedings to members of the public will be the cost of the CD plus staff time to make the copy of the proceedings. The cost of supervised listening to recorded proceedings will be the cost of the staff time. The cost of staff time will be set in the City's schedule of fees and charges each year.
(5) Elected Members may request a recording of the Council proceedings at no charge. However, no transcript will be produced without the approval of the Chief Executive Officer. All Elected Members are to be notified when recordings are requested by individual Members.
Retention of Recordings
(6) Recordings pertaining to the proceedings of Council Meetings shall be retained in accordance with the State Records Act 2000 (General Disposal Authority for Local Government Records). The current requirement for the retention of recorded proceedings is thirty (30) years.
Disclosure of Policy
(7) This policy shall be printed within the agenda of all Council, Special Council, Electors and Special Electors meetings to advise the public that the proceedings of the meeting are recorded.
Notice is given that the next Ordinary Council Meeting will be held at the Civic Centre,
Dundebar Road, Wanneroo on Tuesday 5 April, 2011 commencing at 7.00pm.
D Simms
Chief Executive Officer
31 March, 2011
CONTENTS
Item 2_____ Apologies and Leave of Absence
Item 3_____ Public Question Time
Questions Taken on Notice at Council Briefing
3.1 Mr M Parker, Observatory Drive, Clarkson
3.2 Ms K Bennett, Kingsway Road, Landsdale
3.3 Mr C Tenni, Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson
Item 4_____ Confirmation of Minutes
OC01-04/11 Minutes of Ordinary Council Meeting held on 8 March 2011
Item 5_____ Announcements by the Mayor without Discussion
Item 6_____ Questions from Elected Members
PS01-04/11 Policy Finalisation - Local Planning Policy 2.6: Ancillary Accommodation
PS02-04/11 Policy Finalisation - Local Planning Policy 2.3: Child Care Centres
PS03-04/11 Amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation
PS05-04/11 Development Application - Estate Signs Located Within City Controlled Land
PS07-04/11 Proposed Closure of Pedestrian Access Way - Lot 57 (14P) Collison Place, Marangaroo
PS08-04/11 Sustainability Investment Fund Policy
PS09-04/11 Final East Wanneroo Structure Plan
CB01-04/11 Application to Keep More Than Two Dogs
CB03-04/11 Fluoridation of the Yanchep Drinking Water Supply - Public Consultation
CB04-04/11 Appointment of Delegate to the Mindarie Regional Council
CB06-04/11 Update on the exit of the City of Stirling from the Mindarie Regional Council
IN01-04/11 Queenscliffe Park Beach Access Concept Plan, Quinns Rocks
IN02-04/11 Pedestrian Pathway - Compass Circle to Foreshore Vista, Yanchep
IN04-04/11 Tender No 01104 - The Provision of Linemarking, Signs, and Spotting Services
IN06-04/11 Carramar Special Rural Zone (Tranquil Drive) - Review of Traffic Issues
IN07-04/11 Review of the Use of Rubber Speed Humps
CD01-04/11 Reconciliation Action Plan Working Group: Amendment to Terms of Reference
CD02-04/11 Concept Plan for the Development of Keith Griffith Park
CD03-04/11 Kingsway Masterplan Review
CD04-04/11 Review of the Community Consultation Policy
Corporate Strategy & Performance
CS01-04/11 Financial Activity Statement for the Period Ended 28 February 2011
CS02-04/11 Budget Workshop 1 - Capital Budget 2011/12
Governance and Executive Services
CS03-04/11 Donations to be Considered by Council - April 2011
CS04-04/11 Review of Certificate of Recognition - Elected Members Policy
CS05-04/11 Amendment to Australia Day Award Policy
CS06-04/11 Overview of Proposed Structure of Internal Standards Panel
CS07-04/11 Council Members’ Fees, Allowances, Reimbursements and Benefits Policy Amendment
CS08-04/11 Motion for the 2011 National General Assembly of Local Government
CE01-04/11 Delegation of Authority for Appointment of Acting Chief Executive Officer
CE02-04/11 Donation Requests Considered Under Delegated Authority of the Chief Executive Officer
CE03-04/11 Strategic Internal Audit Plan 2011/12 to 2013/14
MN01-04/11 Cr Grierson - Request for Citizenship Ceremonies
CR02-04/11 Purchase Road Reserve Land from Lot 13 (287L) Gnangara Road, Wangara
CR03-04/11 Acquisition of Land - Portions of Lot 105 (500) and Lot 21 (450) Flynn Drive Neerabup
Item 12____ Date of Next Meeting
Agenda
Item 2 Apologies and Leave of Absence
Questions Taken on Notice at Council Briefing
3.1 Mr M Parker, Observatory Drive, Clarkson
Item PS04-04/11 – Retrospective Development Application – Change of Use from Single House to Place of Worship and Educational Establishment including Incidental Restaurant (Café) and Shop at 82 Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson
What options and support does the City intend to offer marginalised young people who are not able to access education in the normal manner and who are looking for a community to respond to their needs?
Response by Cr Roberts
Taken on notice.
Further Response by Director Planning and Sustainability
The Council’s consideration of this application is based on the appropriateness or otherwise of the proposal based on town planning principles and land use matters.
Other locations and premises where the use is permissible should be considered by the applicant.
Item CR01-04/11 – Reconsideration of the Draft East Wanneroo Cell 9 – East Landsdale Local Structure Plan No. 57 – Lot 165 (474) Kingsway, Landsdale
1. Is it fair that the current East Landsdale Draft Local Structure Plan allocates all of Lot 165 Kingsway Road, including our home of 35 years and all the associated improvements, which are worth well over $2 million, as Public Open Space on the Structure Plan?
2. Will the City of Wanneroo be responsible for compensation for all of the land and improvements on Lot 165, even though the proposed structure plan, which is, we believe, a fair compromise, will significantly save an amount of compensation payable for both the land and improvements and doesn’t disadvantage other landowners?
3. While this is a complex issue, is there any need for more than half of Lot 165 as Public Open Space when the nearby primary school has ample outdoor playing areas which, when combined with the adjoining Public Open Space area on the proposed structure plan, will provide sufficient land area for a full sized football oval if needed?
Response by Cr Roberts
Taken on notice.
Further Response by Director Planning and Sustainability
1. The structure planning for East Landsdale has been undertaken over a period of years and has been the subject of public consultation on at least two occasions. The structure planning process makes provision for land required for Public Open Space (POS) or other public purposes to be purchased by the City through District Planning Scheme No. 2.
2. Through the provisions of District Planning Scheme No. 2, the City will compensate any landowner affected by a requirement such as the need to provide POS in the area.
3. A reduction in the size of the POS will prevent the establishment of a appropriately orientated senior oval and associated facilities. Further, there is no obligation for the proposed primary school site to contribute to the provision of a senior playing field in the locality.
Item PS04-04/11 – Retrospective Development Application – Change of Use from Single House to Place of Worship and Educational Establishment including Incidental Restaurant (Café) and Shop at 82 Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson
1. Has the applicant considered the vacant commercial premises around the corner from us, which are approved usage for the application?
2. Has the applicant considered the growth of the number of people attending the church and school?
Response by Cr Roberts
Taken on notice.
Further Response by Director Planning and Sustainability
The City notes the questions and suggests that they should be directed to the applicant.
Item 4 Confirmation of Minutes
That the minutes of Ordinary Council Meeting held on 8 March 2011 be confirmed.
Item 5 Announcements by the Mayor without Discussion
Item 6 Questions from Elected Members
Declarations of Interest by Elected Members, including the nature and extent of the interest. Declaration of Interest forms to be completed and handed to the Chief Executive Officer.
File Ref: 4083 – 11/23992
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the final adoption of Local Planning Policy 2.6: Ancillary Accommodation (LPP 2.6) following public advertising of the policy.
Background
The current planning policy, titled ‘Ancillary Accommodation in the General Rural, Rural Resource, Special Rural and Special Residential Zones Local Planning Policy’ (hereafter referred to as the ‘current policy’) was originally adopted in December 2005 (refer to Attachment 1). This policy was due for review in December 2007.
As part of the review of the current policy, Administration has developed a new policy (Draft LPP 2.6; refer to Attachment 2) to be incorporated into the Administration’s Local Planning Policy Framework. LPP 2.6 has been developed with the intent to improve current standards for the assessment of planning applications for ancillary accommodation. LPP 2.6 was formulated to incorporate agreed standards in addition to – but not in conflict with – those stipulated in District Planning Scheme No. 2 (DPS 2) and the Residential Design Codes.
Council has previously considered Draft LPP 2.6 at its meeting on 14 December 2010 and at that time, Council resolved to advertise the policy for public comment.
Consultation
The draft Policy was advertised for public comment for a period of 42 days from 18 January 2011 to 1 March 2011 by way of:
• Advertisements placed in local newspapers for two consecutive weeks on 18 January 2011 and 25 January 2011; and
• Display at the City’s Civic Centre, City’s libraries and on the City’s website.
Administration did not receive any submissions during the 42-day advertising period.
Comment
Administration recommends that Council adopts the Draft LPP 2.6, as presented to Council at its meeting of 14 December 2010, and as shown in Attachment 2.
Statutory Compliance
In accordance with Section 8.11.3.1 (c) of DPS 2, Council is required to review the draft policy in light of any submissions made and must then resolve either to finally adopt the draft policy with or without modification, or not to proceed with the policy.
In accordance with Clauses 8.11.3.1 (d) and 8.11.3.1 (e) of DPS 2, should Council resolve to finally adopt the revised draft policy, notification of the final adoption must be published once in a newspaper circulating in the District and a copy of the policy forwarded to the Western Australian Planning Commission.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
Policy Implications
Draft LPP 2.6 will supersede the current Local Planning Policy “Ancillary Accommodation in the General Rural, Rural Resource, Special Rural and Special Residential zones”, and establish agreed standards for the City to assess and determine applications for planning approval for Ancillary Accommodation within the City of Wanneroo.
Financial Implications
The cost of advertising the final adoption of LPP 2.6 can be met from existing operational budgets.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. NOTES that no submissions were received in respect to draft Local Planning Policy 2.6: Ancillary Accommodation;
2. Pursuant to Clause 8.11.3.1 (c) of District Planning Scheme No. 2 ADOPTS the draft Local Planning Policy 2.6: Ancillary Accommodation included in Attachment 2; and
3. Pursuant to Clauses 8.11.3.1 (d) and 8.11.3.1 (e) of District Planning Scheme No. 2 PUBLISHES notice of its adoption of the Policy in the Wanneroo Times and North Coast Times newspapers, and FORWARDS a copy of the adopted policy to the Western Australian Planning Commission for its information.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 14
File Ref: 4082 – 11/24641
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the final adoption of Local Planning Policy 2.3: Child Care Centres (LPP 2.3), following public advertising of the policy.
Background
The current planning policy, titled ‘Child Care Centres’ (hereafter referred to as the ‘current policy’) was originally adopted in July 1999 (refer Attachment 1). This policy was due for review in February 2009.
The current policy has been reviewed and retitled Local Planning Policy 2.3: Child Care Centres (LPP 2.3) (refer Attachment 2). The review was undertaken as part of the regular review of policies to ensure they are current and still relevant. To this end, the review seeks to ensure that LPP 2.3 is consistent with the Western Australian Planning Commission’s (WAPC’s) Child Care Centre Guidelines released in August 2009 (Planning Bulletin 72/2009) and reflects the introduction of the Child Care Services Act 2007 and associated regulations and can be clearly and consistently interpreted and implemented by applicants, Administration and Council.
Council previously considered Draft LPP 2.3 at its meeting on 14 December 2010, and at that time, Council resolved to advertise the policy for public comment.
Consultation
The draft policy was advertised for public comment for a period of 42 days from 18 January 2011 to 1 March 2011 by way of:
· Advertisements placed in local newspapers for two consecutive weeks on 18 January 2011 and 25 January 2011; and
· Display at the City’s Civic Centre, City’s Libraries and on the City’s website.
Administration did not receive any submissions during the 42-day advertising period.
Comment
Administration recommends that Council adopts the Draft LPP 2.3, as presented to Council at its meeting of 14 December 2010, and as shown in Attachment 2.
Statutory Compliance
In accordance with Section 8.11.3.1 (c) of District Planning Scheme No. 2 (DPS 2), Council is required to review the draft policy in light of any submissions made and must then resolve either to finally adopt the draft policy with or without modification, or not to proceed with the policy.
In accordance with Clause 8.11.3.1 (d) and 8.11.3.1 (e) of DPS 2, should Council resolve to finally adopt the revised draft policy, notification of the final adoption must be published once in a newspaper circulating in the District and a copy of the policy forwarded to the Western Australian Planning Commission.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
Policy Implications
Draft LPP 2.3 will supersede the current Child Care Centres policy and establish agreed standards for the City to assess and determine applications for planning approval for Child Care Centres within the City of Wanneroo.
Financial Implications
The cost of advertising the final adoption of LPP 2.3 can be met from existing operational budgets.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. NOTES that no submissions were received following advertising of draft Local Planning Policy 2.3: Child Care Centres;
2. Pursuant to Clause 8.11.3.1 (c) of District Planning Scheme No. 2 ADOPTS the draft Local Planning Policy 2.3: Child Care Centres included in Attachment 2; and
3. Pursuant to Clauses 8.11.3.1 (d) and 8.11.3.1 (e) of District Planning Scheme No. 2 PUBLISHES notice of its adoption of the Policy in the Wanneroo Times and North Coast Times newspapers, and FORWARDS a copy of the adopted policy to the Western Australian Planning Commission for its information.
PART 1
Policy Operation
Policy development
This policy has been prepared under the provisions of clause 8.11 of the City of Wanneroo District Planning Scheme No. 2 (DPS 2).
Application and purpose
This policy establishes agreed standards for the assessment and determination of Child Care Centre development applications and has been applied to supplement the provisions of Part 4 of DPS 2.
Objective
To provide guidance for the design, location and development of Child Care Centres to maximise user convenience and maintain a high level of amenity in residential areas.
Definitions
‘Child care centre’ has the same meaning given to it under DPS 2 and, for the purpose of ensuring consistency with the Western Australian Planning Commission’s Child Care Centre Guidelines, includes premises used for the daily or occasional care of children in accordance with the regulations for child care under the Child Care Services Act 2007.
Related Legislation and Policies
DPS 2, Residential Design Codes and Child Care Services Act 2007.
Responsibility for Implementation
Manager Planning Implementation
Part 2
General Policy Provisions
1. Location
1.1 Road Hierarchy
Child Care Centres are reasonably high traffic generators and therefore should not be located on Primary or District Distributors (or close to the intersections of such roads) where the primary function is to cater for through traffic. Similarly, Child Care Centres should not be located in or adjacent to Access Roads in residential areas where amenity, safety and aesthetics must take priority. Accordingly, these Centres should be located on Local Distributor roads in such a fashion that they will not conflict with traffic control devices and will not encourage the use of nearby Access Roads for turning movements.
1.2. Neighbouring Uses
Wherever possible it is preferred to locate Child Care Centres adjacent to non-residential uses such as Shopping Centres, Medical Centres/Consulting Rooms, Schools, Parks and Community Purpose Buildings to maximise convenience and minimise the impact such Centres will have on the amenity of residential areas.
2. Setbacks
Setbacks shall be in accordance with Clause 4.7 of DPS 2. In residential areas the following variations may be considered:
2.1 Front Setback
If the building is located between two adjoining residences, the building may be setback from the primary street boundary at least as far as the lesser of the two adjoining residences. If the surrounding sites are vacant, variations to the front setback requirements of DPS 2 will not be considered.
2.2 Side and Rear Setbacks
Side and rear setbacks may be reduced (with the exception of setbacks to activity or play areas) in accordance with Table 1, Tables 2(a) and 2(b) and Part 6.3 Boundary set-back requirements of the Residential Design Codes, where it can be adequately substantiated that the variation will not adversely impact on the amenity of adjacent landowners. Care should be taken to ensure outdoor play areas are not located adjacent to private open space or living areas, where practicable.
3. Parking
3.1 Location
All parking areas should be located in front of buildings or at least be easily visible from the entry to the site so that patrons are encouraged to use the on-site parking and not the road verges. Disabled bays shall be located as close as possible to the entry of the Child Care Centre.
3.2 Design
Parking areas should preferably be designed to allow traffic to flow through using entry and exit crossovers so that traffic conflicts and congestion do not unnecessarily restrict the use of the parking area. For the purposes of determining parking requirements, design incorporating through flow are referred to as Type 1 and those accessed only by a two-way crossover as a Type 2 (refer to Figure 1).
3.3 Number of parking bays required
All Child Care Centres must provide a minimum of one parking bay for each staff member and at least five parking bays for up to 25 children. For Centres with more than 25 children the required parking bays are determined by reference to Figure 1. The actual parking requirement for Centres in this category varies with the configuration of the parking area and the number of children.
4. Landscaping
4.1 Onsite
In residential areas, the primary street frontage and corner truncation, where applicable, shall be suitably landscaped and reticulated to a depth of three (3) metres to assist in preserving the character of residential areas. Where car parking areas are located adjacent to secondary streets, the car park shall be setback a minimum of three (3) metres to allow for landscaping. Child Care Centres located in all other areas shall be landscaped in accordance with DPS2.
4.2 Verge
The verge area in front of all Child Care Centres is required to be suitably landscaped, reticulated and maintained to discourage patrons from parking on the verge instead of using the parking areas provided. Under no circumstances is the verge to be paved or sealed as this would encourage its use for parking and detract from the amenity of the area.
4.3 Landscaping Plan
A minimum of 8% of the area of the development site shall be set aside as landscaping. Detailed landscaping and reticulation plans for the subject site and adjacent road verges, shall be lodged for approval by the City. A landscaping plan is to be submitted for approval by the City prior to the issue of a building licence. The use of endemic trees and shrubs are encouraged. The City will not accept landscaping that includes or would result in the creation of potentially hazardous heights, landscape fittings and potentially toxic plant species.
5. Soil Contamination
Any party considering development of a child care centre must obtain and consider any information the Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) has about the contamination status of a given site. This documentation is to be submitted to the City with the development application.
6. Pedestrian Linkages
Pedestrian access within the site, from the parking area to the entry of the building shall be provided and shall link into existing neighbourhood pedestrian networks where available.
7. Traffic Impact Studies
Where Child Care Centres are proposed within Residential Areas or where the City considers that the Centre traffic may adversely impact on the surrounding area, a Traffic Impact Study will be required.
A traffic impact study should be prepared by a suitably qualified Traffic Consultant and address the following:-
· Site description including naming of roads and nearest intersections;
· Adjoining land uses;
· Existing traffic conditions or Structure Plan indications;
· Traffic flows, daily and peak hour flows, number of heavy vehicles;
· Speed as measured at the 85th percentile;
· Trip generation;
· Queuing at intersections and entry/egress to parking facilities;
· Road safety for all road users, including pedestrian and cyclists;
· Crash history;
· Parking provisions and requirements, pick-up and drop-off facilities;
· Public transport routes;
· Dual use path locations surrounding the site, internal pedestrian pathways, suitable crossing locations for pedestrians and provision of pram ramps;
· Other matters considered necessary in a particular case.
8. Fencing
If a Child Care Centre is proposed within a Residential Area, fencing within the front setback area shall be in accordance with Part 6.2, Streetscape requirements of the Residential Design Codes and fencing to secondary streets shall be in accordance with the City’s Private Property Local Law. It is preferable that fencing along the secondary street be located behind any required landscaping strip, unless the fence is permeable from natural ground level.
9. Amenity
9.1 Residential Areas
Child Care Centres located within residential areas shall maintain a residential appearance so as to harmonise with the character of the area.
9.2 Windows to Activity Rooms
Windows to activity rooms shall be orientated away from adjoining residential properties to minimise any noise impacts to adjoining properties.
9.3 Acoustic Report
Child Care Centres may potentially generate a level of noise perceived as nuisance to adjacent landowners, as such Child Care Centres will be subject to the assessment of an acoustic report. The report should demonstrate either compliance with the Environmental Protection (Noise) Regulations 1997 or design/specification measures that will need to be incorporated to reach compliance.
10. Consultation
Applications for the development of a child care centre located in an existing residential area will be subject to public consultation in accordance with Clause 6.7 of DPS 2, with a minimum requirement for adjoining neighbours to be consulted and a sign displayed on site. Consultation may not be considered necessary where the location of the child care centre has been predetermined in an agreed structure plan completed prior to any residential development in the vicinity.
11. Required Supporting Information
A list of the required documentation to be submitted with all child care centre development applications is provided in Schedule 1.
Schedule 1
Required supporting information
All applications for Child Care Centres shall consist of the following:-
· A written statement that outlines the number of children proposed, age group breakdown, days and hours of operation, required staff numbers and any other supporting information;
· A location plan depicting surrounding lots and road layout;
· A site contour survey plan prepared by a licensed practicing land surveyor, including location of buildings on adjacent sites;
· A site plan (to a minimum scale of 1:100 or 1:200) depicting the location of all proposed built structures, car parking, landscaping, bin store location, pedestrian and vehicle access ways, crossover location/s, verge area, adjacent roads and any associated road infrastructure (eg. light poles, drainage pits, traffic islands etc). Setbacks to buildings are required to be clearly depicted on the plan;
· Floor plans to a minimum scale of 1:100;
· Elevations to all sides of the building to a minimum scale of 1:100;
· Documentation that consultation with the DEC has been undertaken by the applicant/owner in relation to the contamination status of a given site.
· Traffic Impact Statement if located within a residential area or where the City considers that the Centre traffic may adversely impact on the surrounding area;
· An acoustic report;
· A signage strategy; and
· Other matters considered necessary by the City in a particular case.
Figure 1
Parking for Child Care Centres
PARKING LAYOUT
Type 1 Parking
|
|
Type 2 Parking |
||
Children |
Bays Required |
|
Children |
Bays Required |
<40 |
5 |
|
<25 |
5 |
41-48 |
6 |
|
26-30 |
6 |
49-56 |
7 |
|
31-56 |
7 |
57-64 |
8 |
|
57-64 |
8 |
65-72 |
9 |
|
65-72 |
9 |
>72 |
9 bays plus 1 per 7 children accommodated in excess of 72
|
|
>72 |
9 bays plus 1 per 7 children accommodated in excess of 72
|
Notes: Above bays are for
numbers of children only. One additional bay is required for each staff
member.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 29
File Ref: 3516 – 11/25021
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider submissions received in response to advertising of a proposed amendment to Local Planning Policy (LPP) 3.1: Local Housing Strategy (LHS) Implementation.
Background
At its meeting of 6 April 2010 (item PS01-04/10), Council required that an amendment to LPP 3.1 be prepared to:
1. Facilitate higher residential densities in other appropriate locations, not solely in proximity to commercial/activity centres; and
2. Include provisions that set out the manner in which Council will deal with requests for higher residential density codings in areas not covered by the policy.
A report addressing the above matters was considered at Council’s meeting of 14 December 2010 (item PS03-12/10), resulting in Council adopting a draft amendment to LPP 3.1 and requiring that it be advertised for public comment.
Detail
The amendment to LPP 3.1 proposes to:
· Expand the Housing Precincts in Wanneroo, Girrawheen and Koondoola to include additional areas identified for an increase in residential density based on the application of proposed additional criteria;
· Combine the Girrawheen and Koondoola Housing Precincts;
· Include provisions that set out the manner in which Council will deal with requests for higher density codings in areas that do not fall within the Housing Precincts identified by the Policy;
· Raise the Quinns Rocks Housing Precinct from priority 7 to priority 3 for implementation.
Consultation
The amendment was advertised for a period of 42 days, concluding on 1 March 2011. It was advertised by means of notices in local newspapers, displays at City venues, information on the City’s website, and letters sent to all affected landowners.
Comment
Nineteen submissions have been received. These have been summarised in a table in Attachment 1. This includes Administration’s response to each comment made, and a recommendation regarding whether a change should be made to the Policy, or not.
Following is an overview of some of the main comments made in the submissions:
1. Ten of the submissions support the proposed amendment. This is not to say that the other nine submissions do not support it: the infrastructure agencies generally advise that they have no objection to it, and a number of submissions seek some changes to the amendment. Only one of the submissions from landowners could be viewed as opposing the proposed inclusion of their property in a Housing Precinct.
2. The submission which opposed the amendment expressed concerns about possible reductions in land values (while also acknowledging possible increases in values). The purpose of the Policy is primarily to promote density increases in appropriate areas, enhancing the diversity of housing available. Impacts on property values, while naturally of much interest to affected landowners, is not a Policy outcome being sought.
3. Two submissions relate to density changes in Quinns Rocks. While the amendment included this Housing Precinct in terms of raising it in order of priority, it did not deal with it in terms of any new density proposals. This is to be subject to further study and report to Council in due course.
4. The submission by Main Roads WA (MRWA) raises a concern regarding proposed new Criterion 2, which proposes R40 coding within 250m of main bus routes. MRWA advises that this should exclude main bus routes which are also high speed through traffic routes, in particular Wanneroo Road, Marmion Avenue and Alexander Drive. These roads are also designated primary freight routes, which the Western Australian Planning Commission (WAPC) document Directions 2031 and Beyond states should not be treated as ‘urban corridors’ (i.e. appropriate locations for higher density residential). This is due to traffic efficiency and safety concerns. These are considered valid concerns and Criterion 2 is therefore recommended to be accordingly modified.
In applying this recommended change to Criterion 2 to the Wanneroo Housing Precinct, it may be noted that the pocket of land generally to the south of the Wanneroo Showgrounds reserve which previously met both Criteria 2 and 3, and was therefore recommended for inclusion in this Housing Precinct under this amendment (see Attachment 2), now only meets Criterion 3. It is recommended, however, that this pocket of land still be included in this Precinct, on the basis of it being a logical ‘rounding off’ of the Precinct based on proximity to the Wanneroo Town Centre (it is just over 800m from the centre of the Town Centre, a similar distance to the southern part of the Precinct on the east side of Wanneroo Road).
Application of this recommended change to Criterion 2 to the Girrawheen-Koondoola Housing Precinct has no impact on the changes proposed to that Precinct as the areas proposed for addition to that Precinct are all further than 250m from Wanneroo Road (see Attachment 3).
It should also be noted that this recommended change to Criterion 2 has no impact on the areas already included in these Precincts. These areas are included on the basis of proximity to Activity Centres, and the concerns raised by MRWA should be able to be managed within Activity Centres e.g. through traffic calming and provision for safe pedestrian crossing.
5. The submission by RPS Consultants on behalf of A. Ayling seeks extension of the Wanneroo Housing Precinct to include a pocket of land north of Neville Drive, which is the northern boundary of the current Precinct. Having regard for the significant extent of the northern ‘rounding off’ which previously occurred here, as well as the recommended change to Criterion 2, it is recommended that this further extension not be supported.
Recommended Modifications to Amendment to Policy
Arising from assessment of the submissions, a number of modifications to the amendment to LPP 3.1 are recommended, as set out in Attachment 1.
Should these modifications be adopted by Council, the final version of LPP 3.1 will be as shown in Attachment 4 (where the changes shown as ‘track changes’ are those which are the recommended modifications to the amendment).
The plans showing the amended Housing Precinct boundaries will be the same as those which were advertised (see Attachments 2 and 3).
Process following Amendment of Policy
It is important to note that LPP 3.1 itself does not change the R Coding of land, and that an amendment to District Planning Scheme No. 2 (DPS 2) is required to do this.
Following final adoption of this amendment, it is proposed to present a report to Council in the near future to seek Council endorsement of initiation of an amendment to DPS 2 to effect recodings of the Wanneroo and Girrawheen-Koondoola Housing Precincts consistent with LPP 3.1.
Statutory Compliance
Clause 8.11.3 of DPS 2 sets out the procedure for amendment of a Local Planning Policy. The step in that procedure where this proposed amendment is currently at requires that Council review the draft Amendment in the light of the submissions made and shall then resolve either to formally adopt the draft amendment with or without modification, or not to proceed with the draft amendment.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.4 Improve the quality of the built environment”
1.4.1 Identify and prioritise opportunities to revitalise existing neighbourhoods to meed the changing needs of the community;
1.4.2 Encourage the development of more diverse residential and commercial centres;
1.4.3 Promote urban design that creates alternative, distinctive and sustainable neighbourhoods.”
Policy Implications
The proposal will involve an amendment to LPP 3.1.
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. ENDORSES the responses to issues raised in submissions on the draft amendment to Local Planning Policy (LPP) 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation, and the recommended modifications to the draft amendment, as contained in Attachment 1 to this report.
2. Pursuant to Clause 8.11.3 of District Planning Scheme No. 2, FINALLY ADOPTS the draft amendment to LPP 3.1, with the Housing Precinct boundaries being amended as shown on Attachments 2 and 3, and the Policy text being amended as shown on Attachment 4.
3. NOTIFIES those people who made submissions on the draft amendment of this decision.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 33
Local
Planning Policy 3.1 – Local Housing Strategy Implementation
Amendment Summary of Submissions |
comment
|
Response |
Recommended Modification |
||
1. Joe & Allison Fiala, Gratwick Way, Koondoola. |
Support amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
2. Adrian & Richa Fuller, Allinson Drive, Girrawheen. |
Support amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation.
|
Noted. |
No change. |
||
3. Geoff & Judith Williams, Buntine Way, Manola Way and Meakers Way, Girrawheen. |
Support amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
4. Vivien Wickens, Tendering Way, Girrawheen. |
Support amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
5. R. & T. J. Sanderson, Hadleigh Way, Girrawheen. |
Support amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
6. Brett Hodge, Casserley Avenue, Girrawheen. |
Support amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
7. Diana Hewitt, Hurlston Way, Koondoola.
|
Support amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
8. John & Heather Chester, Ilbury Street, Quinns Rocks. |
Support amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
9. Risto & Silvana Naumovski, Hadleigh Way, Girrawheen. |
Request that 5 Hadleigh Way, Girrawheen be included within the Girrawheen-Koondoola Housing Precinct. |
This property is already included in the amended area as R40. |
No Change. |
||
10. Wei Wang, Henniker Way, Koondoola. |
Request that 12 Henniker Way, Koondoola be up-coded to R60 rather than R40. |
The Policy provides that R60 be proposed within 400m of activity centres. This property is approximately one kilometre from the nearest activity centre (Koondoola Neighbourhood Centre). |
No change. |
||
11. Shirley Courtney, Henniker Way, Koondoola. |
11.1 Questions why the policy bother to have spatial criteria for determining the location of higher density areas, when it also includes provision for areas to be coded R40 which do not comply with that spatial criteria. (The submitters property does not meet the spatial criteria, No. 1-3, of the Policy but is proposed to be included in the R40 area).
11.2 Possibility of increased density of state housing delaying a rise in property values in Koondoola.
11.3 Increase in rental value resulting in an increase in property value from Valuer General’s Department (Property Valuations/Landgate) which would allow the City to increase annual rates.
11.4 “Not sure I can agree to the rezoning with the only positive ‘thought’ that rezoning ‘may’ increase property values”. |
The logical rounding off exercise which has resulted in the inclusion of the submitter’s property in the proposed R40 area is considered reasonable, especially considering the proximity of that area to a public primary school with associated playing fields.
Any future increase in state housing will be led by the Department of Housing and, as such, was not a focal point of study for this amendment. Also, it was not the primary purpose of this policy amendment to attempt to increase land prices in the related localities. The sole purpose of this amendment is to facilitate an increase in high quality, diverse housing by way of density increases in appropriate locations. Any increase in property values will be a side-effect to the primary outcome discussed above.
The effect of property value increases on rates is difficult to predict as it also depends on property value changes which may occur over the whole district.
This possible increase in property values is simply a secondary outcome to the main purpose of the Policy Amendment. The Policy is specifically aimed at guiding future housing development in new residential areas, protecting existing residential areas from inappropriate development and ensuring adequate housing diversity is available to meet the changing social and economic needs of the community. |
No change. |
||
12. Consultant RPS on behalf of Mr Andy Ayling, Thompson Drive, Wanneroo. |
Seeks that the boundary of the Wanneroo Housing Precinct be extended to the north-west to include the area bounded by Wanneroo Road, Neville Drive and the Scenic Drive road reserve land (see Attachment 5) for the following reasons:
1. Close proximity to public transport, with a main bus route (Route No. 468) running along Wanneroo Road.
2. Close proximity to areas of high amenity, including the public open space system associated with the Scenic Drive public accessway and Lake Joondalup Reserve.
3. Close proximity to community centres, including the existing ABC Child Care Centre on Wanneroo Road and the Kindergarten on Neville Drive.
4. Direct access to a major arterial route, being Wanneroo Road, which is capable of providing sufficient vehicular access to local and regional services and facilities.
5. Re-development of the land cell would represent an improvement in the physical quality of the built environment (consistent with the City of Wanneroo Strategic Plan 2006-2021).
6. Re-development would promote a range of lot sizes to cater for different lifestyles (consistent with City of Wanneroo Smart Growth Strategy).
7. The improved built form would assist in the gentrification of this part of Wanneroo, creating a ‘pride of place’ amongst the community.
It is acknowledged that a portion of the land cell does fall outside the generic 800m radius of the Wanneroo Town Centre. However, as outlined in the draft amendment to LPP 3.1, areas that fall outside of a criterion distance can still be included in an R40 coded area, where they form:
a) Gateway to the identified centre; and/or b) A logical land cell (defined by clear physical boundaries) in conjunction with other lots identified for R40.
The land cell that is proposed to be included in the Wanneroo Housing Precinct is clearly defined by Wanneroo Road to the east, Neville Drive to the south, Scenic Drive Public Accessway to the west and to the north.
The R40 areas shown on the Cell Structure Plans (Cell 1 and Cell 2) were justified based on their proximity to Wanneroo Road, being a main public transport route and major arterial. Given this context and similar distance to the Wanneroo Town Centre of these existing R40 coded areas, it is considered that inclusion of the land cell identified on the attached plan would represent a logical “rounding-off” of R40 coded land in this precinct.
Additionally, with appropriate pavement and landscape treatments, this area could also form a “gateway” for the Wanneroo Town Centre, when approaching from the north along Wanneroo Road. |
1. Should the recommendation made in this report regarding main bus routes excluding high speed through traffic routes and designated primary freight routes be accepted, then Wanneroo Road will not be regarded as a main bus route, and the issues raised about traffic efficiency and safety on these routes will be applicable here.
2. Agreed that the open space areas to the west of the subject area are considered of high amenity.
3. While the existing nearby child care centre and kindergarten are important local community facilities, they do not justify this proposal.
4. Wanneroo Road is a readily accessible major arterial route and therefore meets this aspect of Criterion 4 of the Policy.
5-7. These reasons, while valid, could apply to many areas of the district.
The reasons relating to ‘rounding-off’ of the Precinct need to be considered having regard for the fact that the City has already applied a substantial ‘rounding-off’ extension in this northern part of this Precinct. (See Attachment 6 which shows the extent that the 800m boundary has already been extended).
Having regard for the above assessment of the submission, and particularly the traffic efficiency and safety issues associated with Wanneroo Road, it is concluded that the only areas situated on major arterial routes (which are high speed through traffic routes or primary freight routes) which should be considered appropriate for higher density residential are those areas which form part of activity centres located on those routes. Within such centres, management measures should be able to be implemented to address the concerns raised by MRWA in respect to those routes e.g. traffic calming and safe provision for pedestrian crossing.
On this basis, it is recommended that this submission not be supported. |
No change. |
||
13. Joe Palumbo, Ocean Drive, Quinns Rocks. |
Concern regarding proposal for R60 along Ocean Drive Quinns Rocks. Street cannot accommodate increase in traffic and parking. Widening street would be costly. Concern about impacts on beach. |
Quinns Rocks Housing Precinct is outside the scope of this amendment in respect to changes to precinct boundaries. This amendment is only proposing changes to R Code areas identified in the Wanneroo and Girrawheen-Koondoola Housing Precincts. The other precincts (including Quinns Rocks) shall be assessed in relation to the application of the proposed new criteria at some time in the future. |
No change. |
||
14. Shane & Donna Budd-Doyle, Gordon Avenue, Quinns Rocks. |
Realignment of the R60 boundary to include Gordon Road, Quinns Rocks within R60 area instead of R40 based on the fact that it is well serviced by public transport buses. This would also include 27 extra lots in the R60 area. |
Quinns Rocks Housing Precinct is outside the scope of this amendment in respect to changes to precinct boundaries. This amendment is only proposing changes to R Code areas identified in the Wanneroo and Girrawheen-Koondoola Housing Precincts. The other precincts (including Quinns Rocks) shall be assessed in relation to the application of the proposed new criteria at some time in the future. |
No change. |
||
15. Department of Housing |
Support amendment to Local Planning Policy 3.1: Local Housing Strategy Implementation. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
16. Telstra |
Telstra or NBN Co has no objection to the proposed amendment and will endeavour to provide all applicants with a service at the time of application. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
17. Western Power |
No major impact on capacity of substations that service the Housing Precinct areas. However, Western Power not bound to service the potential new developments on the basis of the advice on this proposed amendment. |
Noted. |
No change. |
||
18. Water Corporation |
No objection to the proposed amendment, however the following further comments also provided:
Unable to undertake accurate headworks infrastructure planning at this time due to the dispersed nature and lack of certainty on the timing of each Housing Precinct.
Generally the increase to R40 may not create the need for upgrades. However, the increases in density will be factored into the next review of the hydraulic planning for the respected area.
Suggests the City of Wanneroo implement a developer contribution scheme to assist in funding upgrades that could be required in the future. |
Noted. The City of Wanneroo is currently collaborating with the Water Corporation with a view to assessing infrastructure capacity and identifying upgrades which may be required.
The current Policy provides for development contributions to be addressed in considering funding of infrastructure upgrades. |
No change. |
||
19. Main Roads |
19.1 Table 1, item 2 (b) – policy application should restrict R40 development to main East – West bus routes. Main Roads has concerns with the respect to transport efficiency and pedestrian safety on major North-South arterial routes.
19.2 Table 1 – item 4 criterion detail should allow “easy access/close proximity to major arterial road routes, excluding Marmion Avenue, Wanneroo Road and Alexander Drive”. Main Roads has concerns with respect to transport efficiency and pedestrian safety on these major arterial roads.
19.3 Table 1 – Item 4 policy application should set minimum R-Codes.
19.4 Item 3 – First paragraph should be changed to read “planning issues will also need to be addressed” (instead of ‘may’ need to be addressed).
19.5 Item 3 i) – Should indicate that Assessment of existing road infrastructure provision and identification of future infrastructure upgrades on local and regional roads (including parking) shall be consistent with the WAPC policy – “Transport Assessment Guidelines for Developments”.
19.6 Item 9.2 b) should indicate that an Assessment of existing road infrastructure provision and identification of future infrastructure upgrades on local and regional roads (including parking) shall be consistent with the WAPC policy – “Transport Assessment Guidelines for Developments” |
From the MRWA advice provided on criterion 4, it is apparent that the particular north-south routes which are of most concern to MRWA are Marmion Avenue, Wanneroo Road and Alexander Drive. In considering the issues raised by MRWA in the context of the new spatial framework provided by Directions 2031 and Beyond (‘Directions’), it appears that Directions would support what MRWA is proposing: while Directions proposes ‘urban corridors’ which are intended to include higher density residential along high frequency public routes, it recognises that some of these routes are also ‘high speed through traffic routes’, and proposes that these ones should not be treated as urban corridors. Directions also sees that primary freight routes are unsuitable as urban corridors. (The above three arterial major roads are all designated as primary freight routes). The issues raised by MRWA, and as supported by Directions, are considered valid, and it is therefore recommended that the first part of point b) of criterion 2 be amended accordingly.
The intent of Criterion 4 in respect to access and proximity to major arterial routes is not that proposed higher density areas actually be on such routes (which appears to be MRWA’s concern), but rather that the traffic generated by such areas is able to have reasonably convenient access to these routes, and not lead to extensive traffic problems within residential areas. It is apparent that MRWA has misunderstood the above intent, and the change requested by MRWA is not required.
This is contrary to the intent of this criterion, outlined above.
Table 2 of the policy indicates which planning requirements apply to each Precinct.
Item 3 i) deals with all types of infrastructure so it is therefore not appropriate to single out just one type of infrastructure for such further information.
Such clarification is appropriate. |
Change point b) of criterion 2 to provide that ‘main bus routes’ do not include high speed through traffic routes or designated primary freight routes.
No change.
No change.
No change.
No change.
Change 9.2 b) to include wording proposed by Main Roads. |
Owner Implementation Reviewed |
Planning and Sustainability 2010 Biannual |
Next Review |
Scheduled review 2012 |
Policy Operation
Policy Development
This policy has been prepared under the provisions of Section 8.11 of the City of Wanneroo District Planning Scheme No. 2.
Application and purpose
This policy provides a framework for implementing the City of Wanneroo Local Housing Strategy, 2005 (LHS) recommendations for land identified for increased residential density within the City of Wanneroo.
The LHS places emphasis on increasing residential density and housing choice in existing and planned residential areas that have easy access and close proximity to retail and employment centres, public transport services, areas of high amenity, major arterial routes, educational institutions and community facilities.
There are six Housing Precincts divided across the suburbs of Wanneroo, Koondoola, Girrawheen, Yanchep, Two Rocks and Quinns Rocks
This Policy Framework outlines the approach to be taken in implementing recommended density increases.
General Policy Provisions
1. Determination of Local Housing Strategy Precinct Boundaries and Proposed Densities
The extent of each Housing Precinct and the proposed residential densities within each Precinct is detailed on the Local Housing Strategy Implementation Plans attached as Appendix 1.
The Housing Precinct boundaries and the densities proposed within each Precinct have been based on application of criteria included in the LHS. Details of the criteria and the way in which they have been applied is provided in the following table.
TABLE 1: CRITERIA FOR DESIGNATION OF HOUSING PRECINCT BOUNDARIES AND PROPOSED RESIDENTIAL DENSITIES
No. |
Criterion Detail |
Policy Application |
1. |
Easy access/close proximity to retail and employment centres. |
This criterion has been applied spatially as follows:
a) R60 within 400m of neighbourhood and town centres; b) R40 between 400m and 800m of neighbourhood and town centres. |
2. |
Easy access/close proximity to public transport with priority towards rail nodes and bus interchanges. |
This criterion has been applied spatially:
a) R60 within 200m of the train stations and R40 between 200m and 800m of train stations; b) R40 within 250m of main bus routes which are not high speed through traffic routes or designated primary freight routes. (‘Main’ bus routes having a peak and non-peak frequency typical of most bus routes in Perth, as distinct from those which provide a clearly less frequent service). |
3. |
Easy access/close proximity to areas of high amenity including public open space (POS) and recreational facilities. |
This criterion has been applied spatially, and related to Council’s POS policy as follows:
a) R40 within 250m of Neighbourhood POS that include at least one of the following: · Active playing field with sufficient ‘around the ground’ space to permit simultaneous use. · A community centre or other community facility that supports community activity. · Landscaped passive recreation areas with informal recreation infrastructure: · - BBQ’s / Shade structures; · - playgrounds; · - exercise equipment; · - multipurpose courts. b) R40 within 250m of District POS applied on a case-by-case basis, depending on the intensity of uses that may not always be compatible with higher densities; c) Regional Open Space considered similarly to b), and also noting that it may be for conservation and therefore of limited use for active and passive recreation purposes. |
4. |
Easy access/close proximity to major arterial routes, educational institutions (including primary, secondary and tertiary institutions), community facilities (including libraries and medical centres). |
This criterion has not been applied spatially, but rather the area concerned has been assessed in general terms regarding adequacy of the arterial routes, educational institutions and community facilities serving the area to cope with increased population and traffic arising from increased densities. |
Lots that fall outside of a criterion distance (where applicable) but form part of a:
· Gateway to the identified centre, and/or
· A logical land cell (defined by clear physical boundaries) in conjunction with other lots identified for R40,
have been identified for an increase in residential density to R40.
`The Housing Precinct of Quinns Rocks is not based around an identified centre, rather the Housing Precinct constitutes the original Quinns Rocks township area and largely reflects an update to the work undertaken as part of the “Old Quinns Rocks Residential Planning Study, 2003”.
2. Site Responsive Design Requirements
Neighbourhood and lot design should have regard to the following documents:
i) “Residential Design Codes of Western Australia (April 2008)”;
ii) Element 3 (Lot Layout) of “Liveable Neighbourhoods”; and
iii) Design of battle-axe lots in accordance with the requirements specified in the WAPC’s “Policy No. DC 2.2 Residential Subdivision”.
The documents are available from the Western Australian Planning Commission’s website: www.planning.wa.gov.au.
3. Need for Scheme Amendments and Other Planning Requirements
The recommended density increases will require amendments to the City of Wanneroo District Planning Scheme No. 2 (DPS 2). In addition, other planning issues may also need to be addressed prior to or in support of amendment proposals, including:
i) Assessment of the existing infrastructure provision and identification of infrastructure upgrades needed to facilitate redevelopment at a higher density;
ii) Establishment of a development contribution arrangement for funding of infrastructure upgrades; and
iii) Introduce provisions for the application of Design Guidelines to address the specific aspects and context of each Housing Precinct to facilitate appropriate future residential development and subdivision. Design Guidelines could take the form of a Detailed Area Plan, Local Area Planning Policy or Special Control Area and would contain development control guidance on built form, R-Code variations and lot type and configuration.
4. Subdivision and Development at Existing Density
Until such time as an amendment for a Housing Precinct is gazetted, proposals for subdivision or development will only be supported where compliant with the current residential density code and meeting all other requirements of DPS 2 and relevant policies.
5. Prioritisation of Scheme Amendments by the City
Due to resource constraints, the City is unable to simultaneously prepare and progress amendments to DPS 2 and address other planning requirements for all identified Housing Precincts.
The City will therefore, in so much as resources allow, undertake the tasks required for each Housing Precinct on a sequential basis, in the order of priority allocated in the Implementation Table.
The allocated priority does not prevent landowners or developers from submitting recoding proposals and addressing the relevant planning requirements for the entire Housing Precinct ahead of the City doing so.
The highest priority for implementing the increases in density for each Housing Precinct has been determined by the City based on the following factors:
i) The highest order centre that the Housing Precinct surrounds;
ii) The need for redevelopment of the existing housing stock considering age and condition; and
iii) The highest potential development yield based on the level of input.
6. LHS Implementation Table
The Implementation Table (Table No. 2 below) outlines:
i) Housing Precincts identified for increased residential density;
ii) Proposed densities;
iii) The planning requirements to be addressed in each Housing Precinct; and
iv) The priority allocated by the City for addressing planning requirements and preparing and progressing amendments to DPS 2 for each precinct.
TABLE 2 LOCAL HOUSING STRATEGY
IMPLEMENTATION TABLE |
|||||||
Housing Precinct |
Proposed Density |
Planning Requirements* |
Priority for implementation |
||||
|
(Refer to plans in Appendix 1) |
Recode Higher Density
|
Cost contributions/ Infrastructure Upgrades
|
Design Guidelines |
|||
WANNEROO |
R40, R60 |
ü |
ü |
ü |
1 |
||
GIRRAWHEEN KOONDOOLA |
R40, R60 |
ü |
ü |
ü |
2 |
||
QUINNS ROCKS |
R40, R60 |
ü |
ü |
ü |
3 |
||
YANCHEP |
R40, R60 |
ü |
ü |
ü |
4 |
||
TWO ROCKS A |
R40, R60 |
ü |
ü |
ü |
5 |
||
TWO ROCKS B |
R40, R60 |
ü |
ü |
ü |
6 |
*As a minimum, a Scheme Amendment report will need to i) evaluate the capacity of existing infrastructure and services, ii) address when infrastructure and services will need to be upgraded and iii) how upgrades will be delivered through cost contributions.
7. Preparation of Scheme Amendments by Landowners
A landowner or group of landowners may request that Council initiate an amendment to DPS 2 to change the density of land within a Housing Precinct, ahead of the City undertaking this work. The Council may consider such a request where it is made in writing and accompanied by the following:
i) Formal Scheme Amendment documentation prepared by a planning consultant in accordance with the implementation framework, for recoding of the entire Housing Precinct, to the City’s satisfaction; and
ii) Payment of the required amendment proposal fee.
Scheme Amendment proposals will not be submitted to Council for consideration unless these criteria are met.
8. Council Determination (Landowner Initiated Amendments)
Council will consider supporting landowner-initiated amendments for land within a Housing Precinct where:
i) The land is proposed to be increased in density in accordance with the Housing Precinct on the relevant plan in Appendix 1 to this Policy Framework;
ii) All relevant planning requirements identified in the Implementation Table have been adequately addressed to the satisfaction of the City; and
iii) The existing infrastructure has been assessed and is found to be capable of supporting the ultimate development, or there is a satisfactory approach to sharing the cost of infrastructure upgrades needed to facilitate redevelopment at a higher density as recommended in the Implementation Table.
9. Consideration of Proposals which are Outside of the Housing Precincts
9.1 Where applications are made to Council seeking increase in R Coding of land which is outside of the Housing Precincts designated under this Policy, Council shall require that:
a) Where the land concerned is not the subject of a Structure Plan approved under DPS 2, the application for amendment of DPS 2 must be accompanied by an application seeking amendment of this Policy to include the subject land within a new Housing Precinct. The application must demonstrate how the proposed new Precinct meets the criteria upon which the existing Precincts are based, as well as how it more generally supports the objectives and recommendations of the Local Housing Strategy and the Smart Growth Strategy.
b) Where the land concerned is the subject of a Structure Plan approved under DPS 2, the application for amendment of that Structure Plan must include an assessment of how the proposal:
(i) is appropriate within the broader planning framework provided by the Structure Plan;
(ii) satisfies the criteria of this Policy relating to Housing Precinct designation and densities;
(iii) more generally supports the objectives and recommendations of the Local iii) housing Strategy and the Smart Growth Strategy.
9.2 Applications shall also include:
a) Written confirmation from each relevant servicing agency that the development proposed for the applicant’s land is capable of being provided with the range of public services necessary to service that development. In the case of public utilities (e.g. sewer, water, power, gas and drainage), this capability may also be demonstrated through certification in the form of a report from a qualified civil or construction engineer.
b) Assessment of the impact of the development proposed on the applicant’s land on local traffic and parking. An assessment of existing road infrastructure provision and identification of future infrastructure upgrades on local and regional roads (including parking) shall be consistent with the WAPC policy – ‘Transport Assessment Guidelines for Developments’.
c) Design guidelines for the proposed development site, including an assessment of impacts on adjacent properties and the streetscape. Where considered necessary to enable Council and/or any nearby residents or landowners to properly consider the nature of the proposed development, adequately detailed plans of the proposed development, including elevations, may also be required to be included in the application.
Development Applications
PS04-04/11 Retrospective Development Application - Change of Use from Single House to Place of Worship and Educational Establishment including Incidental Restaurant (Cafe) and Shop at 82 Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson
File Ref: DEV10/187 – 11/24682
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider an application for retrospective approval to commence development relating to a change of use from ‘Single House’ to ‘Place of Worship and Education Establishment including incidental restaurant (café) and shop’ at Lot 673 (82) Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson.
Applicant |
Rafael Gharibian |
Owner |
Rafael Gharibian |
Location |
Lot 673 (82) Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson |
Site Area |
562m2 |
DPS 2 Zoning |
Residential |
Background
The subject site is located on Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson, approximately 300m north of Neerabup Road and 600m east of Marmion Avenue (as shown in Attachments 1 and 2). The site is zoned ‘Residential’ under District Planning Scheme No. 2 (DPS 2) and Agreed Structure Plan No. 29 (ASP29). A Building Licence (BA2003/3128) was granted for a two storey single house on the site on 15 October 2003.
On 25 August 2010 an application was lodged to change the approved use of the property from ‘Single House’ to ‘Church and Community Education’. During the assessment process and subsequent meetings with the applicant, greater detail in relation to the application was obtained and the assessment of the use proposed was clarified and extended to comprise “Place of Worship and Education Establishment including incidental restaurant (Cafe) and shop”. It was also ascertained that the application was in fact retrospective in that the use of the premises for the applied purpose had been occurring for a period of two years.
The applicant was advised that whilst a Place of Worship could be considered by the City in a residential zone (subject to public consultation), the other proposed use – Education Establishment was an ‘X’ (prohibited) use under DPS 2. The applicant believes that the proposal provides an important service to the community and requested that the matter be presented to Council for determination. The applicant has also advised that through its agency ‘OK Youth Services’, it has entered into a contract to purchase the former Kingsway School in Merriwa and move its operation there in 2014 when Quinns Baptist College is able to build a new campus at Alkimos and relocate.
Detail
The change of use proposal incorporates worship areas, teaching rooms, book/gift sales and a cafe (refer to floor plan in Attachment 3). Details of the proposed operation, as provided by the applicant, are set out below;
· The site is a Lutheran Church of Australia community initiative which incorporates education (Sunday school etc), counselling and community support for individuals, families and small groups.
· A key community service offered on site is the Catalyst School program, an alternative education program that engages young people who otherwise have fallen out of education and into antisocial behaviour. The program is recognised by the Association of Independent Schools in Western Australia.
· The applicant has indicated that the students in attendance (young women) are ‘at risk’ students.
· The proposed operating times for all uses (including the restaurant and shop) are 9am to 3pm weekdays, 10am to 12pm on Saturday and 9am to 1pm on Sunday. Occasional evening events are to be conducted from 7pm to 9pm on weekdays.
· The site will cater for between 20 & 25 patrons/students and between 2 and 7 staff members.
· The original single house incorporates two on site car parking bays with the additional parking requirements to be located on street in the surrounding area.
The application is for a change of use only. No modifications are proposed to the existing structure or external appearance of the building.
Consultation
In accordance with Clause 6.7.1 of DPS 2, the proposal was advertised for public comment, commencing on 23 September 2010 and closing on 18 October 2010. Advertising was conducted in the form of letters sent to adjoining owners, a sign placed on site and an information sheet detailing the proposal placed on the City’s website.
At the conclusion of the advertising period, nine submissions were received relating to the application with eight objections and one request for further information. A summary of the submissions received and Administration’s comment is provided within Attachment 4. The main issues raised by those who objected were:
· The property was being utilised as a school and church, with these uses considered unsuitable within a residential area; and
· The site does not provide sufficient car parking for the expected number of students/parishioners.
These issues are discussed in greater detail below.
Comment
Proposed Land Uses
The definition of a Place of Worship under DPS 2 is as detailed below:
Place of Worship: means buildings used primarily for the religious activities of a church, but does not include an institution for primary, secondary or higher education, or a residential training institution.
This definition specifically precludes the provision of the Catalyst School program from occurring on the site under the use category of ‘place of worship’. The provision of the program would comprise the site being used as an ‘educational establishment’, a use that is not permitted in a residential zone.
The proposal also includes the sale of tea, coffee and refreshments to parishioners and students as well as the sale of books and gifts not available elsewhere in the community. The proposed additional uses technically comprise a restaurant and shop as defined under DPS 2, however, both uses could be considered as incidental uses to either the place of worship or the education establishment.
Under DPS 2 Table 1 (Zoning Table) the use classes are given the following permissibility’s within a residential zone;
Use Class |
Permissibility |
|
Place of Worship |
A |
The use is not permitted unless the Council has exercised its discretion and has granted planning approval after giving special notice in accordance with Clause 6.7. |
Educational Establishment |
X
|
The Council shall refuse to approve any application for Planning Approval which involves an “X” use, except as otherwise specifically provided by the Scheme. |
Car parking
The car parking requirements in Table 2 of DPS 2 for a place of worship stipulate that one car parking bay is to be provided for every four people accommodated. Based on the maximum capacity as proposed, the following table outlines the required number of parking bays per session.
Time of Day/Session |
Attendees |
Staff |
Total |
Parking bays required |
Monday – Saturday 9am – 3pm |
20 |
7 |
27 |
7* |
Monday – Friday 7pm – 9pm |
25 |
2 |
27 |
7* |
Sunday 9am – 3pm |
25 |
7 |
32 |
8 |
* A partial bay cannot be provided therefore the number is rounded up.
As there are only two on-site parking bays available, there would be a five car parking bay shortfall on Monday to Saturday, with a six parking bay shortfall on Sunday.
The applicant has indicated that at peak times up to 10 vehicles will be required for staff and patrons and proposes that the majority of parking would occur within the on street car parking bays located on Ocean Keys Boulevard or at the Clarkson Youth Centre car park located approximately 150m away.
The bays proposed to be utilised are located within the Mixed Use zone of the adjacent ASP 2. Whilst the mixed use areas are currently vacant, development applications have been lodged with the City. ASP 2 provides concessions to DPS 2 parking requirements for mixed use development on the basis of the provision of on-street car parking.
The use of these bays for uses within the residential zone will compromise the parking requirements provided under the ASP for the mixed use zone to the west of Lower Keys Drive.
In addition, the use proposed involves the attendance of children, teenagers and adults. Off-site parking would result in parishioners and students being required to cross local roads to attend services and programs.
The parking variation is not supported by Administration.
Conclusion
The Council in considering an application for planning approval shall have due regard to matters set out in Clause 6.8 of DPS 2 that are in the opinion of the Council relevant to the use or development the subject of the application. The relevant considerations in relation to this application are considered to be the following:
· the compatibility of a use or development within its setting;
· the relationship of the proposal to development on adjoining land or on other land in the locality including but not limited to, the likely effect of the height, bulk, scale, orientation and appearance of the proposal.
· the preservation of the amenity of the locality;
· any social issues that have an effect on the amenity of the locality; and
· Any relevant submissions received on the application including any relevant submission received by the applicant.
Whilst the proposal does not include any external modifications, the scale of the operation proposed would negatively impact on adjoining residential land owners. The building was not purpose-designed for a use that would result in the accommodation of up to 32 patrons and staff, seven days a week (with occasional evening events).
Administration do not support the car parking concessions requested as they would compromise the provision of parking that has made been available under ASP 2 for the mixed use zones as designated and could contribute to safety issues for parishioners and students attempting to cross local roads.
Administration recognises that the Catalyst School program provides a vital alternative education program for disengaged young people in the northern corridor. Of concern, however, is that this particular program will be in close proximity to residential homes. As described by the applicant, the young people who attend are “at risk” and many display very challenging behaviours. The applicant also acknowledges that students would need to be monitored and controlled at all times. Student management would be difficult to achieve when parking is not available on site.
It is evident from the submissions received that there is a common concern and perception among many residents that this proposal will adversely impact on their amenity and lifestyle.
Administration believes that approval of the proposal would adversely impact the amenity of the neighbourhood and the surrounding landowners and is not compatible with the surrounding residential uses.
The applicant has requested that Council determine this application. Whilst the ‘Place of Worship’ aspect of the proposal can be approved by Council, by exercising its discretion, the shortfall in required parking bays on site is not supported and therefore it is not recommended that approval is granted. With respect to the “Educational Establishment” component, this is a prohibited use within the Residential zone and approval cannot be granted by Council. Should Council believe that the proposal could be supported, an amendment to ASP 29 to allow the use class ‘Educational Establishment’ within a Residential zone would be required.
Administration’s recommendation is that the proposal should not be approved within a residential zone and the uses proposed would be better accommodated in a mixed use, commercial or business zone where adequate parking can be provided.
Statutory Compliance
This application has been assessed in accordance with the City of Wanneroo’s District Planning Scheme No. 2.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.4 Improve the quality of the built environment”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. REFUSES the application submitted by Rafael Gharibian in accordance with the provisions of District Planning Scheme No. 2, for a Change of Use from ‘Single House’ to ‘Place of Worship and Education Establishment including incidental Restaurant (café) and shop’ at Lot 673 (82) Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson for the following reasons:
a) The proposal incorporates an Educational Establishment which is an X use under Table 1 (clause 3.2.1) of the City of Wanneroo’s District Planning Scheme No. 2;
b) The proposal does not satisfy the car parking requirements as stipulated in clause 4.14 (Table 2) of the City of Wanneroo’s District Planning Scheme No. 2;
c) The proposal is contrary to the interests of orderly and proper planning and would establish an undesirable precedent for similar developments in the Residential zone; and
2. NOTES the Summary of Submissions contained in Attachment 4, ENDORSES the comments made in Administration’s report in response to those submissions and ADVISES the submittors of its decision.
SCHEDULE OF SUBMISSIONS FOLLOWING ADVERTISING
(Closed 18 October 2010)
No. |
Details |
Summary of Submission |
Comment |
Recommendation |
1.1 |
C Tenni & R Davis 84 (lot 674) Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson |
We formally oppose the change of use, as the proposal will negatively affect the surrounding landowners. |
Agreed. The impact of the proposal on adjoining landowners is discussed further in the body of the report. |
That the application not be supported. |
1.2 |
The proposal only has two bays on site therefore does not comply with the required seven parking bays as per the City of Wanneroo District Planning Scheme No 2 (DSP2). |
Agreed. Assessment of the proposal under the requirements of DPS 2 indicates that there is a car parking shortfall of up to 6 car bays. The parking requirements are discussed in detail in the body of the report. |
That the application not be supported. |
|
1.3 |
The proposed numbers of patron (27) is likely to grow over time requiring more car parking spaces. |
The applicant has indicated that proposed number of patrons is not to exceed 27. |
A condition be applied to any approval granted to limit the number of patrons to 27. |
|
1.4 |
The adjacent properties were used for car parking prior to the construction of a residential dwelling. |
Noted. As the area is developed, the ability for this to occur will be diminished. |
|
|
1.5 |
The current driveway is being used as a ‘drop off’ and ‘pick up’ point. |
Noted. The matter is dealt with under clause 59 (2) of Parking Facilities Local Law (2003) that states that obstruction of a path or driveway can occur for a maximum of two minutes. |
|
|
1.6 |
The patrons are currently using the on street car parking bays. Once the mixed-use area has been developed these bays will not be as readily available as they are at present. |
Agreed. The on street car parking bays were proposed for the mixed use area under Agreed Structure Plan 2. This is discussed further in the comment section of the report. |
|
|
1.7 |
The dwelling is currently being used as a ‘drop in centre’ with students portraying antisocial behaviour. |
Noted. This matter is discussed in the body of the report. |
That the application not be supported. |
|
1.8 |
The proposal does not indicate the extent of operating hours involved with the proposal. |
The applicant has indicated that the proposed operating times for all uses (including the restaurant and shop) are 9am to 3pm weekdays, 10am to 12pm on Saturday and 9am to 1pm on Sunday. Occasional evening events are to be conducted from 7pm to 9pm on weekdays. |
|
|
1.9 |
The proposal does not indicate the extent of signage involved with the proposal. |
All signage will be required to be compliant with the City’s Signs Local Planning Policy. |
|
|
1.10 |
The proposal would have a negative impact on the value of the adjoining properties. |
Noted. The impact on the value of adjoining properties is not consideration taken into account when determining applications for planning approval. |
|
|
1.11 |
The proposal would have potential noise impacts based on activities being undertaken outside. |
Noted. Any non-residential proposal within a residential zone would be required to meet the Environmental Protection (Noise) Regulations 1997 and an acoustic report would be required to be prepared to the satisfaction of the City. |
|
|
1.12 |
The proposal would be used for the purposes of an educational establishment which is not permitted under the DSP2 and has been operating as such for up to 2 years. |
Noted. This matter is discussed in the body of the report. |
That the application not be supported. |
|
2.1 |
M & R Powell (No address given) |
I object to the proposal as there would be insufficient car parking facilities. |
Noted. Refer to response in 1.2 |
|
2.2 |
Cars parked on the footpath have hindered the use of the footpath. |
Noted. Refer to response in 1.5. |
|
|
2.3 |
The reduction of speed of cars looking for parking could potentially have safety impacts on a fairly busy intersection. |
This issue could be arise if the parking provided on site is insufficient. The parking requirements under DPS 2 are discussed in the body of the report. |
|
|
3.1 |
Gadhoke Rjajiv (No address given) |
Can we please know the religion relating to the change of use? |
The proposed place of worship is for the Lutheran Church of Australia. |
|
4.1 |
M Jones 86 (Lot 675) Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson |
I object to the proposal due to insufficient car parking facilities will result in attendees parking on my front lawn. |
Noted. This issue is dealt with under clause 58 (2) of Parking Facilities Local Law (2003) that states that parking cannot occur without permission of the landowner. |
That the application not be supported. |
5.1 |
P & R Wright 10 (Lot 661) San Remo Bend, Clarkson |
We object to the proposal as the building is within a house in an established residential area. |
This matter is discussed in the body of the report. |
|
5.2 |
The proposed sign on site had fallen over and was not re-erected to inform the general public of the proposal. |
Advertising of the proposal accorded with the requirements of Council’s DPS 2 including letters to surrounding land owners and an advertisement in the newspaper. The sign was re-erected and consultation of the proposal is considered adequate. |
|
|
5.3 |
There is a gazetted commercial area adjacent to the proposed lot. |
Noted. This matter is discussed in the body of the report. |
|
|
5.4 |
There is inadequate vehicle parking for the patrons. |
Agreed. Refer to response in 1.2. |
That the application not be supported. |
|
5.5 |
The building is located on a busy round-a-bout which is not conducive to children attending the facility. |
Noted. Whilst the roundabout provides adequate pedestrian access for pedestrians to cross the road, Administration would prefer that all parking in relation to the use is provided on-site. This matter is discussed in the body of the report. |
|
|
6.1 |
A Toulalan 25 (lot 542) Lower Keys Drive, Clarkson |
I would like to propose that the council refuses the application on the basis of lack of car parking availability. |
Noted. |
That the application not be supported. |
6.2 |
The site only has the ability to park four cars with limited on street car parking available in the surrounding area. This car parking will be used up by the development of any mixed use developments along Ocean Keys Boulevard. |
Noted. Refer to response in 1.2. |
That the application not be supported. |
|
7.1 |
A Wright 9 (lot 535) Fleming Parkway, Clarkson |
We object to the proposal as the location is not suitable due to its proximity to busy intersection. |
Noted. The suitability of the site for the proposed use is discussed in further detail in the body of the report. |
|
7.2 |
There is insufficient car parking spaces available on site. |
Refer to response in 1.2. |
That the application not be supported. |
|
7.3 |
The proposed café/bookshop would not be suitable within a residential zone. |
Agreed. This matter is discussed in the body of the report. |
|
|
8.1 |
M & R Carter 99 (lot 672) Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson |
We object to the proposed change of use as there is limited car parking being located on site. |
Agreed. Refer to response in 1.2. |
That the application not be supported. |
9.1 |
C & T Christopoulos 75/77 (lot 539) Ocean Keys Boulevard, Clarkson |
We do not object however have concerns regarding car parking. |
Refer to response in 1.2. |
That the application not be supported. |
9.2 |
Currently the leaders park in the on street car parks on Ocean Keys Boulevard that will, in the near future, be utilised by customers of the Mixed-use development. |
Noted. This matter is discussed further in the body of the report. |
|
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 68
File Ref: DEV11/222 – 11/26723
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider authorising the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) to sign two development applications for Satterley Property Group to construct three estate advertising signs and a limestone entry statement wall on City managed reserves along Marmion Avenue, Butler.
Applicant |
Satterley Property Group |
Owner |
Crown Land - City of Wanneroo Management |
Location |
16 Chipping Crescent, Butler 10 Wiltshire Entrance, Butler |
Site Area |
6968m2 & 10260m2 |
DPS 2 Zoning |
Urban Development |
Background
In March 2010, the City commenced compliance investigations and action against Satterley Property Group (‘Satterley’) regarding a number of substantial pylon signs that had been erected without approval within the Marmion Avenue road reserve in Butler and Jindalee. Following discussions with Satterley, five development applications for 11 signs have now been lodged with the City.
These applications propose the relocation of the 11 estate signs from within the Marmion Avenue road reserve onto nearby private property and/or City owned land along Marmion Avenue. The proposed signage is to be positioned at intervals over a distance of 3.6km north from the intersection of Marmion Avenue and Lukin Drive. These development applications were initially lodged with the City on 10 December 2010, however, insufficient information was provided at that time to progress the applications. Further information was requested by the City and was later provided on 23 February 2011.
Of the 11 signs proposed by Satterley, three are proposed to be relocated onto City managed land as detailed below:
a) Reserve for Drainage – Lot 14989 (16) Chipping Crescent, Butler – proposal for the relocation of two estate signs and one entry statement; and
b) Reserve for Recreation (Honeymyrtle Park) – Lot 14988 (10) Wiltshire Entrance, Butler – proposal for the erection of one estate sign.
These City-managed reserves are located north of the intersection of Marmion Avenue and Lukin Drive (refer Attachment 1). The reserves are zoned Urban under the Metropolitan Region Scheme (MRS), Urban Development under the City of Wanneroo’s District Planning Scheme No. 2 (DPS 2) and Residential under Agreed Structure Plan 27.
Detail
The applicant proposes to construct two estate signs and one entry statement within 16 Chipping Crescent, Butler (refer Attachment 2) and one estate sign within 10 Wiltshire Entrance, Butler (refer Attachment 3). The proposed signs and entry statement promote the Satterley Estate within areas of Butler, Ridgewood and Jindalee.
The proposed estate signs are each 7.02m high in total, with a 5.02m high sign mounted on two, 2.0 metre support poles. The proposed signs are each 3.3m wide (refer Attachment 4).
Consultation
Any public consultation on the proposed development will be undertaken in accordance with DPS 2, if required, prior to determination of these development applications.
Comment
The City has management responsibility for the subject reserves and is therefore effectively the ‘owner’ of the land for the purpose of allowing development applications to be made for that land. In this regard, it is important to note that the Chief Executive Officer’s authorisation of the stated development applications in no way implies or guarantees a favourable determination of those applications. Rather, it merely allows the applications to be submitted for the City’s assessment and determination.
Given that one of the reserves is designated for the purposes of drainage and the other for recreation, the City has sought confirmation from Landgate (the State Government Land Agency) as to whether the City’s authority to sign a development as the effective ‘owner’ of the land (on behalf of the Crown) is dependant on the nature of development being proposed. For example, whether such authority only permits the City to sign an application for a type of development that is consistent with the purpose of the reserve in question (in this case drainage and recreation)? The answer to this question will be relevant to all reserves for which the City has management responsibility.
In light of the above land management consideration, it is recommended that Council authorise the CEO to sign the development applications for signage and an estate entry wall, subject to Landgate confirming it is within the bounds of the City’s authority to do so, as manager of the land in question.
Statutory Compliance
Once signed by the CEO (subject to Council’s authorisation) the development applications for construction of signage and an entry statement wall on the aforementioned City-managed reserves, will be referred to Council for determination, together with the development applications for relocation of the eight remaining Satterley signs into private property, due to the compliance history surrounding this matter. At that time, all of the development applications will be assessed and determined in accordance with DPS 2 and the City’s Signs Local Planning Policy.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.4 Improve the quality of the built environment”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council AUTHORISES the Chief Executive Officer to sign the development applications submitted by Satterley Property Group Pty Ltd for three estate advertising signs and a limestone entry statement wall to be erected on Lot 14988 (10) Wiltshire Entrance, Butler and Lot 14989 (16) Chipping Crescent, Butler, as depicted in Attachments 1 – 3 (inclusive), subject to:
1. Confirmation being received in writing from Landgate that it is within the City’s authority to do so, as manager of the land in question; and
2. Satterley Property Group Pty Ltd being informed of and providing their acceptance in writing of the fact that the City’s signing of the subject development applications in no way constitutes, implies or guarantees a favourable determination of those applications by Council in future and shall not fetter Council’s determination of those applications.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 75
PS06-04/11 Development Application - Home Business - Category 3 - Leaflet Distribution - 94 Willespie Drive, Pearsall
File Ref: DEV10/187 – 11/25108
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To reconsider an application for a home business from a Single House for leaflet distribution at Lot 77 (94) Willespie Drive, Pearsall.
Applicant |
Janette Rafferty |
Owner |
Janette Rafferty |
Location |
Lot 77 (94) Willespie Drive, Pearsall |
Site Area |
720m2 |
DPS 2 Zoning |
Residential |
Background
The subject property is located on Willespie Drive, Pearsall and is situated approximately 500m east of Wanneroo Road and 500m north of Ocean Reef Road (refer Attachments 1 and 2). Lot 77 is zoned Residential under the City’s District Planning Scheme No. 2 (DPS 2) and Agreed Structure Plan No. 6 and is 720m2 in area. There is an existing single house located on the subject lot which is situated amongst other established residential dwellings.
In May 2010 the City received correspondence from the owners of a nearby property who alleged that Lot 77 was being used as a distribution centre for ‘Junk Mail’. The City wrote to the owner of the premises in June 2010, advising that the use of the site as a distribution centre was not an authorised use. Subsequent letters were forwarded and telephone conversations were held during the following weeks to confirm the nature of the use. Ultimately this resulted in an application for a ‘Home Business Category 3’ being submitted to the City on 23 June 2010. The City also advised the applicant that the unauthorised activities on the site were to cease by no later than 8 July 2010. The applicant contacted the City requesting an extension to the date of cessation to 9 August 2010. The applicant then, however, confirmed that as of 4 August 2010, the business would cease operation.
A report was presented to Council at its meeting of 19 October 2010, where Council resolved that the item be referred back to Administration to investigate possible modifications to the business with the applicant that would reduce the impact of the neighbouring properties.
A meeting was subsequently held with Administration and the owners of the property on 11 November 2010. At that meeting, the owners suggested possible alternatives to the delivery process, but indicated that it would not be possible to completely revise the process to remove either the delivery trucks or the pick-up vehicles.
In accordance with the Council resolution, this application is presented to Council for further consideration and determination.
Detail
The original application proposed to use the existing dwelling to conduct a home business for the purposes of a leaflet distribution business. Details of the proposed operation, as provided by the applicant, are set out below.
· Pallets are delivered by truck twice a week from ‘PMP Distributors’, unloading between 1 – 3 pallets of material;
· The pallets are split and stored in the garage of the property. A floor plan of the existing dwelling, including the location of the garage, is included as Attachment 3;
· The material is collected by individual distributors in private vehicles. There are 20-30 vehicles involved in this collection, spread across two days per week. Each vehicle will stay for approximately five minutes to load/unload material; and
· The business employees up to 30 people on a part time basis.
Subsequent to the meeting held with the owner on 11 November 2010 a list of the following amendments were submitted to council on 15 February 2011 as possible alternatives to the process as submitted with the original development application:
· Limit the size of the vehicle delivering the pamphlets to a van rather than large truck;
· The deliveries would occur no more than twice a week;
· Pickups by pamphlet distributors would be limited to between 9.00am and 6.00pm;
· The number of cars would be limited to between 3 – 5 cars twice a week (maximum of between 6 and 10 cars per week); and
· Due to the change in the vehicle used for the delivery of material, there would no longer be the requirement for pallets and therefore no requirement to store these on site.
Subsequent to this list being submitted to Council the applicant has informed Administration that the proposal would only be run from her property on occasions when situations dictate. The majority of the delivery and pick up of pamphlets, as well as storage, waiting for pick up, will be from an industrial unit in Wangara.
The applicant is also a key holder for various City of Wanneroo facilities, which involves people wishing to use these facilities collecting the keys from her residence. According to the applicant there are, on average, three visits per day for this purpose, but can range up to 10 visits.
Consultation
In accordance with clause 3.3(b) of DPS 2, the proposal was advertised for public comment, which commenced on 12 August 2010 and closed on 4 September 2010. Advertising was conducted in the form of letters sent to adjoining owners, a sign was placed on site and an information sheet detailing the proposal was placed on the City’s website.
At the conclusion of the advertising period, three submissions were received relating to the application; all of which opposed the proposal. A summary of submissions received is provided within Attachment 4 and discussed in the Comment section of this report (below). The main issues raised by those who objected were:
· The business generates significant traffic in the area;
· The business has significant impact on the safety of pedestrians in the area;
· The noises from the trucks associated with deliveries will impact the surrounding residents; and
· The high volume of vehicles parking will impact the adjoining properties.
Included with the application lodged with the City was the support of the three adjoining landowners. The owners of two of these adjoining landowners (92 and 77 Willespie Drive) indicated that this support was only on a temporary basis until the business could be moved to an industrial area and have since advised that as the application is not for a temporary nature that they object to the proposal.
The amended proposal was not readvertised as it was considered that the changes proposed to the original application would not increase the impact on adjoining residents.
Comment
In assessing the application, the following matters were considered:
Definition of Home Business - Category 3
The application has been lodged as a Home Business - Category 3. Applications that involve the assessment of a home business are considered against the interpretations under part 2 of Schedule 1 of DPS 2. The definition for ‘Home Business – Category 3’ states:
“means a business, service, trade or similar activity carried on in a dwelling or on land around a dwelling by a resident of the dwelling which:
(a) does not entail the retail sale, outdoor display or hire of goods of any nature;
(b) does not cause injury to or prejudicially affect the amenity of the neighbourhood;
(c) does not detract from the residential appearance of the dwelling house or domestic outbuilding;
(d) entails employment of a maximum of 2 persons not members of the occupier’s household. Council may approve a greater number of employees, not exceeding 4 persons, subject to community consultation;
(e) occupies an area not exceeding 50 square metres. Council may approve; subject to community consultation; an area of up to 100 square metres, or one third of the floor area of the dwelling whichever is the lesser;
(f) displays a sign describing the nature of the approved home occupation. The sign must not exceed 0.2 square metres, and a maximum 2 metres high;
(g) will not result in traffic difficulties as a result of the inadequacy of on-site and offsite parking;
(h) will not result in a substantial increase in the amount of vehicular traffic in the vicinity;
(i) does not involve the servicing or repair for gain of motor vehicles; and
(j) does not entail the presence, parking and garaging of a vehicle of more than 3.5 tonnes tare weight.”
The revised application is considered to meet the above definition.
Conclusion
In light of the submissions received and the original assessment, Administration recommended that the application as lodged be refused. However as the proposal has been amended, it constitutes a home business of a much smaller scale and therefore meets the definition of home business category 3 under DPS 2 in a residential area. Administration believes that the proposal, if approved, would not have an adverse impact on the surrounding residential community.
Statutory Compliance
This application has been assessed in accordance with the City of Wanneroo’s District Planning Scheme No. 2.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.4 Improve the quality of the built environment”
However, Strategy 3.2 of the Strategic Plan is also relevant to this proposal and states – “Support business and initiatives”.
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council APPROVES the application submitted by Janette Rafferty in accordance with the provisions of District Planning Scheme No. 2, for a Home Business - Category 3 (Leaflet Distribution) at Lot 77 (94) Willespie Drive, Pearsall; subject to the following conditions:
1. Permission is granted to the owners of the property, Janette Rafferty, to conduct a home business – category 3 at the above address and only whilst the owners permanently reside at the premises.
2. The home business – category 3 shall operate within the District Planning Scheme No. 2 definition that states:-
Home Business category 3: means a business, service, trade or similar activity carried on in a dwelling or on land around a dwelling by a resident of the dwelling which:
a) Does not entail the retail sale, outdoor display or hire of goods of any nature;
b) Does not cause injury to or prejudicially affect the amenity of the neighbourhood;
c) Does not detract from the residential appearance of the dwelling house or domestic outbuilding;
d) Entails employment of a maximum of 2 persons not members of the occupier’s household. Council may approve a greater number of employees, not exceeding 4 persons, subject to community consultation;
e) Occupies an area not exceeding 50 square metres. Council may approve; subject to community consultation, an area of up to 100 square metres, or one third of the floor area of the dwelling whichever is the lesser;
f) Displays a sign describing the nature of the approved home occupation. The sign must not exceed 0.2 square metres, and a maximum 2 metres high;
g) Will not result in traffic difficulties as a result of the inadequacy of on-site and off-site parking;
h) Will not result in a substantial increase in the amount of vehicular traffic in the vicinity;
i) Does not involve the servicing or repair for gain of motor vehicles; and does not entail the presence, parking and garaging of a vehicle of more than 3.5 tonnes tare weight.
3. Clients shall visit by prior appointment only and be limited to a maximum of 10 per week.
4. Appointments to be managed in a way that no more than one client vehicle is at the premises at any one time and parking for clients vehicles is to be provided on site.
5. This approval is valid for a period of 12 months only from the date of this approval and an application for renewal of approval shall be submitted at least 4 weeks prior to the expiry of this approval. If application for renewal is not made then the home business shall immediately cease operation at the end of the 12 months. An annual renewal fee will apply.
6. All equipment associated with the home occupation shall be stored such that it is screened from the street frontage and adjoining properties.
7. The hours of operation are to be between the hours of 9.00am and 6.00pm on weekdays and shall not operate on weekends and public holidays.
Other Matters
File Ref: 3026 – 11/18172
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the permanent closure of an existing pedestrian access way (PAW), being Lot 57 (14P) Collison Place, Marangaroo.
Background
In May 2010 the City of Wanneroo received a request to close an existing PAW between Rawlinson Drive and Collison Place, Marangaroo (refer Attachment 1). A petition containing signatures from the four abutting landowners supporting the closure was submitted to the meeting of Council on 4 May 2010 (PT01-05/10).
Detail
In October 2009, the Western Australian Planning Commission (WAPC) released Planning Bulletin 57/2009A – ‘Planning Guidelines for Pedestrian Access Ways’, which introduced two new planning guidelines – ‘Reducing Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour in Pedestrian Access Ways’ and ‘Procedure for the Closure of Pedestrian Access Ways’.
The new guidelines were prepared by the WAPC in consultation with the Office of Crime Prevention and were developed to assist local and state government in evaluating risk and management of PAW’s and to provide guidance on the potential to temporarily or permanently close a PAW.
The guidelines are based on Section 87 of the Land Administration Act 1997, which sets out a process under which the amalgamation of Crown land may occur.
The guidelines provide for an assessment to be completed using a score based approach, having regard to “designing out crime” criteria such as surveillance, lighting, line of sight, condition of the PAW, signage, adjacent property, frequency of usage and destination (such as proximity to schools, shops, banks and other services). The process also involves a socio-economic vulnerability assessment to determine risk, based on the users of the PAW and a contextual crime assessment based on reported crime and antisocial behaviour.
Where a PAW is considered to be ‘Essential’ because it plays an essential role in the local or strategic movement network, the emphasis is on retaining the PAW and managing the impacts of any ongoing anti-social behaviour.
When a PAW is considered to be ‘Non-Essential’ its closure may be considered by Council and the Western Australian Planning Commission, only after reasonable attempts have been made to manage the issue and the applicant has provided evidence of ongoing and intractable problems.
The City’s initial assessment of the PAW indicated that the PAW may be ‘non-essential’, however it was recognised that the PAW does provide some efficiencies for local residents within Collison Place. Administration progressed the proposal to public consultation to determine the local demand for the PAW
Consultation
The Procedures for the Closure of Pedestrian Access Ways requires the City to consult with the community likely to be affected by the proposed closure. The City referred the proposal to the relevant infrastructure providers and carried out public consultation for a minimum period of 35 days, which closed on 7 January 2011.
Consultation was carried out in accordance with the guidelines and included –
· Signs at either end of the pedestrian access way;
· An advertisement in the Wanneroo Times Newspaper on 23 November 2010;
· A notice on the City of Wanneroo Website; and
· Letters to all landowners within Collison Place an additional twenty letters to nearby residents.
At the end of the public consultation period three (3) submissions from local residents and six submissions from public agencies were received.
The City also consulted utility providers and other agencies including the Western Australian Police to obtain statistical data on crime within this area. The applicant also completed an “anti-social behaviour log”.
The results of consultation and referral identified a number of recorded incidents of crime occurring within or in close proximity to the subject PAW, however based on advice from the WA Police the extent of report crime was not considered to be significant. The detailed results of the contextual assessment and the results of the public consultation have been included in the assessment report. (refer Attachment 2).
Comment
Administration has prepared an assessment report on the subject PAW in accordance with the WAPC’s Procedures for the Closure of Pedestrian Access Ways (refer Attachment 2).
The recommendations of the Assessment can be summarised as follows:
· Non-Essential – the pedestrian access way provides some local area efficiencies mainly benefitting the residents of Collisson Place. However, the PAW does not form part of a strategic pedestrian/cyclist movement network;
· The results of the contextual assessment indicate that there is a relatively low identified risk of anti-social behaviour occurring within the PAW;
· Utilising available socio-economic data and a score based assessment of the physical characteristics of the PAW, it is considered to be a ‘Medium to High Risk’ pedestrian/cyclist access link. The assessment of the PAW indicates that the City should either implement designing out crime strategies or consider the closure of the PAW.
Three objections to the closure were received from the residents within Collison Place, representing approximately 15% of affected landowners. Administration in consultation with the government agencies and members of the public has concluded that whilst the PAW does not form part of a strategic or regional it does provide a benefit to the local users and therefore should not be closed. It is therefore recommended that the PAW not be closed and that a range of management strategies be implemented to assist in reducing the extent of anti-social behaviour being experienced.
Should Council and ultimately WAPC refuse the application, the City (as the managing authority) is required to consider management techniques to minimise anti-social behaviour within the PAW. The following points represent management strategies that are currently being implemented.
· Removal of graffiti quickly to send the message that the PAW is being properly managed as a public space;
· Cleaning and making repairs quickly;
· Ensuring that the walking surfaces are well maintained;
· Removal of vegetation overhanging the PAW; and
· Establish security patrols.
The City’s Infrastructure Maintenance Unit already undertakes any maintenance required to improve the condition of the PAW.
Additional consideration may be given to improving lighting to enhance visibility at both ends of the PAW. It is noted that lights already exist at either end of the walkway, however, brighter lights may be considered by the City in consultation with western power as a possible additional management strategy. Additional management strategies may be considered and implemented by the relevant service unit of the City as considered necessary, such as security patrols.
Statutory Compliance
The City has progressed its consideration of the request to close the subject PAW in accordance with the planning guidelines – ‘Reducing Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour in Pedestrian Access Ways’ and ‘Procedure for the Closure of Pedestrian Access Ways’.
The closure procedures under these guidelines are based on section 87 of the Land Administration Act 1997.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.1 Increase choice and quality of neighbourhood and lifestyle options”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. NOTES the submissions received in relation to the proposed closure of the existing Pedestrian Access Way at Lot 57 (14P) Collison Place, Marangaroo
2. DOES NOT SUPPORT the request to close the existing Pedestrian Access Way at Lot 57 (14P) Collison Place, Marangaroo and ADVISES the applicant of Council’s determination; and
3. FORWARDS to the Western Australian Planning Commission a copy of the following documents for their information:
a) A copy of the Council report and associated resolution;
b) Copies of all letters received from utility providers;
c) Copies of all letters received from members of the public.
4. REQUESTS Administration to coordinate management strategies that may assist in the reduction in anti-social behaviour within the Pedestrian Access Way at Lot 57 (14P) Collison Place, Marangaroo including (but not limited to) the following;
a) Investigate the possibility of improving the existing lighting at either end of the Pedestrian Access Way to enhance visibility;
b) Removal of vegetation in the Pedestrian Access Way that may obscure visibility and limit passive surveillance.
ASSESSMENT SHEET 1
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS WAY (PAW) CLOSURE REQUEST
LOCATION (DESCRIPTION) – LOT 57 (14P) COLLISON PLACE, MARANGAROO
PAW LOCATED BETWEEN RAWLINSON DRIVE AND COLLISON PLACE, MARANGAROO
ABUTTING LAND - 25 & 14 COLLISON PLACE, MARANGAROO
6 & 8 RAWLINSON DRIVE, MARANGAROO
APPLICANT/CONTACT - ROWAN CARSON - PETITION TABLED AT THE MEETING OF COUNCIL 4 MAY 2010 (PETITION No. PT01-05/10)
ADDRESS - 8 RAWLINSON DRIVE, MARANGAROO
PHONE -
PREPARED BY THE CITY OF WANNEROO PLANNING IMPLEMENTATION UNIT
DATE: 8 FEBRUARY 2011
INTRODUCTION
The City of Wanneroo has received a request to close an existing pedestrian access way (PAW) between Rawlinson Drive and Collison Place, Marangaroo. The adjoining landowner has submitted the request and a petition containing signatures from the abutting landowners, which was submitted to the meeting of Council on 4 May 2010 (PT01-05/10).
In accordance with the guidelines for closing a PAW, the local government must explore all reasonable management options before progressing a request to close a PAW. In this regard, reference is made to the reducing Crime and Anti-Social Behaviour in Pedestrian Accessways Guidelines. This document explores the typology and need of PAWs, the associated risks and promotes situational crime prevention through the use of various tools, assessments and decision processes.
Where a PAW is considered to be ‘Essential’ because it plays an essential role in the local or strategic movement network, the emphasis is on retaining the PAW and managing the impacts of any ongoing anti-social behaviour.
Where a PAW is considered to be ‘Non-Essential’ its closure may be considered by Council and the Western Australian Planning Commission, only after reasonable attempts have been made to manage the issue and the applicant has provided evidence of ongoing and intractable problems, which is supported by contextual crime data.
The assessment also includes calculating a score based on designing out crime criteria, such as surveillance, lighting, line of sight, condition of the PAW, signage, adjacent property, frequency of usage and destination (i.e. proximity to schools, shops, parks etc). The process also involves a socio-economic vulnerability assessment to determine risk based on the users of the PAW and a contextual crime assessment based on reported crime and antisocial behaviour. After completing the assessment of the PAW a decision tree is utilised to determine the appropriate course of action. In most cases the decision tree recommends managing the PAW by implementing designing out crime strategies or in certain circumstances its temporary or permanent closure.
STEP 1 - DETERMINING WHETHER A PAW IS ESSENTIAL/NON-ESSENTIAL
To determine whether a PAW is either Essential or Non-Essential it is necessary to consider the strategic context, condition and connectivity of the PAW. The following plan identifies the key characteristics of the subject PAW and includes:
· Pedestrian Access Way Map.
· Community facility Map (including schools, shops, parks, community facility, employment nodes, public transport, aged facility and other pedestrian/cycle generators.
PAW PLAN – MAP 1
PAW Closure Requested
LOCALITY (500 METRE RADIUS) –MAP 2
Bus Stop
John Moloney Park
(Clubrooms) Marangaroo Family Centre PAW Closure Mini Mart Medical Centre Rawlinson Primary School 500 M Radius
CONNECTIVITY ASSESSMENT
· The subject PAW does not form part of a continuous access route and its closure would only impact on the landowners within Collison Place.
· The closure would not impact on the broader pedestrian cyclist movement system because the PAW does not reduce the distance between the intersection of Collison Place and Woodward Circle and the PAW entry along Rawlinson Drive (i.e. the distance between A and B on the plan below are the same).
· The PAW does not from part of any strategic pedestrian or cyclist route and is not identified in the City of Wanneroo ‘Bike Plan’.
· Collison Place does not have a constructed footpath or dual use path. The alternate route along Woodward Circle and Rawlinson Drive has a constructed footpath.
LOCAL ACCESS - MAP 3
Medical Community and
Shops Bus Stop Primary School B A
· There will be an impact on the walkability of residents located within Collison Place. The specific impact on the distance to identified destinations has been calculated from the end of the cul-de-sac (greatest impact) and compared against other alternative routes from that point. Consideration is given to the existing pathways connections, pedestrian/cycle routes and access points into the community facilities.
· The increased walking distance relates to the distance to the community facilities (medical, family centre and mini mart), bus stops and the primary school.
Effect on Residents of Collison Place (taken from the point of greatest impact, which is usually the end of the culdesac)
Rawlinson Primary School 200 metre increase (from 200m to 400m)
Community facilities 180 metre increase (388m to 568m)
John Moloney Park No Impact
Bus Stops (Highclere Boulevard) 330 metre increase (240m to 570m)
The main increase in distance applies to the primary school and bus stops located along Highclere Boulevard. The PAW closure only impacts on for the 17 residents of Collison Place. Consultation should be initiated to ascertain the opinions of the local residents to determine the suitability of the closure.
CONCLUSION
The City is required to determine whether the PAW is either ‘Non-Essential’ of ‘Essential’.
Non-Essential – the pedestrian access way could be closed without causing significant disadvantage to local residents because it is not essential to the local or strategic pedestrian/cyclist movement network. Progress to Step 2 to evaluate contextual crime, consider using situational crime prevention tools and progress closure if appropriate.
Essential - The pedestrian access way should be retained and kept open because it plays an essential role in the local movement network. Progress to Step 2 to evaluate contextual crime and make recommendations on situational crime prevention and management of the PAW.
With due consideration for the local and strategic significance of the PAW between Rawlinson Drive and Collison Place, the pedestrian/cyclist connection is considered to be ‘NON – ESSENTIAL’.
CONSULTATION SECTION
In accordance with Section 87 of the Land Administration Act 1997 and subsequent to the City determining that the PAW is non-essential, the local government is required to consult with the community to be affected by the proposed closure. The City referred the proposal to the relevant infrastructure providers and carried out public consultation for a minimum period of 35 days, which closed on 7 January 2011. The results of the public consultation are as per the following;
Service Authority referral
|
Agency |
Submission Details |
Action |
1. |
Department of Planning |
From an officer level it is possible that the Commission may not support the proposed PAW closure. Although it is identified by the City as ‘non-essential’ in the wider pedestrian network, it does provide a greater ease of access to local public transport facilities and a primary school for those living within Collision Place. When the full report is provided, including public consultation and all the necessary steps required in accordance with the ‘Procedures for the Closure of Pedestrian Access Ways’, the Commission will be able to make a more conclusive decision. |
Noted. |
2. |
WA Police |
Refer ‘Step 2’ Contextual Crime Assessment |
Noted |
3. |
Water Corporation |
Water Corporation has no objection to the proposed closure. The PAW contains a 100RC water main, which should not be located within private property. Cutting and capping of the water main will be required at each end. |
If closure is progressed, these works will need to be completed by the water Corporations contractors at the expense of the landowners.
|
4. |
Western Power Corporation |
No objections. Note – If existing infrastructure needs to be relocated due to any requirement of the proposed amalgamation then Western Power upon receipt of a request will advise what costs will apply or if easements could be an appropriate option. |
Noted |
5. |
WA Gas Networks |
WA Gas Networks has no assets in the area specified and have no proposed work which will require amendment to your works. |
Nil |
6. |
Telstra |
Telstra records indicate that there are no Telstra assets within the area of the subject proposed closure. No objections. However Tesltra plant records indicate the approximate location of plant and that constructors and landowners have a responsibility to anticipate and request nominal location of Telstra plant in advance of any construction activities including ‘dial before you dig’ and potholing and physical exposure to confirm actual locations of plant. |
Noted |
Public Submissions
1. |
Fay Parrella |
Objects to the closure of the PAW on the following grounds;
· Experienced no problems with the PAW · Others in the street use the PAW. · Her children may (as they get older) use the PAW to walk to school. · Does not want the adjoining landowner to have a common boundary and prefers the separation that the PAW provides.
Requests that the City assist the other abutting landowners with possible security measures including the following;
· Have bright lights installed at the ends of the PAW. · Increase the fence height in the lower areas that exist along the PAW. · Install security cameras. · Increase Ranger security patrols. · Improve security within the abutting dwellings including security screen doors, security windows, alarm systems and repair fencing. |
Noted |
2. |
Darren Chapman |
The PAW provides convenient access for local residents to go to the local shops and local primary school and other locations. I have not witnessed any anti-social behaviour coming from this pathway and I don’t see any reason why it should be closed. |
Noted |
3. |
Barry Lockhart |
I use this PAW when walking my dog and would be disappointed if it were closed. Rawlinson Drive can get quite busy and it would mean that I have to cross the road at a roundabout intersection. When we purchased the property four years ago, we looked for a culdesac road with a walk through specifically. |
Noted |
STEP 2 – CONTEXTUAL CRIME ASSESSMENT
CONTEXTUAL CRIME ASSESSMENT
Reliable information about actual and perceived levels of crime associated with a pedestrian access way is a crucial backdrop to decision making about interventions aimed at reducing crime and anti-social behavior. It is uneconomic to commit resources to crime prevention or improving the security of a PAW, which does not have a crime problem.
The following information should be obtained regarding actual crime and perceived crime from users of the PAW and those living or working in close proximity.
· Recorded crimes against users
· Recorded crimes involving damage or theft.
Recorded Crimes (Police Data)
Warwick Police have reviewed reported crime for both Rawlinson Drive and Collison Place for the 2010 period and provided the following information.
· Burglaries at 8, 16 and 46 Rawlinson Drive and 21 Collison Place.
· Stealing at 4 and 8 Rawlinson
· 2 x Robberies in Rawlinson from 1 incident
· 1 x Trespass Rawlinson
· 1 x Steal motor vehicle Rawlinson cross of Mirrabooka
· 1 x damage at 30 Rawlinson
Warwick Police have advised that the extent of reported crime is not a huge volume considering the length of Rawlinson and that no crime was directly linked or recorded as being directly linked to the PAW.
Recorded damage to the PAW (COW Maintenance data )
Two recorded requests to the City to maintain and clean up rubbish in the PAW. One request in 2007 and the other in 2010.
No recorded requests for graffiti removal from the PAW.
Recorded Data on Safer Citizens/Security Call-Out
No recorded reports of anti-social behaviour or crime related incidents in the subject PAW within the last 12 months.
Anti-social activity log (provided by the applicant)
An anti-social behaviour log has been submitted by the owner of 8 Rawlinson Drive. The log identifies several recorded incidents occuring last year and other ongoing incidents including the following:
· Home ‘break in’ (reported to police March 2010).
· Broken bottles.
· Graffiti
· Syringes in laneway
· Loitering
· Noise
· Litter
RESULTS OF CONTEXTUAL CRIME ASSESSMENT
The results of the contextual assessment indicate that there is some identified risk of anti-social behaviour occurring within the PAW, although the overall extent of recorded crime and reports of antisocial behaviour are relatively low. It is noted that the applicants dwelling does have a higher number of recorded incidents than other properties (based on the WA Police data) and that there may be specific issues associated with the building security, orientation or location as a target for anti-social behavior and crime. Whilst the PAW is considered to be ‘non-essential’, consideration of the merits of closing the PAW is required using the decision tree (below), which indicates that a situational crime assessment should be completed along with any recommendations for improvements/upgrades of the PAW or possible closure.
(Source – ‘Reducing Crime and Antisocial behaviour in Pedestrian Access ways 2009 – WAPC’):
STEP 3 – SITUATIONAL CRIME ASSESSMENT
INFRASTRUCTURE PROVIDER IDENTIFICATION
PAW’s are often used to locate private and public infrastructure such as water, sewer, gas pipes and electrical cables. The City’s GIS –Utilities system indicates that the PAW contains the Water Corporations reticulated water services. Other infrastructure may exist within the PAW and as such consultation has occurred with all relevant providers as part of the consultation process (.i.e. Water Corporation, Telstra and Western). No specific objections were received, however some service modification works will be required to the Water Corporations infrastructure at the cost of abutting purchasers.
PHYSICAL ASSESSSMENT (photos included)
Location: Between Rawlinson Drive and Collison Place, Marangaroo
Design Characteristics: The subject PAW is 4 metres wide and approximately 60 metres long. The path is 2 metres wide with 1.0 metre landscape strips on either side. The path slopes gently from Rawlinson Drive to Collison Place and has a bend in the middle preventing a direct line of sight between the ends of the PAW.
Paving: The paving is older concrete in average condition.
Fencing: The PAW has super six/fibro fencing along both sides of its entire length. The fibro fencing is in average condition with some evidence of damage.
Landscaping: The PAW has no vegetation with the exception of small weeds. Some additional maintenance could be carried out, however, the PAW is in generally in acceptable condition.
Lighting: Street light exists at either end of the PAW.
Access Barriers: The PAW has access barriers at either end.
Antisocial Behaviour: A few empty bottles and cans and some evidence of graffiti was noted that might indicate some extent of anti-social behavior and/or littering.
Collison Place end of the PAW
Rawlinson Drive end of the PAW.
The bend in the PAW obscures sight lines between the entrance and exit of the PAW. The overgrown vegetation in this location compounds the issue by further obscuring the users sight lines.
The PAW has no surveillance from the adjoining property’s.
The boundary fence is in poor condition along several sections, with some sections painted and others unpainted.
The boundary fence along 8 Rawlinson Drive is only 1.5 metres at is lowest point , which enables users of the PAW to view into the backyard of this property.
DESIGNING OUT CRIME PAW ASSESSMENT – TABLE 1 (RISK CRITERIA)
1. The pedestrian access way is overlooked (visual surveillance) at either of its ingress/egress points. |
YES |
|
2. The pedestrian access way is overlooked (visual surveillance) along its route. |
NO |
|
3. Does the pedestrian access way have adequate lighting (eg facial recognition at 10 m distance)? |
NO |
|
4. On entering the pedestrian access way, can you see the exit? |
NO |
|
5. There are no entrapment spots or hiding places along the length of the pedestrian access way. |
NO |
|
6. The pedestrian access way is appropriately maintained. |
NO |
|
7. The boundaries between public space and private space are clearly defined. |
YES |
|
8. The boundaries between public space and private space are robustly fenced. |
NO |
|
9. Does the pedestrian access way have signs indicating acceptable Behaviour? |
NO |
|
10. The pedestrian access way is wide enough to allow pedestrians to pass each other easily. |
YES |
|
11. The pedestrian access way is not adjacent to vacant land or property. |
YES |
|
12. The pedestrian access way is not close to a supplier of alcohol (eg liquor store, hotel, tavern, bottle shop). |
YES |
|
13. The pedestrian access way is not a path to a school. |
NO |
|
14. The pedestrian access way is not close to an ATM, public telephone box or public toilet |
YES |
|
TOTAL |
6 |
8 |
Designing out crime pedestrian access way assessment (number of yes answers)
· High designing out crime pedestrian access way assessment (low vulnerability pedestrian access way): 10-14
· Medium designing out crime pedestrian access way assessment (medium vulnerability pedestrian access way): 5-9
· Low designing out crime pedestrian access way assessment (high vulnerability pedestrian access way): 0-4
SOCIO ECONOMIC VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT
The Australian Bureau of Statistics socio-economic index for areas (SEIFA) is obtained from the ABS website and provides a means for assessing the relative socio-economic advantage of different areas based on census data. The SEIFA data can be used alongside the physical analysis to represent whether a PAW is likely to be of a high or low crime risk due to socio-economic context. The SEIFA information released by Australian Bureau of Statistic in May 2008 (2006 data) has been utilised and whilst the City does not associate a direct link between SEIFA data and a particular area, the WAPC guidelines indicate that statistically areas of lower socio-economic status are often associated with increase crime levels.
City of Wanneroo SEIFA Rating derived from the Australian Bureau of Statistic – 2006 (released 2008)
SUBURB |
SEIFA RATING |
SUBURB |
SEIFA RATING |
SUBURB |
SEIFA RATING |
Alexander Heights |
1004 |
Hocking |
1060 |
Pearsall |
1091 |
Ashby |
1026 |
Jandabup |
N/A |
Pinjar |
N/A |
Alkimos |
N/A |
Jindalee |
1165 |
Quinns Rocks |
1032 |
Banksia Grove |
946 |
Koondoola |
875 |
Ridgewood |
991 |
Butler |
1066 |
Landsdale |
1082 |
Sinagra |
1053 |
Carabooda |
1002 |
Madeley |
1071 |
Tapping |
1076 |
Carramar |
1095 |
Marangaroo |
958 |
Tamala Park |
N/A |
Clarkson |
990 |
Mariginiup |
N/A |
Two Rocks |
948 |
Darch |
1084 |
Merriwa |
954 |
Wangara |
1008 |
Eglington |
N/A |
Mindarie |
1121 |
Wanneroo |
995 |
Girrawheen |
884 |
Neerabup |
1007 |
Woodvale |
1101 |
Gnangara |
N/A |
Nowergup |
1011 |
Yanchep |
979 |
*City of Wanneroo Average 1023
OUTCOME – RECOMMENDED MANAGEMENT ACTIONS SHOULD THE PAW CLOSURE NOT BE PROGRESSED
The PAW locality has a relatively low SEIFA score of 958 (City of Wanneroo average 1023) and a medium DOCPA score of six (6). The PAW is considered to be a ‘MEDIUM to HIGH RISK’ pedestrian/cyclist access link.
The following table represents strategies that may be implemented by the relevant business unit of the City to assist in designing out crime in the subject PAW. The following strategies are the actions that may be recommended by Planning Implementation, however, the relevant business unit will need to determine the priority and suitability of implementing these recommendations. The recommendations of the Council report will include appropriate strategies relevant to the subject PAW, should closure not be supported by Council.
· Remove overhanging vegetation to improve sight lines
· Remove graffiti quickly to send the message that the PAW is being properly managed as a public space.
· Clean and make repairs quickly
· Ensure that the walking surfaces are well maintained.
· Improve lighting (brighter lights) to enhance visibility both ends of the PAW or the possibility of lighting along the route of the walkway (also sensor lighting).
· Install safety mirrors to improve sight lines
· Clear weeds and shrubs
· Install permeable fencing
· Increase passive surveillance
· CCTV for high use PAWs near commercial areas
· Mobile CCTV
· Install signage
· Density matting, climbing plants on fencing subjected to vandalism. This technique can also make accessing the abutting property’s more difficult.
· Install bollards to restrict vehicle access
· Closing PAW during vulnerable times (i.e. sunset to sunrise)
· Establish police or security patrols
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 106
File Ref: 5375 – 11/25212
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider endorsement of the Sustainability Investment Fund (SIF) Policy.
Background
In the 2010-2011 financial year budget, Council set aside a sum of $50,000 in the Environmental Initiative Reserve (EIR), for the purpose of establishing the SIF. The SIF concept was presented to Council as part of the June 2010 budget approval process and again at the 14 December 2010 Council Meeting (PS12-12/10) where Council resolved to expend $48,995 from the reserve to fund SIF initiatives.
SIF initiatives are aimed at reducing the City’s environmental footprint and reducing the City’s utility/energy bills. It is intended that utility cost-savings arising from initiatives funded through the SIF will be redirected back into the EIR, thus growing the funding available to undertake further initiatives in future. A policy has now been developed to assist in the operation of the SIF.
Detail
Included as Attachment 1, the SIF Policy identifies the type and features of projects suitable for funding through the reserve, how they are selected and managed, and the required reporting on these projects to ensure the financial savings are reinvested back into the fund.
Examples of projects and initiatives funded through the SIF in 2010-2011 include lighting upgrades, installation of standby timers, meter upgrades and energy audits. Particular projects were chosen as payback on investment could be demonstrated within 12 months and the City's carbon footprint could be significantly reduced.
Elected Members will be updated on the SIF expenditure through the annual report and other internal communication processes.
Comment
Expenditure of the SIF allows the City to fund initiatives that SERVE TO REDUCE THE City’s carbon emissions while also reducing costs associated with water and power usage. Implementation of the SIF Policy will enable financial savings, when compared to a ‘business as normal’ approach, to be demonstrated and translated into carbon emissions savings and other environmental benefits. Endorsement of the SIF Policy will provide Council direction on expenditure of the fund over time with the achievement of specified sustainability outcomes.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.1 Improve conservation of local biodiversity in designated areas”
1.2 Protect, conserve and recycle water
1.4 Improve the quality of the built environment
Policy Implications
The Sustainability Investment Fund Policy will become an endorsed policy by council.
Financial Implications
In June 2010, Council approved the allocation of $50,000 seed funding to a reserve for the purpose of expenditure on sustainability initiatives that demonstrate improved environmental benefit and financial savings. It is intended that the fund will be replenished through the Council budget for a five year period after which the fund will be self sustaining by accumulating the demonstrated savings achieved through the implementation of the environmental initiatives. This time period will, however, be reviewed as the Policy is implemented to ensure the fund is adequately able to adjust to the large growth in population currently being experienced and ensure self-sufficiency within the fund is established.
Through the annual Budget adoption process, Council will determine the continuing allocation of any future funds to the SIF and replenishment of the SIF using savings generated by sustainability initiatives.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council ADOPTS the Sustainability Investment Fund Policy as detailed in Attachment 1.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 108
Sustainability Investment Reserve Fund Expenditure and Reporting Policy
Policy Owner: Planning and Sustainability
Contact Person: Sustainability Officer
Date of Approval:
POLICY OBJECTIVE
To outline the purpose of the sustainability investment fund, the process for expenditure and how financial savings will be reinvested back into the fund.
POLICY STATEMENT
· Identify criteria for project assessment and selection
· Develop a process for fund expenditure
· Identify what savings are and how these will be reinvested back into the fund.
SCOPE
City of Wanneroo projects with measurable sustainability outcomes.
Background
In June 2010, Council approved the allocation of seed funding to a reserve for the purpose of expenditure on sustainability initiatives that demonstrate improved environmental benefit and financial savings. It is expected that the fund will be replenished through the Council budget for a five year period after which the fund will be self sustaining by accumulating the demonstrated savings achieved through the implementation of the environmental initiatives. This time period will be reviewed as the policy is implemented to ensure the fund is able to adjust to the large growth in population currently being experienced and ensure financial self-sufficiency is established.
Through the annual Budget adoption process, Council will determine the continuing allocation of any future funds to the SIF and replenishment of the SIF using savings generated by the sustainability initiatives.
CONSULTATION WITH STAKEHOLDERS
An investment plan will be developed at the beginning of each financial year and shall involve consultation with Executive Management Team and approval by Council, to ensure the highest priority projects which offer the greatest environmental and financial rewards are funded.
IMPLICATIONS (Financial, Human Resources)
Investment tracking may require the use of additional resources (staff, contractors or materials) in order to effectively report, especially as the fund grows and larger projects are funded. It is the responsibility of the City’s Sustainability Officer to demonstrate that resources are available and gain commitment to meet the reporting requirements.
IMPLEMENTATION
The City’s Sustainability Officer will request potential projects from across the organisation on an annual basis. Potential projects will then be reviewed and if acceptable collated with others as part of an annual recommendation to the Executive Management Team (EMT) in an investment plan, which will be subject to Council approval. The assessment will be based on a project’s ability to provide environmental benefit, while providing a saving that provides an average of less than twenty four months to repay initial funds. An investment may be an entirely new proposal, or to supplement an existing proposal paying a “premium” to allow for greater consideration of whole of life costing and benefit.
Each project will include a tangible reporting mechanism for demonstrating savings. Only reporting mechanisms that contain known, measurable variables[1] will be considered as suitable for isolation to return to the fund. Where there are further estimated savings[2], these will be included in the report, but will be deemed as associated benefit and not isolated for return. Reporting on fund progress will be presented during the budget preparation period and as part of the Annual Report with estimations of current savings to coincide with budget requirements for the next financial year.
Additional communication on the success of the SIF may be communicated through other methods such as the CEO report or Clipboard as deemed appropriate.
ROLES and RESPONSIBILITIES
Council will endorse the funding for the sustainability investment reserve on an annual basis and will be responsible for approving the annual investment plan.
Release of the reserve funds in accordance with the approved Investment Plan will be the responsibility of the Director, Planning and Sustainability following presentation to EMT.
The Sustainability Officer is responsible for assessment of potential projects to be implemented through the fund, preparation of a report to EMT for release of the funds and preparation of annual reports and project updates.
Assessment, implementation and reporting of the projects will be overseen by the Principal Environmental Planner.
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
All disputes in regard to this Policy will be referred to the Director,
Planning and Sustainability.
WHO NEEDS TO KNOW about THIS POLICY?
All service units can request projects be considered and the entire organisation should be aware of the Policy.
EVALUATION and Review Provisions
The effectiveness of the Policy will be established through the success of the projects supported through the Fund. Environmental improvement and financial savings will be monitored and included in annual reporting.
Environmental improvement will be measured by establishing a baseline and then measuring set criteria to demonstrate environmental benefit. For example, carbon emissions reductions can be established through current electricity usage, reduced energy usage will produce a known reduction in carbon emissions. Other environmental variables that could be used to demonstrate environmental improvement include water quality, reduced water use, reduced waste production and protection of biodiversity and associated habitat.
Financial saving will be assessed by tracking known variables and demonstrated monetary savings.
Projects will be tracked and savings isolated for their complete life cycle or up to a maximum period of five years.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR IMPLEMENTATION
Sustainability Officer
Version |
Next Review |
Record No: |
|
June 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
File Ref: 2079 – 11/17188
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the final East Wanneroo Structure Plan (EWSP) which has been released by the Western Australian Planning Commission (WAPC), and the concerns it presents in respect to the timely provision of certainty to landowners in that area regarding prospects for future urban use.
Background
Draft EWSP (November 2009)
The draft EWSP was released for public comment by the WAPC in November 2009. Key plans included in the draft are included as Attachments 1 and 2 to this report.
The draft was considered at Council’s meeting of 15 December 2009 (item PS05-12/09). It was resolved that Council:
“1. ENDORSES the comments contained in Attachment 4 as the basis for the City’s submission to the Western Australian Planning Commission on the East Wanneroo Structure Plan; and
2. NOTES the Mayor has already addressed the Council’s concerns to the Hon. Minister for Planning on the consultation strategy and lack of information by the Department of Planning.
3. INVITE the Member for Wanneroo to hold a public forum for local affected residents and key interested parties to enable the stakeholders to identify issues of concern and to seek practical solutions.”
Further details concerning the comments contained in Attachment 4 referred to in point 1 of the above resolution, and particularly how these have been (or not been) addressed in the final EWSP, are provided in the Comment section below.
Analysis of Public Submissions Report (June 2010)
In June 2010, the WAPC released an ‘Analysis of Public Submissions’ report. This analysed the key issues raised in the 738 submissions received on the draft EWSP and included an indication as to how the WAPC intended to respond to these issues, including, in general terms, the changes intended to the draft EWSP.
The report advised that the Department of Planning (DoP) would be proceeding to prepare the proposed final EWSP for WAPC consideration around the end of that year.
Detail
The final EWSP was released by the WAPC on 27 January 2011. Copies of the plan have been provided to each Elected Member.
The main parts of the EWSP are Section 5 (‘The Structure Plan’) and
Section 6 (‘Implementation’). Section 5 includes five
‘key strategic objectives’ of the plan. The overriding
objective of the Plan is “To provide a high level strategic framework
to guide future more detailed planning within the study area and identify
matters requiring further investigation”. Section 5 also
includes a EWSP map (see Attachment 3) and description of the five
‘key elements’ of the Structure Plan. These relate to land
use, public utilities, ecology and environment, movement and access and economy
and employment.
Section 6 includes an ‘Implementation Plan’ (section 6.2) which deals with:
· Amendments to the Metropolitan Region Scheme (MRS) and City of Wanneroo District Planning Scheme No. 2 (DPS 2);
· District and Local Structure Plans;
· Staging of urban development;
· Land assembly and financing infrastructure;
· Development sequencing. (This refers to an Appendix B of the Structure Plan, part 1 of which is a plan showing the study area divided into precincts, with dwelling potentials given for each precinct (see Attachment 4). Part 2 is a table which summarises current servicing capacity for each precinct, and infrastructure required for each precinct).
The implementation aspect of the EWSP is particularly important and further details regarding the EWSP’s proposals for this are provided in the following Comment section.
Consultation
Nil
Comment
COMPARISON OF THE FINAL EWSP AND THE DRAFT EWSP
The differences between the draft EWSP and the final EWSP are included in a table in Attachment 5. The key differences are briefly described below:
1. Key differences in the main Structure Plan maps:
a) A number of existing special rural subdivisions are proposed to remain rural, and not change to urban as proposed under the draft EWSP (see 2. b) and c) of Attachment 5).
b) An area in Wanneroo and Gnangara is proposed for urban use, rather than remaining rural as proposed under the draft EWSP (see 2. d) in Attachment 5).
c) An extension is proposed to the Wangara industrial area, north of Ocean Reef Road (see 2. g) in Attachment 5).
2. Key differences in the implementation proposals:
a) The draft EWSP proposed that initially, the MRS would be amended to Urban Deferred, and then subsequently the deferment status would be lifted following completion of local structure planning and preparation of development contribution arrangements. The final EWSP, while making some initial reference to rezoning to ‘Urban Deferred or Urban’, focuses on rezoning to Urban, with little consideration to a staged rezoning approach.
b) The draft EWSP did not propose a District Structure Plan stage of planning, while the final EWSP does. (The City’s position on this proposal of the draft EWSP was that it had no objection with there being no District Structure Plan, provided that the final EWSP includes an adequate level of detail to give effective guidance for preparation of local structure plans. The WAPC has evidently decided that it does now not wish the EWSP to provide that level of detail and guidance and has therefore reintroduced a requirement for district structure planning).
c) The draft EWSP proposed that most of the further studies required as a next stage to progress rezoning and planning of the area would be done by State and Federal agencies. However, the final EWSP places most of the responsibility for doing these studies with ‘proponents’ (i.e. landowners and developers) and the City.
This matter is discussed further under the heading of ‘Key Issues for Consideration’ below.
HOW THE FINAL EWSP HAS RESPONDED TO COUNCIL’S SUBMISSION ON THE DRAFT EWSP
Council’s submission on the draft EWSP included comments on eight ‘major issues’ and 53 ‘Detailed Comments’. Rather than addressing all of the comments made in the submission in this report, only those key comments are addressed which the final EWSP is considered to have not satisfactorily responded to. A table is included in Attachment 7 which sets out the relevant submission comments and the response to each of those comments.
Significant submission comments and responses are briefly described below:
1. The City sought that a longer term planning horizon be used, and that on this basis, the East Wanneroo area not be viewed as the long term urban ‘edge’. The final EWSP continues to use only a 2031 planning horizon, and to view this as the long term urban ‘edge’.
2. A detailed implementation program needed to be prepared which clearly set out what was required to be done, by whom, and by when. The final EWSP does not include such a detailed program.
3. Detailed planning studies by the City should not be required to be carried out until MRS rezoning to Urban Deferred was in place. The final EWSP requires that the City completes such detailed planning studies (particularly in respect to district structure planning) as a prerequisite to MRS rezoning.
KEY ISSUES FOR CONSIDERATION
1. Proposed Implementation Plan
It is recommended that the EWSP’s proposed Implementation Plan be rejected for the following reasons:
a) It does not provide an adequately detailed implementation strategy in terms of exactly what now needs to be done to take matters to the point of landowners being in a position to apply to subdivide and develop their land. Such a strategy needs to set out in detail exactly what is to be done, by whom, and by when.
b) It involves the next phase of planning having to address not only whether land is suitable for future urban development, but how and when it would be developed. This means many further detailed planning studies (including detailed plans for infrastructure provision, staging, activity centres, detailed buffers to poultry and mushroom farms) having to be done which are unnecessary in terms of confirming suitability for future urban use, and would significantly prolong the process of giving landowners in the area certainty as to whether they are going to have a rural or urban future. The process should be aiming to provide certainty to all stakeholders as soon as possible through initially rezoning to Urban Deferred under the MRS. Such certainty would also provide the confidence required for the more detailed stages of planning to be undertaken, and give the City assurance that any costs it may incur in progressing the planning of this area should be able to be recouped through development contributions.
The studies which are likely to be required to confirm suitability of land for future urban use, and to determine any regional reservation requirements (which would also need to be included in a MRS Amendment to Urban Deferred) are listed in Attachment 8.
c) It puts the onus for doing the many further studies required to support an MRS amendment mainly on the landowners/developers and the City. While this approach may be workable for areas like the coastal ‘corridor’ west of Wanneroo Road which involves large landholdings owned by relatively few large developers, it is not workable for an area like East Wanneroo in terms of its fragmentation and land ownership patterns.
The final EWSP itself recognises this (page 35): “The mixed use nature of the Structure Plan, together with multiplicity of landownership and need for substantial infrastructure investment, will contribute to cost and complexity in achieving urbanisation. Implementation will require cooperation and involvement of State government agencies, local government, the private sector and the community. In particular, implementation will require a careful approach to staging and will necessitate preparation of developer contributions and cost sharing arrangements”.
Such a cooperative approach is required from the State government agencies and it is recommended that such cooperation now be sought on this matter, with the State Government needing to accept a significant role, particularly in confirming urban suitability of the land and determination of regional reservation requirements, as intended under earlier State Government reports on this area.
2. Provision of Infrastructure and Services
The implementation issues dealt with in 1. above focus mainly on what is required to be done to take the planning of this area from the broad level as now represented by the final EWSP, to the detailed level represented by Local Structure Plans and development contribution planning (after which subdivision and development can follow).
Strategic planning, however, involving integration of land use planning with the provision of the infrastructure and services which is required to enable development to actually occur is also required. This particularly relates to the provision of the key utilities such as water supply, sewerage and electricity, and especially the ‘mains’ infrastructure required for these. In accordance with Directions 2031 and Beyond, the Infrastructure Coordinating Committee of the WAPC is overseeing the preparation of a program aimed at facilitating the timely delivery of such infrastructure.
It will be important that the East Wanneroo area is given appropriate attention
in this program, and that this flows onto the capital works programs of each
agency, particularly the Water Corporation, which has indicated through the
EWSP that significant water and sewerage related mains infrastructure will be
required.
3. Environmental Issues
The final EWSP identifies the various environmental issues which will require further study, the key ones being:
· Obtaining of Federal Government environmental approvals in respect to Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo and the Graceful Sun Moth;
· Protection of regionally and locally significant bushland areas;
· Protection of significant wetlands and wetland buffers;
· Provision of ecological linkages;
· Groundwater management (including acid sulfate soils).
These issues should desirably be addressed in a holistic manner, requiring close cooperation of relevant Federal and State agencies and this City. There is a possibility that the Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) may require formal Environmental Review of proposed MRS Amendments for this area, and this would also require such a holistic approach, and would raise the question of who is to be the proponent, and therefore hold main responsibility for addressing these matters.
Implementation will also require a broad and cooperative approach: while it may be one thing to propose areas for protection, it is another to determine exactly how that protection is to be achieved, particularly if the intention is for the land concerned to be brought into public ownership.
The Gnangara Sustainability Strategy (GSS) study has recommended that parts of East Wanneroo should change from rural to urban use as this would not only assist in provision of affordable housing land in this part of the metropolitan region, but also because it would assist in addressing declining groundwater levels in the area, which is impacting on environmental values of the area. The GSS study argues for this area being able to urbanise as soon as possible, and for Government agencies to facilitate this in an effective manner. This also means not placing the onus for progressing the planning of this area mainly on the many small landowners in the area (which the WA Planning Commission is currently proposing), but rather the onus being placed more on the relevant Government agencies, particularly for the next stages of planning required.
4. Lack of Governance Structure
The issues dealt with in 1, 2 and 3 above will involve a need for close cooperation between a wide range of government agencies. To enable such close cooperation, an appropriate governance structure should be established by the WAPC.
5. Land Affordability and Choice
The existing East Wanneroo urban ‘cells’ from Madeley/Darch/Landsdale in the south, to Carramar/Banksia Grove in the north, are likely to be fully developed over the next few years. (East Landsdale and Banksia Grove will take somewhat longer to fully develop).
Full development of those areas, without the proposed new East Wanneroo areas being available for new residents, will mean a significant reduction in choice of location for future residents of this City.
It is also likely to mean a reduced availability of affordable housing land, as
the eastern parts of this City have generally tended to be more affordable than
the new residential areas nearer the coast.
This indicates a need for the planning and development of the EWSP area to be progressed in as timely a manner as possible, and again argues for an appropriate governance structure to be established to facilitate this.
6. Longer Term Strategic Planning
This City has previously made submissions on a number of State Government planning initiatives (e.g. draft Directions 2031, draft Gnangara Sustainability, draft EWSP), which argued that a planning horizon well beyond 2031 needed to be considered. On this basis, a strong case was felt to exist for longer term urbanisation to extend east of the urban areas proposed in the EWSP, into the current State forest areas, and potentially linking to Ellenbrook. Further development on State owned land would assist in justifying and delivering key infrastructure to support the growth corridor such as new road and rail links (to strategic sites like Neerabup) and a new regional airport.
Although these submissions have not proved successful to-date, the arguments put forward are still considered sound and it is therefore recommended that Council continue to pursue these initiatives.
This would have important implications for the planning of the EWSP area if successful, as it would mean infrastructure would need to be able to accommodate such additional growth.
7. Implications for Existing and Proposed Activity Centres
The EWSP estimates a dwelling potential of 24,900 dwellings for the potential urban areas proposed. This equates to a population of approximately 65,000. Such a significant additional population in this area would represent a substantial boost to the development potential of adjacent existing and proposed activity centres, particularly the Wanneroo Town Centre and the proposed Banksia Grove District Centre, greatly enhancing their prospects for becoming successful activity centres with a wide range of services and jobs. Should the development of the East Wanneroo area be delayed through inefficient planning processes or delays in major infrastructure provision then that would be expected to also delay the benefits which this future growth hold for these centres. This again argues for planning processes and enabling governance structures which will facilitate the timely planning and provision of infrastructure for this area.
8. Consideration of Planning Proposals
At its meeting of 11 December 2007 (item PD01-12/07), Council considered the ‘Future of East Wanneroo’ report of the WAPC. This report preceded the draft EWSP. In summary, Council resolved to:
a) Endorse a process prepared by Administration for how to progress the planning of the proposed East Wanneroo Urban areas (see Attachment 9)
b) Not to support any independent planning proposals for this area which may be viewed as premature in relation to the above planning process;
c) Require the Director, Planning and Sustainability to only accept planning proposals for the consideration of Council if the Director was satisfied that the proposal was not premature having regard to the stage reached in the planning process generally for the area and particularly having regard for the process referred to in a) above.
The process set out in Attachment 9 is still considered to be generally sound, but should not be relied upon as a long-term City position on planning and development in East Wanneroo, for the simple fact that the planning landscape has now changed (with the release of the EWSP) since that Council position was adopted in December 2007. With the release of the EWSP, landowner pressure and expectations to progress planning for the area will understandably rise over time, and it will be both insufficient and ineffective for the City to indefinitely deal with planning proposals on a case-by-case basis, in accordance with Council’s December 2007 resolution.
Administration was hopeful that the EWSP would include some meaningful guidance for implementation to avoid the need for the City to continue to rely on its December 2007 resolution, but that has not occurred. Consequently, for the benefit of affected landowners and in order to proactively advance the planning of the area, Administration is proposing to prepare a Local Planning Policy for Council’s consideration, to clearly dictate the City’s requirements and expectations for progressing planning proposals in East Wanneroo. Council’s December 2007 resolution will serve as an acceptable interim position for dealing with such proposals, until it is superseded by a more comprehensive and formal policy position, adopted under DPS 2.
A Local Planning Policy for the EWSP area will need to identify, among other things, the various steps in the planning process that need to be completed in order for a proposal to gradually progress towards development (if at all), and the prerequisites that need to be satisfied before a proposal is allowed to progress to the next stage of planning. It is envisaged that such a policy could dissect the broader East Wanneroo area into more manageable and clearly defined precincts that share common characteristics, opportunities and constraints, so that the planning in less constrained and more developable precincts can progress without being disadvantaged or delayed by issues and constraints that affect other, more remote precincts.
If Council supports this approach, Administration will commence preparation of a Draft Policy immediately, to clearly determine what Council will expect and accept in terms of planning proposals in the East Wanneroo area.
9. City Position on the Final EWSP Land Use Proposals
Further studies will be required to be completed to confirm suitability of the subject land for the urban and other uses proposed. It is recommended that Council reserves its position at this stage regarding the various proposals shown on the EWSP map, pending the outcome of those studies.
10. Community Perception of ‘Ownership’ of EWSP Document
It needs to be made very clear to the community that the EWSP is a WAPC document, and not a City of Wanneroo document.
The EWSP itself gives a misleading impression regarding the extent of this City’s involvement in the preparation of the final EWSP, by stating that it has been prepared in close consultation with the City Of Wanneroo (page 2). While City Administration was reasonably closely involved in the preparation of the draft EWSP, and the early stages of preparation of the final EWSP, it was not involved in the final stages.
In preparing the final EWSP, the DOP and WAPC have chosen to ignore many of
this City’s key comments and concerns in relation to the future planning
of East Wanneroo, particularly to the next stages in the planning
process. The issues raised in this report need to be addressed by the
State Government as a matter of urgency to provide clarity and certainty to the
residents of East Wanneroo.
11. Comparison with Processes Involved with Existing East Wanneroo Urban ‘Cells’
It may be useful to briefly compare what is currently being proposed by the EWSP in terms of planning and implementation process, with what has occurred in respect to the existing East Wanneroo urban ‘cells’ (referring to the new residential areas located east of Wanneroo Road and north of Hepburn Avenue, comprising the localities of Madeley, Darch, Landsdale, Pearsall, Hocking, Sinagra, Ashby, Tapping, Carramar, Banksia Grove and parts of Wanneroo).
In the case of the latter, that area was first proposed for urban use, at a regional strategic level, through ‘Metroplan’, which was adopted as the new strategic plan for the Perth metropolitan region in 1990 (and which has subsequently been replaced by ‘Directions 2031 and Beyond’).
In 1992, a revised North West Corridor Structure Plan (NWCSP) was approved, which included broad structure plan proposals for the proposed new urban areas east of Wanneroo Road as described above.
Having prepared the NWCSP, the then State planning agency (Department of Planning and Urban Development – DPUD) proceeded to prepare a major amendment to the MRS to rezone the proposed urban areas to Urban and Urban Deferred zones under the MRS and the then State Planning Commission and the then Minister for Planning approved initiation of the amendment. Through this process, with the State planning agency as proponent, that area was rezoned for urban use under the MRS.
The fundamental difference between the older areas of East Wanneroo and what is proposed now is that the State Government provided the lead role in the MRS amendment process to rezone land to Urban/Urban Deferred which they are leaving to the landowners/City to progress in the case of the current EWSP. There is a long established precedent and process which works and this raises concerns with the current implementation process which, given the fragmented land ownership, is unlikely to progress efficiently.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The final EWSP has important implications for all of the outcomes sought under the City’s Strategic Plan, and especially for the following objectives of the plan:
“1 Environment
1.1 Improve conservation of local biodiversity in designated areas
1.1.1 Improve local biodiversity protection.”
Policy Implications
The City’s Smart Growth Local Planning Policy requires that sustainability related considerations be properly taken into account.
Local Planning Policies 4.1 (Wetlands), 4.2 (Structure Planning) and 4.3 (Public Open Space) will also be relevant when those issues are subsequently addressed in further detail.
Separately to the above, and as outlined earlier in this report, Administration intends to prepare a Local Planning Policy for Council’s consideration, to establish a more contemporary position on what the City will accept and expect in terms of planning proposals in the East Wanneroo area. In accordance with DPS 2, such a policy will need to be advertised for public comment if accepted by Council. This would include referral to affected landowners, developer stakeholders and government agencies for comment.
Financial Implications
Plans involving change of use of a large rural area to urban has significant financial implications for the City, particularly in relation to provision of infrastructure and services which will be required by these future urban communities. The preparation of the plans themselves (and the supporting studies required), where not able to be undertaken by developers, can also be costly.
This will need to be addressed through preparation of developer contribution plans for these areas.
It should be noted that developer contributions are only able to be charged if the land concerned is actually rezoned and developed for the proposed urban use. This argues for the City not incurring any costs intended to be recouped through developer contributions, until there is adequate certainty provided, through Urban Deferred zoning being in place.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. REQUESTS the Western Australian Planning Commission (WAPC) to prepare a detailed and clear implementation process that addresses the issues raised in this report.
2. REQUESTS the WAPC to fund the various studies required to enable initiation of rezoning to Urban Deferred, and reserving the relevant regional reservations, under the Metropolitan Region Scheme.
3. SEEKS a deputation with the Infrastructure Coordinating Committee of the WAPC to discuss the matter of future infrastructure provision for the East Wanneroo area.
4. REQUESTS the WAPC to establish a governance structure which can facilitate a properly coordinated approach across Federal, State and Local Government to the planning and development of the East Wanneroo area.
5. ADVISES the WAPC that Council maintains the view expressed in its previous submissions on State planning initiatives affecting this area, that a longer term planning horizon is required, and on this basis, consideration should be given to longer term urban development to extend further eastward into the State forest area, potentially linking to Ellenbrook. Prior to decisions being made on this matter, provision should be included in the planning of the EWSP area to make it robust enough to be able to accommodate such longer term development.
6. REQUIRES Administration to prepare for Council’s consideration a Local Planning Policy to define the City’s expectations and requirements for progressing planning proposals in East Wanneroo and REAFFIRMS its resolution of 11 December 2007 (item PD01-12/07) as the City’s interim position on planning proposals for the East Wanneroo area, until such time as an alternative policy position is adopted by Council.
7. RESERVES its position regarding the various land use proposals shown on the East Wanneroo Structure Plan map pending the outcome of the studies required to confirm the suitability of the subject land for those uses.
8. WRITES to all landowners in the East Wanneroo Structure Plan study area, clarifying that the East Wanneroo Structure Plan is a State Government document and therefore any comments in relation to that document should be directed to the Department of Planning or the WAPC, and advising of Council’s position as set out in this resolution.
9. WRITES to the Minister for Planning, advising of Council’s concerns on this matter as set out in this resolution, and advising that should the WA Planning Commission not satisfactorily address these concerns, Council may consider requesting the Minister to give direction to the Commission pursuant to Section 17 of the Planning and Development Act 2005, requiring that the Commission take the necessary actions to satisfactorily address these concerns.
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE DRAFT EWSP AND THE FINAL EWSP
Draft EWSP |
Final EWSP |
1. Detail of Maps |
|
Included a detailed map showing the EWSP proposals on the cadastral base (showing individual properties). (see Attachment 2)
|
Does not include a cadastral-based map. The final EWSP map (Attachment 3) could be seen to be somewhere between the maps shown in Attachments 1 and 2 in the terms of level of detail.
|
2. Main Structure Plan Maps |
|
a) Legend refers to ‘urban’ land.
|
Legend refers to ‘potential urban’ land |
b) Area on the south east corner of Neaves Road and Greenvale Place, Mariginiup (the existing Lake Adams and Pennygum Special Rural Estates – marked as “A” on Attachment 6) shown as Urban, and the Lake Adams wetland area as Parks and Recreation.
|
This area shown as rural |
c) The existing Special Rural Subdivision generally situated between Lenore Road and Badgerup Lake, Wanneroo (marked as “B” on Attachment 6) shown as Urban.
|
This area shown as Rural, except for a narrow strip of land along Lenore Road which is shown as Potential Urban |
d) The area situated south of the proposed eastern extension of Elliot Road and between the Nanovich Park reserve and Sydney Road (marked as “C” on Attachment 6) shown as rural. |
This area shown as Potential Urban. |
e) Overall extent of urban land has an estimated dwelling potential of 24,000.
|
Overall extent of Potential urban land has an estimated dwelling potential of 24,900. |
f) Area south of Neaves Road marked as “D” on Attachment 6 shown as Rural. |
This area shown as a northern extension of the ‘Employment Purposes’ area.
|
g) Area north of Ocean Reef Road marked as “E” on Attachment 6 shown as Rural.
|
This area shown as a possible extension of the Wangara industrial area. (The draft Industrial Land Strategy 2009 (Perth and Peel) also proposed this extension).
|
h) The pocket of current State Forest land situated generally between Pine Crest Way and Paini Way, Jandabup (marked as “F” on Attachment 6) shown as Parks and Recreation.
|
This area shown as State Forests. |
i) Badgerup Road shown as a “District Road”. |
This road shown as an “Other Regional Road”, and with a different alignment between the Elliot Road extension and Sydney Road extension (see “G” on Attachment 6).
|
j) Elliot Road shown as an “Other Regional Road” between Wanneroo Road and Lenore Road.
|
This road shown commencing as an “Other Regional Road” from roughly midway between Wanneroo Road and Lenore Road (see “H” on Attachment 6).
|
k) Sydney Road extension proposed with a straight alignment to the south-east of Lake Jandabup (see Attachment 2).
|
A different alignment proposed for this road extension (see “I” on Attachment 6). |
l) An alignment proposed for the northern extension of Lenore Road, to Neaves Road.
|
A different alignment proposed for this road extension at points marked as “J” Attachment 6.
|
m) An alignment proposed for a “Ranch Road” east-west Other Regional Road, to the north of Lake Mariginiup.
|
A different alignment proposed for this road link at the point marked “K” on Attachment 6. |
n) The proposed new north-south primary road shown linking into either Old Yanchep Road or Flynn Drive. |
This road shown linking into Old Yanchep Road (see “L” on Attachment 6).
|
o) The treatment of intersection of Neaves Road and the proposed north-south primary road shown as still to be determined.
|
A treatment shown for this intersection, including a northern realignment of Neaves Road (see “M” on Attachment 6). |
p) A Proposed District Centre and ten proposed Local Centres shown. |
These centres not shown. (The final EWSP instead says that this will be determined in subsequent stages of structure planning).
|
q) Showed “Ecological linkages” (see Attachment 1) and ‘priority local natural areas’ (see Attachment 2).
|
These are not shown on the final EWSP map (Attachment 3), however the EWSP report does include a separate map (Figure 10) which does show these, and proposes that provision of these be addressed in subsequent stages of structure planning.
|
3. Proposals for Implementation |
|
a) Proposed that land initially be rezoned to Urban Deferred under the Metropolitan Region Scheme (MRS).
|
While initially referring to rezoning to either Urban or Urban Deferred under the MRS, then only describes requirements for rezoning to Urban (not Urban Deferred).
|
b) Detailed the further studies required prior to MRS rezoning to Urban Deferred.
|
Refers to the following requirements for rezoning to Urban under the MRS:
· Eight criteria to be addressed; · A number of studies and strategies to be prepared; · Federal environmental approvals to be obtained; · A District Structure Plan (DSP) likely to be required (with the matters which a DSP would be required to address then being listed).
|
c) Did not require District Structure Planning.
|
Requires District Structure Planning.
|
d) Proposed a significant role by State and Federal agencies in the undertaking of the further studies required for rezoning to Urban Deferred under the MRS.
|
Places the onus largely on the proponent and the City for the undertaking of the various tasks required for rezoning to Urban under the MRS. |
KEY CITY SUBMISSION COMMENTS AND RESPONSES
Submission comment |
Response |
1. A much longer term planning horizon (well beyond 2031) should be used. (Similar comment was made in Council’s submissions on draft Directions 2031 and the draft Gnangara Sustainability Strategy).
|
A planning horizon of 2031 is still used, consistent with Directions 2031 and Beyond. (Given that Directions 2031 and Beyond still is mainly based on a 2031 planning horizon, this response is to be expected). |
2. East Wanneroo should not be regarded as the long term urban ‘edge’ to this part of the metropolitan area.
|
The final EWSP still regards East Wanneroo as the long term urban ‘edge’. |
3. Regarding protection of Carnaby’s Black cockatoo habitat, an option was suggested of expanding urbanisation into the State Forest areas, where the pine plantations are being harvested. The funds generated for the government by this could be used to purchase land containing Carnaby’s habitat in the East Wanneroo area.
|
This option has not been addressed |
4. Inadequate guidance is provided as to what form the proposed ecological linkages should take and how they should be implemented.
|
Little guidance is still provided on these matters. |
5. Water management strategies need to properly address acid sulfate soils (ASS) and related issues.
|
While a District Water Management Strategy is included as a prerequisite to initiation of an MRS Amendment, it appears that further assessment of ASS issues is intended to be only addressed at local structure plan stage.
|
6. MRS amendment to rezone to Urban Deferred should not be initiated until all studies have been completed which are required to confirm suitability of the land for urban development.
|
While the draft EWSP proposed initially rezoning to Urban Deferred, and indicated what studies were required to enable that, the final EWSP is unclear on this, at one point referring to rezoning to either Urban Deferred or Urban, but then going on to indicate prerequisites to only Urban rezoning (not Urban Deferred). Even for Urban rezoning, the studies required by the final EWSP are considered deficient.
|
7. If a District Structure Plan (DSP) level of planning is not intended (which was what the draft EWSP was proposing), then the EWSP needs to provide the equivalent level of detail as a DSP to provide effective guidance for local structure planning. A number of matters needed to be addressed by the EWSP to provide this level of detail.
In general, the implementation process as a whole needs to be more carefully considered, and a detailed program prepared which clearly sets out what is required to be done, by who, and by when.
|
The final EWSP has taken a different approach by now proposing a DSP level of planning. However, while it purports to provide clear guidance as to what now needs to be done to lead to urbanisation, this is not the case, and is considered in further detail in this report.
|
8. Dundebar Road should be shown as an Other Regional Road.
|
This is still shown as a District Road. |
9. Detailed planning by the City such as more detailed structure planning and preparation of development contribution arrangements should not be required to be prepared until rezoning under the MRS has been completed. Otherwise, significant time and resources could be wasted if the rezoning is not able to be successfully completed.
|
The final EWSP is proposing that District Structure Planning and development contribution planning be done as a prerequisite to MRS rezoning:
|
STUDIES LIKELY TO BE REQUIRED TO ENABLE REZONING TO URBAN DEFERRED UNDER THE METROPOLITAN REGION SCHEME
1. Traffic modelling of the proposed major road network, based on the proposed final EWSP (regarding land use, population, employment etc inputs). This is not mentioned in the final EWSP as further work required, however as far as this office is aware, it is still required to be done.
2. More detailed planning of public transport. (This may have implications for land requirements for the proposed regional roads to be reserved).
3. Preparation of detailed land requirement plans for the major roads to be reserved under the MRS amendment. (While DoP has commenced work on this, it is unclear whether it has been satisfactorily completed).
4. Whatever studies may be required to obtain Federal environmental approvals relating to federally listed endangered species. (The suitability of land for urban development cannot be confirmed until this matter has been finally resolved).
5. Determination of sites required for major infrastructure e.g. power sub-stations; any major sewer or water pumping stations. Such sites should be reserved in the MRS Amendment, and therefore require detailed site delineation to enable this. (While high school sites will generally eventually also be reserved under the MRS, this does not need to occur at this MRS amendment stage).
6. Assessment of implementation of proposed district open spaces. Administration has determined that two district open space areas will be required, each of possibly around 10 hectares. Sites of this size are difficult to provide as part of the 10% public open space (POS) provision (due to other competing demands on the 10% ‘budget’) and therefore an alternative implementation mechanism is required. The main alternatives are using existing reserves (which are not ‘10%’ reserves), via development contribution arrangement, or reserving as Parks and Recreation under the MRS. If the last alternative is required to be used, then this needs to be provided for in the MRS Amendment.
7. Preparation of a District Water Management Strategy.
8. Assessment of implementation of proposals relating to Bush Forever Sites, Priority Local Natural Areas and ecological linkages. If the assessment finds that implementation will need to include reservation for Parks and Recreation under the MRS, then such areas will need to be included a such in the MRS amendment.
9. Determination of wetland management categories and wetland buffers, and assessment of how areas requiring protection will be implemented. If the outcome of the assessment is that any areas need to be reserved for Parks and Recreation under the MRS, then they will need to be included as such under the MRS Amendment.
10. Assessment of implementation of protection of ethnological and cultural heritage sites. If the assessment finds that implementation will need to include reservation for Parks and Recreation under the MRS, then such areas will need to be included as such in the MRS Amendment.
11. Further assessment of acid sulfate soils (ASS). The final EWSP states (page 18): “In accordance with the WAPC’s Acid Sulfate Soils Planning Guidelines, further detailed assessment to determine the occurrence of acid sulfate soils, and identification of an appropriate response, will be required as part of future local structure planning”. As far as the City is aware, this matter has still not been satisfactorily resolved to a point that it can be said that all areas within the potential urban area which are affected by ASS are suitable for urban development; that the issue can be viably managed; and therefore this should not prevent Urban Deferred zoning.
12. Assessment of interface between the Potential Urban area at Mariginiup and the possible South Pinjar Industrial Area.
City Businesses
File Ref: 2323 – 11/21440
Responsible Officer: Director, City Businesses
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider five applications for an exemption under section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976 to keep more than two dogs.
Background
Clause 14 of the City of Wanneroo Animals Local Law 1999 (Amendment 2008 GG 508) stipulates:
“A person shall not keep or permit to be kept on any premises more than:
a) 2 dogs over the age of 3 months and the young of those dogs under that age; or
b) 6 dogs over the age of 3 months and the young of those dogs under that age if the premises are situated on a lot having an area of 4 hectares or more,
unless the premises are licensed as an approved kennel establishment or have been granted exemption pursuant to section 26(3) of the Dog Act and have planning approval under the town planning scheme.”
Detail
The following applications have been made under the Dog Act 1976 and are submitted for consideration:
Address of Applicants |
Description of Dogs |
17 Cresswell Place, Quinns Rocks |
1. Female sterilised black Staffordshire Terrier 2. Female sterilised black and tan Shepherd cross 3. Male unsterilised black Shepherd cross |
12 Wonambi Way, Wanneroo |
1. Male sterilised black and white Siberian Husky 2. Male unsterilised black and white Siberian Husky 3. Male unsterilised black and white Siberian Husky |
54 Monaltrie Loop, Carramar |
1. Female unsterlised grey and white Maltese cross 2. Male sterilised grey and white Maltese cross 3. Female sterilised grey and white Maltese cross |
20 Maree Place, Gnangara |
1. Female sterlised white Jack Russell 2. Male sterilised black Labradoodle 3. Female sterilised tan Kelpie X |
76 Evandale Road, Darch |
1. Female sterlised black and tan Rottweiler 2. Female unsterilised black and tan Rottweiler 3. Female unsterilised black and tan Rottweiler 4. Female unsterilised black and tan Rottweiler |
Rangers have inspected the aforementioned properties to ensure means exist on the premises at which the dogs will ordinarily be kept for effectively confining the dogs within the premises.
Address of Applicants |
Origin of Application |
17 Cresswell Place, Quinns Rocks |
Owner generated application to comply with local laws. |
12 Wonambi Way, Wanneroo |
Owner generated application to comply with local laws. |
54 Monaltrie Loop, Carramar |
Owner generated application to comply with local laws. |
20 Maree Place, Gnangara |
Application generated following complaint from neighbour. |
76 Evandale Road, Darch |
Application generated following complaint from neighbour. |
Address of Applicants |
Property Zonings |
Size of Properties |
17 Cresswell Place, Quinns Rocks |
Residential |
0.0722 hectares |
12 Wonambi Way, Wanneroo |
Residential |
0.0684 hectares |
54 Monaltrie Loop, Carramar |
Residential |
0.0740 hectares |
20 Maree Place, Gnangara |
Special Rural 02 |
1.0896 hectares |
76 Evandale Road, Darch |
Residential |
2.1726 hectares |
Consultation
Where applications have been received by the City to keep more than two dogs, residents immediately adjoining the applicant’s property in question are consulted by letter to ascertain if they have any objections.
On this occasion the following objection have been received:
Address of Applicant |
Number of Objection Forms Received |
17 Cresswell Place, Quinns Rocks |
Nil |
12 Wonambi Way, Wanneroo |
Nil |
54 Monaltrie Loop, Carramar |
Nil |
20 Maree Place, Gnangara |
One |
76 Evandale Road, Darch |
Nil |
Comment
In considering these applications for exemption, the following two options are available:
a) Council may grant an exemption pursuant to Section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976 subject to conditions; or
b) Council may refuse permission to keep more than two dogs.
Application One: 17 Cresswell Place, Quinns Rocks
The applicant is seeking permission from the City to keep three dogs at 17 Cresswell Place, Quinns Rocks.
The third dog was given to the applicant by the original dog owner who could no longer care for it. A check of the City’s records reveals that prior to this application being made, no previous complaints have been lodged with Regulatory Services. Upon consultation with neighbouring properties no objections were received.
A Ranger has inspected the property and confirmed it is adequate for the confinement and exercise of the dogs. The rear, side and front fences are 1.8 metres in height and are as such in compliance with the Dog Act 1976. The dogs are kept in a medium sized yard and sleep in the house at night. It is recommended that an exemption under section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976 be granted.
Application Two: 12 Wonambi Way, Wanneroo
The applicant is seeking permission from the City to keep three dogs at 12 Wonambi Way, Wanneroo. A check of the City’s records reveals that prior to this application being made, no previous complaints have been lodged with Regulatory Services. Upon consultation with neighbouring properties no objections were received.
A Ranger has inspected the property and confirmed it is adequate for the confinement and exercise of the dogs. The rear, side and front fences are 1.8 metres in height and are as such in compliance with the Dog Act 1976. The dogs are kept in a large yard and sleep in the house at night. It is recommended that an exemption under section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976 be granted.
Application Three: 54 Monaltrie Loop, Carramar
The applicant is seeking permission from the City to keep three dogs at 54 Monaltrie Loop, Carramar. The applicant cares for the third dog one week in every two for her son that works in the mining industry. A check of the City’s records reveals that prior to this application being made, no previous complaints have been lodged with Regulatory Services. Upon consultation with neighbouring properties no objections were received.
A Ranger has inspected the property and confirmed it is adequate for the confinement and exercise of the dogs. The rear, side and front fences are 1.8 metres in height and are as such in compliance with the Dog Act 1976. The dogs are kept in a large yard and sleep in a shed at night. It is recommended that an exemption under section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976 be granted.
Application Four: 20 Maree Place, Gnangara
The applicant is seeking permission from the City to keep three dogs at 20 Maree Place, Gnangara. The applicant was previously successful in gaining approval to keep more than two dogs on the property, however the dog under the previous approval has now passed away and applicant would like to replace with a new puppy. There are no previous complaints recorded with regard to the keeping of dogs on the applicant’s property, however the application for an additional dog was received only after the neighbour complained to the City that there was a third dog on the applicant’s property.
A Ranger has inspected the property and confirmed it is adequate for the confinement and exercise of the dogs. All fences are 1.2 metres in height with a gate of 1.2 metres in height in compliance with the Dog Act 1976 for Special Rural 02 properties. The dogs are kept in a large yard and sleep in the house at night. The objection to the third dog was based on that the dogs were barking every time the neighbour went out into her own back yard. Due to the one lodged objection in this instance relating to excessive noise, it is not recommended that an exemption under section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976 be granted.
Application Five: 76 Evandale Road, Darch
The applicant is seeking permission from the City to keep four dogs at 76 Evandale Road, Darch. The two new puppies are to replace, eventually, the older two guard dogs which have various age related health conditions. A check of the City’s records reveals that prior to this application being made, a complaint was lodged in regards to the numbers of dogs on the property to Ranger Services. Upon consultation with neighbouring properties no objections were received.
A Ranger has inspected the property and confirmed it is adequate for the confinement and exercise of the dogs. The rear, side and front fences are 2 metres in height and are as such in compliance with the Dog Act 1976. The dogs are kept in a large yard and sleep in a shed at night. It is recommended that an exemption under section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976 be granted.
Statutory Compliance
The exemptions sought to Council’s Animals Local Law 1999 are permissible under Section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.4 Improve community safety”
2.4.3 Develop and implement a range of activities that promote community inclusiveness, safety and well being.
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. GRANTS an exemption under the City of Wanneroo Animal Local Laws 1999 made under Section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976 to keep three dogs at the following properties;
§ 17 Cresswell Place, Quinns Rocks
§ 12 Wonambi Way, Wanneroo
§ 54 Monaltrie Loop, Carramar
§ 76 Evandale Road, Darch
2. ADVISES that the exemption is subject to the following specified conditions:
a) If any one of the dogs die or is no longer kept on the property, no replacement is to be obtained;
b) Any barking by the subject dogs is to be kept to a minimum; and
c) This exemption may be varied or revoked if any complaints are received which are considered reasonable;
3. ADVISES the applicant and adjoining neighbours of this decision in relation to the properties;
4. REFUSES an exemption to the City of Wanneroo Animal Local Law 1999 made under Section 26(3) of the Dog Act 1976 for the applicants at the property at 20 Maree Place, Gnangara;
5. ADVISES the applicant that they may appeal Council’s decision by writing to the Hon Minister for Local Government; Heritage; Citizenship and Multicultural Interests within 28 days of receiving notice of Council’s decision; and
6. ADVISES the adjoining neighbours of this decision in relation to the property at 20 Maree Place, Gnagara.
CB02-04/11 Service Level Agreement Between the City of Wanneroo and FESA for the Provision of a Community Emergency Services Manager (CESM)
File Ref: 3916 – 11/23612
Responsible Officer: Director City Businesses
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider a request from the Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia (FESA) to sign a new Service Level Agreement (SLA) for the Provision of a Community Emergency Services Manager.
Background
In July 2002 the City of Wanneroo and FESA signed a Management Agreement (also referred to as a Service Level Agreement) incorporating a number of initiatives to be achieved during a two year period. It included agreed funding mechanisms to ensure improved service delivery outcomes.
In April 2004, following the expiry of the original agreement, FESA wrote to the City with a request to renew the partnership under cover of a new Service Level Agreement. When Council considered this request in August 2004 it was suggested that the City and FESA enjoyed a cooperative partnership at the operational level, and that it was that level of commitment that precluded the necessity to enter into a new SLA. This was reinforced by the financial security offered by the introduction of the Emergency Services Levy (ESL) and the established protocols and standards understood by both organisations. Accordingly, Council resolved not to enter into a further formal agreement.
Detail
FESA has recently reviewed the role of the Community Fire Manager (CFM) within local government and have developed a new Job Description and position title for a Community Emergency Services Manager (CESM). The position incorporates the role of Chief Bush Fire Control Officer (CBFCO) and is a shared cost between the City and FESA on a 50/50 basis. In conjunction with the review of the position FESA have developed an updated SLA (Attachment 1) and Business Plan (Attachment 2) for the CESM position and are requesting that the City become a signatory to the agreement.
An outcome of the Business Plan is to develop practices for fire management on local government bushland in the City. One of the strategies requires the CESM to engage with FESA’s Bush Fire & Local Government Relations Branch to conduct Hazard Reduction Burn programs in accordance with the allocated budget. A recommendation of this report will be to list $20,000 in future budgets to achieve this.
Consultation
No external consultation has been undertaken in the preparation of this report however, Council will be aware of heightened community interest in the role that local government plays in emergency management in light of the recent flooding and bushfire events across Australia.
Whilst the City continues to enjoy a very good relationship with FESA, the Administration believes that entering into a formal partnership will demonstrate Council’s ongoing commitment to emergency management and enhance our reputation in the community.
Comment
The role of the CESM has been expanded from that previously assigned to the CFM. As well as being responsible for fire management within the City the CESM will also be responsible for the management of all local emergencies, and hazard reduction. The SLA and action plan have been developed with this in mind. In summary the role of the CESM includes:
1. To ensure the implementation and delivery of fire preparedness, prevention, response and recovery services within the City.
2. To provide leadership and expert technical and professional advice to volunteer bush fire brigades and emergency volunteer groups.
3. To support, coordinate and deliver quality training for volunteer bush fire fighters.
4. In partnership with the City and community groups, to continuously seek to improve the mitigation of risk to the community from bush fires and other hazards.
5. To consult widely in the development, implementation and maintenance of fire management planning within the City of Wanneroo.
6. To manage the physical and financial resources of the City’s volunteer bush fire brigades.
7. To undertake the role of Chief Bush Fire Control Officer both operationally and administratively.
Currently there are five registered volunteer bush fire brigades within the City of Wanneroo. Three of these operate from the Ashby Operations Centre, one from Quinns Rocks and the other from Two Rocks. Advice from FESA is that these are likely to be viable for another 10 to 25 years. This highlights the important role the CESM/CBFCO plays in managing and administering these volunteer organisations and the need to formalise arrangements between FESA and the City. It is also important to note that the City of Wanneroo is considered a leader in fire management, and that the Wanneroo Volunteer Bush Fire (VBF) Brigades would probably be retained as a regional resource due to its strong volunteer base.
The SLA will take effect from the date of the last signatory and will remain in force for a three year period. There is an option for a further three year period subject to the agreement of both parties. The SLA includes a termination clause that allows for the termination of the agreement by the mutual agreement of both parties in writing, or either party by giving three months notice to the other party in writing.
FESA is currently reviewing the Fire Brigades Act 1942, Bushfires Act 1954, and the Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia Act 1998 with a view to amalgamating them into a single Emergency Services Act. It is too early at this stage to forecast any changes that may affect local government as a result of the review however, the process is likely to take three years and fits in well with the proposed three year duration of the SLA.
The Administration has discussed with the FESA North Coastal District Manager the potential for expansion to the ESL boundary that would result in FESA assuming a greater responsibility for fire management within the City. We have been advised that expansion is dependent on population growth and the establishment of new career fire stations within the City. There are no plans to extend the boundary in 2011/12 however, it may expand in 2012/13 due to rapid growth in the northern corridor. FESA review boundaries every 12 months in conjunction with affected local governments.
Currently the position of CFM within the City is filled through a temporary contract arrangement. The initial term of the contract was three months however, this has recently been extended by another three months. Commencement of the recruitment process for the vacant CESM (previously CFM) is on hold pending Council’s consideration of this report and signing of the SLA. There is some urgency to this as the state government recruitment process can be timely and is likely to require a further extension of the contract arrangements that are currently in place.
Statutory Compliance
The SLA itself does not constitute or create, and shall not be deemed to constitute, any legally binding or enforceable obligations on the part of either party. However, the City and FESA has obligations under the following legislation in relation to the provision of fire management services, and the appointment of officers in relation to the provision of those services:
· Local Government Act 1995
· Fire Brigades Act 1942
· Bush Fires Act 1954
· FESA WA Act 1998
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.4 Improve community safety”
“4 Governance
4.1 Improve strategic partnerships”
Policy Implications
Nil.
Financial Implications
The SLA is a standard document and is in use across 26 local governments. FESA anticipate this number will rise to 52 local governments by the end of next year. The ratio for cost sharing of this service is based on rates income with all larger local governments contributing the maximum 50%.
The cost of providing the CESM position at the City of Wanneroo is shared on a 50/50 basis, however FESA meet all costs associated with sanctioned overtime and on-call arrangements. Currently, the estimated annual cost to the City for the provision of the CESM position is $76,250. If Council were to opt out of the arrangement with FESA all costs would need to be met by the City.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. AUTHORISES the Mayor and the Chief Executive Officer to sign the Service Level Agreement between the Fire and Emergency Services of Western Australia for the Provision of a Community Emergency Services Manager;
2. NOTES that the Service Level Agreement will remain in force for three years from the date of signing, with an option for a further three year period subject to the agreement of both parties;
3. NOTES that one of the roles of the Community Emergency Services Manager is to undertake the role and responsibility of the City of Wanneroo’s Chief Bush Fire Control Officer, and assumes a leadership role in all local emergencies within the City of Wanneroo; and
4. NOTES that an amount of $20,000 will be listed in the future operating budgets, for the consideration of Council, to support FESA in carrying out Hazard Reduction Burns within the City’s bushland on an annual basis.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 146
SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
between the
FIRE AND EMERGENCY SERVICES AUTHORITY
OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA
AND
CITY OF WANNEROO
FOR
THE PROVISION OF A
COMMUNITY EMERGENCY SERVICES MANAGER
1. PURPOSE
This Service Level Agreement (SLA) is intended to identify and document the respective roles and responsibilities of the CITY OF WANNEROO, (The City) the Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia, (FESA) and the Community Emergency Services Manager (CESM) as considered necessary to manage the City’s Fire and Emergency services.
This SLA recognizes the responsibilities and undertakings of the agencies within this agreement, for Fire and Emergency Services delivery to the City community in accordance with FESA’s best practices.
This SLA does not constitute or create, and shall not be deemed to constitute, any legally binding or enforceable obligations on the part of any party.
2. FESA
This SLA will support FESA’s mission, vision and values:
Mission: in partnership with the people of Western Australia to:
· Improve community safety practices; and
· Provide timely, quality and effective emergency services.
Vision: A safer community.
Values: Put the community first;
Work together as a committed team;
Respect and value each other;
Continuously improve our service;
Act with integrity and honesty;
Have open and honest two-way communications;
Strive to keep ourselves and others safe
3. CITY OF WANNEROO
Vision: The centre for creative and sustainable growth, delivering strong, vibrant and connected communities.
Mission: Through strategic partnerships and effective leadership, we will provide spaces, places that:
· Build on natural resources and cultural heritage
· Create distinct and vibrant village communities
· Enhance lifestyle choices
· Foster economic prosperity
· Encourage citizen and stakeholder participation in governance development decisions.
4. DEFINITION
Emergency Management: means the provision of Prevention, Preparedness, Response and Recovery functions in order to provide a comprehensive approach to emergency management within the City.
5. SLA OBJECTIVES
5.1 To establish specific responsibilities with respect to the delivery of fire services within the City in particular to:
§ Deliver coordinated prevention programs to reduce the incidence of emergencies and improve the level of safety in the community;
§ Operate to a consistent set of protocols and equipment standards;
§ Provide efficient systems of communication between organizations at all levels to improve service delivery outcomes;
§ Promote and support volunteer organisational arrangements that combine the spirit of volunteerism to attract and retain members;
§ Provide and or coordinate the level of training to personnel, to ensure the competencies are appropriate to the risk level of emergencies to which volunteers will be required to respond;
§ Develop a partnership that will see a best practice approach to emergency management delivery between the City and FESA; and
§ Enhance community ownership of fire prevention and preparedness programs and activities.
5.2 To establish an agreement between the City and FESA, under Part 3 Section 12(2)(E) and (f) of the Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia Act 1998, to ensure the City’s Volunteer Bush Fire Brigades are supported, trained, equipped and capable of providing appropriate fire services to the community.
6. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND UNDERTAKINGS BY FESA
6.1 FESA will deliver the following services:
· Prevention: The development and implementation of community safety programs and services, to City staff and emergency service volunteers as required and mutually agreed. Programs and services include (but are not limited to) Bush Fire Ready, Home Fire Safety, Schools Education program and Smoke Alarm program.
· Preparedness: In addition to the programs described for prevention the training of volunteers will be managed, in partnership with the volunteer training network, aware of the increased risks faced by the emergency services and resourcing profile required. Access to specific courses that align with increased roles will be provided.
· Response; FESA will assist with the day to day incidents via the Communications Centre. Management and leadership will be provided by FESA at fire incidents, when requested by the City and agreed to by FESA.
· Recovery: FESA will provide strategic assistance and advice to The City concerning the development and implementation of recovery management plans and recovery management.
· Management and Administration: FESA will provide day to day and strategic management services, including vehicle and equipment standards, guidance on Emergency Services Levy (ESL) budgeting, standards of operation, brigade training maintenance, community liaison and administrative returns such as incident reports and activity statements.
· Community Emergency Services Manager: FESA will meet 50% of the costs incurred for the employment of a CESM within the City. Activities undertaken by this position will be listed as part of an annual business plan which will be approved of by both FESA and the City. The plan will be reviewed each year.
6.2 FESA will provide strategic advice and access to programs and/or services in order to support services delivered by the City.
7. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND UNDERTAKINGS BY THE CITY OF WANNEROO
7.1 The City will deliver the following services:
· Prevention: Administer and enforce the fire prevention provisions Bush Fires Act 1954 and also promote and participate in appropriate community safety programs in consultation with FESA;
· Preparedness: In addition to the applicable community safety programs identified against prevention, the City will through its staff and infrastructure support the emergency services preparedness programs developed and implemented by FESA;
· Response: The City will respond to day to day incidents through the turnout of their Bush Fire Brigades. City support will be extended to FESA controlled incidents when requested by the Incident Controller
· Management and Administration: The City will provide leadership and support to the development and management of its community Emergency Risk Management Arrangements in relation to bush fire.
·
7.2 The City will input into the development of the emergency services operating and capital budget, to ensure sufficient funds are requested through the Emergency Services Levy Funding process to maintain emergency services buildings, appliances and associated operational infrastructure. The City will make provision within its annual budget, those agreed funds, to meet 50% of the expenses associated with the CESM position.
7.3 The City will maintain the existing emergency services buildings, appliances and operational infrastructure and provide access to FESA through normal mobilising arrangements.
8. COMMUNITY EMERGENCY SERVICES MANAGER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
8.1 The CESM will undertake the activities as listed in the agreed Business Plan. See attached plan.
8.2 The CESM will operate under the supervision of a designated FESA District Manager and The City’s Manager Regulatory Services. Any disputes or inconsistencies between the two parties will need to be settled as per the dispute resolution procedure contained in this document, and will be settled as quickly as practicable.
9. CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
9.1 The CESM will be employed by FESA under the United Fire Fighters Award. Special allowances will be paid according to this award.
9.2 The hours of duty will be 40 hours per week including after hours training and meetings as required. These hours of duty do not include overtime and call-outs.
9.3 The CESM uniform will be light blue with shoulder patches displaying FESA Fire and Emergency Services and epaulettes showing local Government CESM.
9.4 Any performance based issue or grievance will be jointly addressed by the City and FESA.
9.5 The vehicle used by the CESM will be by agreement between the City and FESA.
9.6 The CESM will be required to perform operational bush fire duties when necessary and must be appointed upon agreement with the City to the position of Chief Bush Fire Control Officer.
10. FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS
10.1 FESA and the City will be responsible for 50/50 sharing of all costs associated with the CESM position, excepting those described in 10.3 below. Refer to attached document.
10.2 FESA will invoice the City quarterly for the CESM position
10.3 Sanctioned wildfire overtime/on call and availability allowance will be paid by FESA.
11. HUMAN RESOURCE ARRANGEMENTS
11.1 The selection process for the position of the CESM will be managed by a member from FESA, supported by the City and an independent party, as agreed between FESA and The City.
11.2 The CESM will be required to work to an agreed business plan which will be developed by FESA and the City and reviewed yearly.
11.3 The City and the FESA Regional Office will provide office facilities.
12. REPORTING
The CESM will provide a written report to FESA and the City twice per year with outcomes on performance indicators from the agreed business plan.
13. DURATION AND AMENDMENT
13.1 This SLA will take effect from the date of the last signatory, (refer page 8), and will remain in force for a three year period, with the option for a further three year period, subject to the agreement of both parties.
13.2 This Agreement shall not be altered varied or modified in any respect except by agreement in writing.
14. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Dispute resolution with regards to the content of this document is to be conferred, deliberated and resolved by the FESA CEO or a nominated delegate and the CEO of The City or a nominated delegate.
15. TERMINATION
This Agreement may be terminated by:
(a) Mutual agreement of both parties in writing at any time: or
(b) Either party by giving three months notice in writing to the other party at any time.
16. NOTICES
Notices or other communications by each party to each other and under this SLA must, unless otherwise notified in writing, be addressed and forwarded as follows:
FESA Chief Executive Officer
Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia
FESA House
PO Box P1174
PERTH Western Australia 6844
Chief Executive Officer
CITY OF WANNEROO
Locked Bag 1
WANNEROO WA 6065
SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
This Service Level Agreement is made
BETWEEN THE
Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia
480 Hay Street
PERTH WA 6000
AND
CITY OF WANNEROO
23 Dunbar Road
WANNEROO WA 6065
And will take effect from the date of the last signature and remain in force for a 3 year period.
SIGNED for and on behalf of the Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia by:
JO HARRISON-WARD ___________________________ ____________
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER Signature Date:
SIGNED for and on behalf of the CITY OF WANNEROO by:
DANIEL SIMMS ________________________ ____________
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER Signature Date
JON KELLY ________________________ ____________
Mayor Signature Date
INDICATIVE COST SHARING
BETWEEN FESA AND THE CITY OF WANNEROO
AS AT 5 JAN 2011 FOR A CESM
PERSONNEL COST |
SHARED |
FESA |
L.GOVT |
Salary |
93k |
46.5k |
46.5k |
On Costs |
27k |
13.5k |
13.5k |
Sanctioned Overtime |
n/a |
As approved |
n/a |
On call |
n/a |
2,600 |
n/a |
Availability Allowance |
n/a |
8,062 |
n/a |
|
|
|
|
ITC COST |
|
|
|
PC |
1500 |
750 |
750 |
Mobile Phone |
2400 |
1200 |
1200 |
|
|
|
|
VEHICLE COSTS |
|
|
|
Lease |
18000 |
9000 |
9000 |
Fuel/Servicing |
5000 |
2500 |
2500 |
|
|
|
|
UNIFORM |
|
|
|
Purchase/Maintenance |
500 |
250 |
250 |
|
|
|
|
TRAINING |
1200 |
600 |
600 |
|
|
|
|
Grand Total |
148,600 |
84,762 |
76,250 |
|
|
Note:
1. FESA to pay for sanctioned overtime and on call arrangements
2. All other costs to be shared by 50:50 by FESA and City of Wanneroo
3. Costs are an approximation only
BUSINESS PLAN 2010/13
An agreement between the City of Wanneroo and the Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia. All parties agree that the BP is a guide & outcomes may not be achieved in a twelve month period.
Business Plan Priorities:
1. Operational Response in City of Wanneroo when appropriate
2. Management of LG Bushlands
3. Management of UCL/UMR
4. Training of Bush Fire Brigades
1. PREVENTION
To provide a range of prevention services to increase community awareness of hazards and their involvement in minimising impact.
OUTCOME |
STRATEGY |
WHO |
DUE |
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS |
Develop practices for fire management on local government bush lands in City of Wanneroo(COW)
|
Assist LG to develop & implement mitigation pre- plans for council vested reserves and private property.
Conduct risk assessment plan containing annual schedule of works, including fire hazard inspections of all shire reserves, map & rate bush fire hazards, strategic firebreak network. Engage BFBs to assist with Hazard Reduction Burns including alternative treatment options
Engage with FESA’s Bush Fire & Local Government Relations Branch to conduct fuel reduction programs in accordance with the allocated budget |
CESM COW
|
1 October
1 October
April to Nov
On going |
Number of plans maintained and updated
No of hazard reduction burns/ other treatment options. Number and size of hazard reduction burns conducted
CESM and Volunteer man hours spent on programs
Development of agreed program & implementation of prescribed burns. (See also Special projects) |
Fire Hazard inspections of private properties in City of Wanneroo |
LG Fire Control Officers to conduct inspections to ensure compliance with Council Fire Break Notice |
CESM advice to COW |
Annually |
Number of Inspections, work orders, level of Compliance |
Administer Provisions of Bush Fires Act & Emergency Management Act |
· Ensure due observance with relevant Acts throughout the district, including RBT, PBT |
CESM advice to COW |
Ongoing |
LG community compliance with statutes and regulations |
1. PREVENTION
OUTCOME |
STRATEGY |
WHO |
DUE |
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS |
Develop practices for fire management on all Unallocated Crown Land (UCL) & Unmanaged Reserves (UMR)within COW |
Develop & implement mitigation plans for all UCL/UMR blocks
Maintain UCL data base
Engage BFB in hazard reduction burning programs & other treatment options
Engage with FESA’s Bush Fire & Local Government Relations Branch to conduct fuel reduction programs in accordance with the allocated budget |
CESM & UCL Co-ord. in ESL 3, FRS DM & UCL Co-ord in ESL1 areas |
Ongoing |
Number of Plans in place
No of Hazard Reduction burns/ other treatment options Volunteer & CESM man hours spent on programs
Development of agreed program & implementation of prescribed burns. (See also Special projects) |
Provide strategic advice on Sub-divisional planning
Provide building standards advise for fire protection as per BFTA |
Review and provide advice to developers, city and consultants when required
Advice to developers, LG & consultants in regards to new buildings to comply with Building Code AS 3959 |
CESM advice to COW Planners & Builders
FESA DM
|
Ongoing |
The number of subdivisions where advice is accepted |
Education programs for the community and schools to build knowledge & understanding of fire prevention and preparedness management practices |
· Review & identify suitable programs for the community eg Prepare, Act Survive/ Bush Fire Ready/ JAFFA, Arson, & Smoke Alarm program · · Coordinate the provision of public information & develop media contacts · Coordinate the implementation of the FESA school education program including the use of volunteers for delivery of programs |
CESM to Coordinate and assist the COW, BFBs & JAFFA Team, Community Engagement, and BRAG coordinator
|
Ongoing
|
Number of education programs delivered to the community, including effectiveness of these programs
Training program delivered to LG & BFB Volunteers on basic fire investigation and preserving origin of suspicious fires
Notices and articles in media outlets
No of schools visited
|
|
· |
|
|
|
PREPAREDNESS
To provide and maintain appropriate and adequate infrastructure, equipment, skilled personnel, plans and programs in preparation for emergencies. To provide support to the community in its preparation for emergencies and mitigation of risks.
OUTCOME |
STRATEGY |
WHO |
DUE |
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS |
Establish a Local Govt. training calendar for BFBs to meet the operational requirements of brigade profile and members
Level 2 incident training for BFBs
|
In consultation with Brigade, develop a program of appropriate courses for Bush Fire Brigade volunteers & Council staff, through a training needs analysis.
Coordinate Volunteer instructors and LG Staff to establish and maintain a local training data base.
Ensure BFBs have the appropriate level of training to meet Brigade Profile and be operationally effective
Coordinate FESA Region Staff to maintain a record of courses and attendees on TRAIN data base Identify training requirements for region calendar |
CESM & Vol Instructors.
CESM & Vols
CESM
|
Ongoing |
The number of courses programmed
No of volunteers trained
No of hours CESM commits to record maintenance, training delivery & preparation
Maintain and update TRAIN & RMS database
|
Support and advice to key meetings including Bush Fire Advisory Committee (BFAC, District operations Advisory Committee (DOAC) & brigade meetings
|
· Provide reports to meetings where applicable.
Attend meetings where applicable · Provide advice to council when required
Liaise with Key Stakeholders Regularly and building relationships, i.e. Police, DEC, DCP |
CESM DM |
Ongoing |
No of meetings attended
Quarterly progress reports against the business plans tabled at these meetings
Number of Meetings with Stakeholders |
Emergency fire water supplies in COW for emergencies |
Liai Ensure inspections and & maintenance on static water supplies pre and post –fire season |
CESM COW
|
April Nov |
Maintain water supply data base |
PREPAREDNESS
OUTCOME |
STRATEGY |
WHO |
DUE |
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS |
Support for Local Emergency Management Committee |
Attend LEMC meetings Provide advice and assistance to the committee and to the executive officer Update LEMC arrangements. Provide advice to LG for the development & updates to the LEMC Recovery Plan, and training plan for committee members Provide advice to LG on the identification and records in Recovery Plan |
CESM |
Ongoing |
LEMC compliance with SEMC policy
No of meetings attended
Recovery plan updated |
Establish Relocation (Welfare) Centres in COW to support the community in times of need |
Liaise with LEMC and DCP to assist in identifying & maintaining welfare and recovery centres |
CESM advice to COW LEMC |
Ongoing |
Number of Centres in place |
Establish Emergency Coordination Centres and ensure they are in a state of readiness |
Coordinate and assist LG to establish & maintain ECC and develop Standard Operating Procedures |
CESM COW LEMC, |
Annual |
Audit ECC Updated SOP’s |
Major Emergency Management exercise in COW |
Liaise with LEMC on exercise & provide support
|
CESM advice to COW LEMC |
Annually |
Number and type of exercise
|
RESPONSE
To ensure rapid and comprehensive response to emergencies, to contain and minimise the impact of emergencies.
. To support the community in its own response to emergencies.
OUTCOME |
STRATEGY |
WHO |
DUE |
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS |
Respond to emergency incidents that impact on the community in COW |
Maintain & review mobilisation response procedures for BFBs
All mobilisation to be monitored in line with SOP
Provide IMT support as required, including participation and advice to Emergency Management Support Advisory Group
Provide adequate training for BFB Captains/FCO to ensure they can manage incidents |
CESM
|
Ongoing
|
Number of incidents attended by brigades
Number of incidents attended by CESM
The number of hours spent at incidents by BFBs and CESM
Mentor of BFB members in Incident Management Team experience |
Liaison at EM incidents |
Act as liaison officer at all emergencies requiring local government |
CESM & COW |
Ongoing |
Level of Support and number of incidents requiring attendance |
Respond to incidents in neighbouring LGs when requested |
Respond to incidents when requested by FESA or neighbouring LGs
Provide IMT support as required
Monitor all incidents & support with resources when required. Support FESA and other Local Governments as per the Mutual Aid Agreement. |
CESM |
Ongoing |
Number of requests for assistance
Incidents attended by CESM & man hours spent at incidents in regional response
Number of incidents attended by the COW BFBs, and SES |
RECOVERY
Those activities, both short and long term, which are intended to return a community to normal after the impact of an emergency.
OUTCOME |
STRATEGY |
WHO |
DUE |
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS |
Counselling service & Peer Support for volunteers in place for all volunteers
|
Encourage BFB to utilise services
All major incidents involving volunteers, whereby there are serious injuries, trauma or fatalities to be reported to the FESA Comcen
Ensure OHS&W as required |
CESM FESA Peer Support & Chaplain |
Ongoing |
Peer support group formed and maintained.
Counselling offered to volunteers and staff
Lost Time Injury records |
Provide support to the Incident Recovery team |
Provide advice on the activation and implementation of the LG recovery plan Monitor & review recovery plan with LEMC & LG
|
CESM COW
|
Ongoing |
Recovery plan activated
Evacuation/ Relocation plan activated |
SPECIAL PROJECTS
To assist local government and FESA with special projects that mitigates the impact of incidents on the community
OUTCOME |
STRATEGY |
WHO |
DUE |
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS |
Special Projects |
Coordinate & manage projects for FESA & LG in regard to fire and emergency management |
CESM |
Ongoing |
Completion according to timelines
Project reports/Hours spent |
Hazard reduction burning on council reserves |
Coordinate and map all council reserves and fuel loadings |
CESM/FESA |
Ongoing |
Number of hazard reductions burn completed. |
ADMINISTRATION DUTIES
|
||||
OUTCOME |
STRATEGY |
WHO |
DUE |
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS |
Establish COW Emergency Service Directory |
Develop & maintain a directory for emergency service contacts
|
CESM COW support |
1 Dec |
Annual directory completed by due date |
BFB Membership List in place |
Audit and update existing BFB m/ships inc. medicals & police clearances |
CESM COW support |
Ongoing |
BFB list accurate and up to date |
Risk to Resources (R2R) Model established each year |
Review & analyse the R2R model against current resource inventory |
CESM DM COW |
1 Nov |
Review model annually |
Manage Bush Fire Brigades administration process |
Coordinate the drafting the ESL budget accurately for BFB & on behalf of the COW including acquittal
Ensure BFB comply with ESL requirements, report on all accounts and line items
Liaise between City and local BFB to assist / provide operational & administrative support, additionally administer insurance procedures |
CESM COW |
Ongoing |
Time spent on ESL Draft and submission submitted within scheduled time frames
ESL accounts within budget & compliant
|
Establish a Bush Fire Brigade fleet maintenance program |
Liaise with LG and assist LG program & coordinate maintenance of vehicles & equipment including communication systems. |
CESM COW depot records |
April/Sep |
Maintain vehicle servicing records
|
Establishment a PPE / PPC & other equipment monitoring & replacement system |
Develop & coordinate the maintenance of a data base system for COW BFBs to manage all PPE/Equipment |
CESM & Volunteers |
Ongoing |
Systems implemented |
ADMINISTRATION DUTIES
|
||||
Evaluate and establishment of a incident records system for the LG |
Develop and coordinate the maintenance of a localised database for record management of incident and emergencies |
CESM COW |
Ongoing |
Systems implemented |
COW Strategic Business Reporting |
Attend monthly and quarterly meetings & provide input for City of Wanneroo Strategic Plan |
CESM |
Monthly |
No of meetings attended |
Budget - Monthly Finance Management Reports |
Complete reports monthly |
CESM |
Monthly |
No of reports and information provided to BFB |
Maintain FESA Resource Management System |
Update all new appliances on RMS
Update all new BFB members on RMS |
CESM |
On going |
Time spent on RMS |
Community Emergency Services Manager - Personal Development Set goals to achieve the following key IMT, Emergency Management Training and computer training courses: |
Course Type |
Agency |
Date Planned |
1. Planning 5.04 |
FESA/DEC |
|
2. Operations course |
|
|
3. Situation course |
|
|
4. Mimic course |
|
|
5. Management Training |
|
|
6. Leadership courses |
|
|
7. Prescribed Burning Course |
|
|
8. Logistics course |
|
|
Emergency Management Training
1. Intro to Emergency Risk Management |
|
|
2. Intro to Recovery |
|
|
3. Risk Management |
|
|
4..Exercise Management |
|
|
9. Business Continuity |
|
|
Key Computer Courses
1. Word basic & Intermediate |
|
|
2. Excel |
|
|
3. Power point basic |
|
|
Community Emergency Services Manager - Succession Planning Develop future leaders for City of Wanneroo/FESA to fulfil the role of CESM during leave periods, acting opportunities and vacancy periods. |
Goals:
1. Identify personnel to fill the role of the CESM position in the future
2. Organise and provide personal development training for the above identified people.
Name |
Course |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BUSINESS PLAN AGREEMENT
Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia
480 Hay St Perth WA 6000
AND
City of Wanneroo
23 Dundebar Road, WANNEROO, WA 6076
Date of effect 01 April 2011 to 31 March 2014
Signed for and on behalf of the Fire and Emergency Services Authority of Western Australia by:
MERV AUSTIC MANAGER BUSH FIRE & LOCAL GOVERNMENT RELATIONS |
|
|
|
Signature |
Date |
Signed for on behalf of the City of Wanneroo
DANIEL SIMMS CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER |
|
|
|
Signature |
Date |
JON KELLY MAYOR |
|
|
|
Signature |
Date |
Signature of Community Emergency Services Manager
|
|
|
|
Signature |
Date |
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 167
File Ref: 2370 – 11/30524
Responsible Officer: Director, City Businesses
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
Council is invited to provide comment to the Fluoridation of Public Water Supplies Advisory Committee in respect to the proposed fluoridation of Yanchep’s potable water supply.
Background
Correspondence was received from the Fluoridation of Public Water Supplies Advisory Committee on 24 February 2011 (Attachment 1), advising that a public consultation process was to be carried out on 9 March 2011, and seeking comments from Council in respect to a proposal to fluoridate Yanchep’s potable water supply.
A public meeting arranged by the committee was held on 9 March 2011 at the Yanchep Community Centre. The general consensus of attendees at this meeting was one of opposition to the proposal to fluoridate the water supply.
Detail
All areas in Perth connected to the Integrated Water Supply Scheme have fluoride added to drinking water. At present, Yanchep’s potable water supply is not connected to the scheme as it has its own separate potable water supply and therefore is not fluoridated. The Fluoridation of Public Water Supplies Advisory Committee’s function is to provide the Minister for Health, who is responsible for the decision of fluoridating Yanchep’s water supply, advice relating to the suitability of its use in that particular scheme as provided for under the Fluoridation of Public Water Supplies Act 1966.
It should be noted that at some stage in the future when Yanchep’s water supply is connected to the Integrated Water Supply Scheme, fluoridation will automatically occur as it is provided to the rest of the metropolitan area.
Consultation
A public meeting arranged by the Fluoridation of Public Water Supplies Advisory Committee was held on 9 March 2011 at the Yanchep Community Centre.
Comment
Several countries including Australia add fluoride to water supplies to prevent dental caries. Plans to add fluoride to water supplies are often contentious. Controversy relates to potential benefits of fluoridation, difficulty of identifying harms, whether fluoride is a medicine, and the ethics of a mass intervention. The majority of health professional bodies however, recognise that the existing body of evidence strongly suggests that fluoridation is beneficial for reducing dental caries.
The Center for Disease Control and Prevention, in relation to the fluoridation of public water supplies states that the “widespread use of fluoride has been a major factor in the decline in the prevalence and severity of dental caries (i.e., tooth decay) in the United States and other economically developed countries. When used appropriately, fluoride is both safe and effective in preventing and controlling dental caries”.
The Australian National Health and Medical Research Council states: “Fluoridation of drinking water remains the most effective and socially equitable means of achieving community-wide exposure to the caries prevention effects of fluoride. It is recommended that water be fluoridated in the target range of 0.6 to 1.1 mg/L, depending on climate, to balance reduction of dental caries and occurrence of dental fluorosis”.
Statutory Compliance
The role of the Fluoridation of Public Water Supplies Advisory Committee is determined by the Fluoridation of Public Water Supplies Act 1966.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.2 Protect, conserve and recycle water”
“1.2.2 Maintain or improve water quality”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. RECOGNISES that the existing body of evidence strongly suggests that fluoridation is beneficial for reducing dental caries; and
2. REQUESTS the Chief Executive Officer to forward correspondence to the Fluoridation of Public Water Supplies Advisory Committee requesting community consultation be taken into consideration, in determining the decision on the fluoridation of Yanchep’s potable water supply.
City Business
File Ref: 112 – 11/26935
Responsible Officer: Director, City Businesses
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the appointment of a Deputy Delegate to the Mindarie Regional Council (MRC) for its meeting to be held on 28 April 2011, due to the absence of Delegate Cr Gray.
Background
At the special meeting of Council held on 26 October 2009 Council appointed Cr Gray and Cr Newton as delegates for the City of Wanneroo to the MRC.
It should be noted that the MRC does not recognise Deputies under its constitution agreement. Therefore if a delegate is unable to attend a meeting and wishes to have another elected member attend in their place, it is necessary for the matter to be presented to Council in order for a deputy delegate to be appointed.
Detail
Cr Gray has advised that she will not be able to attend the MRC meeting to be held on 28 April 2011 at the City of Wanneroo. As a result, this report seeks Council to appoint a delegate to the MRC for the meeting held on 28 April 2011 only, after which Cr Gray will resume her position as a City of Wanneroo delegate to the MRC.
It is essential that the City of Wanneroo has full representation at this meeting given that the MRC is in the process of developing its 2011/2012 budget and is working through significant issues pertaining to the Resource Recovery Facility and the withdrawal of the City of Stirling.
Comment
Nil
Statutory Compliance
Under the Local Government Act 1995:
Part 5 – Administration
Division 2 – Council meetings, committees and their meetings and electors’ meetings Section 5.10
“(1) A committee is to have as its members-
(a) Persons appointed* by the local government to be members of the committee…”
*Absolute Majority required.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.5 Reduce the City’s carbon footprint”
1.5.3 Improve waste management through reduce, reuse and recycling of waste.”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Absolute Majority
That Council by ABSOLUTE MAJORITY appoint Cr ______________ as a delegate for the City of Wanneroo to the Mindarie Regional Council for the Mindarie Regional Council meeting to be held on 28 April 2011, after which Cr Gray will resume her role as a City of Wanneroo delegate.
CB05-04/11 Tender No. 01044 - The Supply and Delivery of 3.45mm Baling Wire for the Wangara Recycling Centre for the Period of One (1) Year with an Option for a Further One (1) Year.
File Ref: 5435 – 11/21210
Responsible Officer: Director, City Businesses
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider Tender 01044 for the Supply and Delivery of 3.45mm Baling Wire to the Wangara Recycling Centre (WRC) for a period of one (1) year with an option of a further one (1) year.
Background
Tender 01044 was called for the supply and delivery of 3.45mm annealed baling wire for the Wangara Recycling Centre. The baling wire is used to wrap newspapers, cardboard and plastic container bales for transporting to international markets and is a critical purchase in relation to the WRC’s operation.
The purchase of baling wire is funded via GL Account Number 717533.9399.243, which also funds the purchase of other major parts and components critical for the WRC’s operations including conveyor belts, motors, gear boxes, tools etc.
The Contract is due to commence on 11 April 2011 for a period of one (1) year and at the expiry of the initial contract period, the City may consider a possible one (1) year extension or part thereof. Any such extension will be in accordance with the same terms and conditions of the original contract. Contract prices will be subject to adjustment as per a formula provided in the tender document.
Essential details of the contract are outlined below.
Contract Type |
Schedule of Rates |
Contract Duration |
1 Year |
Commencement Date |
11 April 2011 |
Expiry Date |
10 April 2012 |
Extension Permitted |
Yes |
Rise and Fall Included |
Yes |
Detail
Tender 01044 for the supply and delivery of 3.45mm annealed baling wire for the Wangara Recycling Centre was advertised on 11 December 2010 and closed on 11 January 2011.
Two tender submissions were received as follows:
· Concept Wire Industries
· Whites Group Pty Ltd
The Tender Assessment Panel comprising of the City’s Business Manager WRC, Administration Officer WRC and Contracts Officer have evaluated the Tender submissions as follows:
Price for the services offered (50%):
The Price Schedule was compared at the fixed rate price for the period of the contract but is subject to quarterly rise and fall as detailed in Clause 2 of the Specification and Scope of Works. Prices quoted include delivery to the Wangara Recycling Centre.
Both Tenders were assessed on the overall price and were ranked as follows:
Price Schedule 1A& 1B Tenderer |
Ranking |
Whites Group Pty Ltd |
1 |
Concept Wire Industries |
2 |
Supply time and product availability (30%):
Concept Wire Industries requires 4 weeks lead time for the first delivery of the wire from the east coast, while Whites Group Pty Ltd required an initial lead time of 12 weeks for the first delivery of wire from China. Both tenderers indicated that upon receiving the first order, they would store enough stock in WA to meet the full 12 month order. Both tenderers required a lead time of 2 – 3 days to fill orders from their stock held in WA.
Assessment in this instance is reflected in the ranking as below:
Tenderer |
Ranking |
Concept Wire Industries |
1 |
Whites Group Pty Ltd |
2 |
Tenderers adherence to Product Specification (20%)
Both tenderers demonstrated sufficient resources and capacity to service the supply of 3.45mm annealed baling wire to desired specification. Ranking for this criterion is shown as follows:
Tenderer |
Ranking |
Concept Wire Industries |
1 |
Whites Group Pty Ltd |
1 |
Overall Weighted Score (100%):
The tenderers’ submissions were reviewed in accordance with the weighted score analysis process and the consolidated overall ranking of tenderers based on a weighted score for the separate Price Schedule is shown below:
Tenderer |
Ranking |
Whites Group Pty Ltd |
1 |
Concept Wire Industries |
2 |
Based on the Tender Evaluation Team’s assessment of submissions tendered, it is recommended the supply and delivery of 3.45mm annealed baling wire be awarded to Whites Group Pty Ltd.
Comment
Whites Group Pty Ltd provides similar baling wire to other recycling companies in Perth. Whites Group Pty Ltd is a competent contractor and has provided similar wire to the City in the past two years. They have scored the highest overall ranking in accordance with the assessment criteria weighting as detailed in the tender document and therefore are recommended as the successful tenderer.
Statutory Compliance
Tenders have been invited and properly evaluated against the selection criteria in accordance with Section 3.57 of the Local Government Act and associated Local Government (Functions and General) Regulations 1996.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.4 Maintain long-term financial stability”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Whites Group Pty Ltd has indicated that if it is awarded the Tender, delivery of the first load would take about 12 weeks. Being the case, it is anticipated that the first delivery would arrive on 5 July 2011. In the meantime, the City would continue to call for quotes through the usual process, until the first delivery.
As there is only one rate in the Schedule of Rates the expected contract cost has not been stated in this report to respect commercial confidentiality.
The following table provides estimated expenditure for the purchase of baling wire in the 2010-2011 financial year.
Baling Wire – Anticipated Expenditure 2010-2011
YTD Expenditure |
Estimated Expenditure to 30/6/11 |
Total Expenditure |
$111,985 |
$48,250 |
$160,235 |
Sufficient funding will be listed in the 2011/12 budget process to cover the purchase of baling wire.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council ACCEPTS Tender No 01044 for the supply and delivery of 3.45mm annealed baling wire, submitted by Whites Group Pty Ltd for a period of one (1) year, commencing 11 April 2011, with an option of a further period of one (1) year or part thereof, with CPI in the extension period.
Other Matters
File Ref: 2408 – 11/30694
Responsible Officer: Director, City Businesses
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Attachments: 1
Issue
To provide a report to Council on the process for valuing the share of the Mindarie Regional Council (MRC) attributable to the City of Stirling. This is part of the process whereby the City of Stirling intends to exit from the MRC.
Background
Council on the 10th August 2010 resolved, inter alia, under recommendation 6, “Authorises the Chief Executive Officer to negotiate with the MRC and other participants in the MRC as to the adjustment of the Assets and Liabilities of the MRC (as specified in recommendation 5 above) and provide a further report for the consideration of the Council.” CR01-08/10.
Detail
PriceWaterhouseCoopers (PwC) were appointed by the MRC to assist the MRC and its Members in the calculation of the worth of the City of Stirling’s share of the MRC. This was to be a two stage process, the first of which was to agree the methodology for the valuation. Each Member Council has been requested to seek individual Council endorsement of the methodology proposed by the PwC Consultants before commencement of the second stage, being the actual valuation. The PwC Consultant’s Report (Attachment 1) provides the preferred valuation method to be undertaken, and the Members of the MRC via their individual Councils are to give approval or otherwise to the methodology outlined, to enable stage 2 of the consultancy to proceed.
The Consultant examined three commercially used valuation techniques and these outlined below by way of an extract from the Consultant’s Report. Additionally the Consultant explored the possibility of a comparison to sales of actual Waste Operations businesses, but there appears to have been limited ones of relevance to the MRC.
1. Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) Approach
This method indicates the value of a business based on the present value of the cash flows that the business expects to generate in the future. Such cash flows are discounted at a discount rate (the cost of capital) which reflects the time value of money and the risks associated with the generation and timing of the future cash flows.
The DCF approach comprises the following steps:
§ estimating future cash flows for a certain discrete projection period. In the case of the MRC, the cash flows for the waste disposal operations including rehabilitation liabilities would be evaluated over the expected economic life of the waste disposal operations;
§ discounting those cash flows to present value at a rate of return that reflects the relative risk of achieving the cash flows and the time value of money;
§ estimating the residual value of cash flows (if any) subsequent to the discrete projection period. In the case of the MRC, this might include the royalty stream received from LGP; and
§ combining the value of the residual cash flows with the discrete projection period cash flow to indicate the market value of the business.
2. Capitalisation of Maintainable Earnings
The capitalisation of maintainable earnings approach to a valuation of a business requires the assessment of the following components:
§ The future maintainable earnings (“FME”) of the business. This is usually based on earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”) or earnings before interest and tax (“EBIT”); and
§ An appropriate earnings multiple with which to capitalise the FME.
The FME represents the assessment of expected earnings that can be derived from the business on an ongoing basis. The earnings multiple reflects the risks in achieving these earnings, the potential growth and the time value of money.
The capitalisation of maintainable earnings methodology is generally used to value established, profitable businesses with stable earnings and an indefinite economic life.
3. Net Assets Approach
The net assets approach indicates the fair market value of the business by adjusting the asset and liability balances on the balance sheet to their fair market value equivalents. The net assets approach is based on the summation of the individual piecemeal values of the underlying assets. The market value of the business is then represented by the sum of the market value of the assets less the market value of the liabilities.
This approach is performed in two steps:
§ The value of each of the component assets and liabilities are estimated; and
§ The net asset value of the business is calculated by subtracting the value of the liabilities from the value of the assets.
The major deficiency with this approach is that it does not allow for the identification and valuation of intangible assets which may form part of the business subject to valuation. In the case of the MRC, these intangible assets could include the value of the:
§ airspace which is not specifically identified or valued on the balance sheet of the MRC;
§ lease of the Tamala Park landfill site; and
§ licence to operate the business.
Each method of valuing an entity has its advantages and disadvantages however the Consultant (who has extensive experience in valuations) has recommended using the Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) method for reasons explained in detail on page 21 of their Report (Attachment 1). Essentially the DCF method is forward looking and therefore would not be influenced by the previous and current results which of course include the City of Stirling. Furthermore the DCF approach is appropriate for assets with a finite life, such as a landfill site. The DCF approach will implicitly incorporate the value of the assets and liabilities, including the intangibles of airspace and remediation.
As a cross check the Consultant is also proposing to compare the results achieved through DCF with the other methods and additionally to compare to the value of “airspace”, should they be able to identify any public company acquisitions of a landfill.
Administration concurs with the Consultant that the DCF method is the most appropriate, especially given the level of cross checking that will apply. Some elements of the methodology have been queried by other Member Councils and the actual methodology will be tailored further to include addressing their specific aspects, if relevant.
Consultation
Chief Executive Officers and other executives of the Member Councils were given a briefing by the Consultant at the offices of the Town of Cambridge on Tuesday 8 March 2011, whereby questions were asked of the Consultants on their Draft Report as presented. A revised Final Report, as per Attachment 1, was provided post this meeting following feedback by attendees at the meeting.
Comment
The Consultants are well known and credentialed providers of Corporate Valuation Advisory Services. Their recommendation follows normal accounting and valuation practices. The Consultant considered a number of possible valuation methods including:
· Present value of future cash flows generated (DCF);
· Capitalisation of future maintainable earnings (FME) based on EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation) or EBIT; and
· Net Assets at Fair Market Value approach (NA).
For the various reasons stated, the Consultants recommend and Administration concur, that the most practical method would be the DCF, but cross checked with reference to the NA and FME methods and also with reference to the value of air space implied by the acquisition of other Landfill operations by publicly listed corporations.
Administration recommends that the approval to the methodology (if given) be qualified as follows:
That the Consultant, in valuing the waste business considers the following:
· In assessing future cash flows, whether the MRC will continue to accept non Member waste in future years;
· Whether the current Member fees are accurately reflecting the “cost recovery” intention of the pricing of Member tipping fees;
· Clarification that the land upon which the MRC operates (Tamala Park), which is owned by the Member councils but leased to the MRC, is included in the calculation; and
· Identifying how the Consultant intends to value the residual liability that may occur should pollutants escape in future years, post closure or to factor in future legislative requirements which may impact on the cost or remediation.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
Nil
Financial Implications
Possible implications include indirect impacts due to the change in ownership and usage of the MRC (Landfill and RRF facilities); quantum unknown at this stage.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. NOTES the Report of PriceWaterhouseCoopers in Attachment 1;
2. ACCEPTS the recommended methodology of valuing the Mindarie Regional Council by reference to the Discounted Cash Flow method, cross checked to alternative valuations methods including both the Net Assets Approach and the Future Maintainable Earnings Approach, enabling PriceWaterhouseCoopers to proceed to stage 2 of the valuation process; and
3. REQUESTS that PriceWaterhouseCoopers, in valuing the waste business, consider the following:
a) In assessing future cash flows, whether the MRC will continue to accept
non Member waste in future years;
b) Whether the current Member Fee accurately reflects the “cost recovery” intention of the pricing of Member tipping fees;
c) Clarification that the land upon which the MRC operates (Tamala Park), which is owned by the Member councils, but leased to the MRC, is to be sold/given up by the City of Stirling; and
d) Identify how the Consultant intends to value the residual liability that may occur should pollutants escape in future years, post closure, or to factor in future legislative requirements which may impact on the cost of remediation of the Tamala Park site, or any other such landholdings associated with the MRC.
Infrastructure
File Ref: 3503 – 11/23692
Responsible Officer: Director, Infrastructure
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider a concept plan for the Queenscliff Park Beach Access, Quinns Rocks.
Background
At its meeting of 15 December 2009 (IN01-12/09), Council considered a report on the amendments to the 2009/2010 Foreshore Management Capital Works Program and resolved as follows:
“1. DELETES the following projects from the 2009/2010 Foreshore Management Capital Works Program:
Design and construction of a beach access stairs opposite 208 Ocean Drive, Quinns Rocks (Project Nos 1487 and 1909); and
Installation of Beach Access fencing opposite 40 Brazier Road, Yanchep.
2. Pursuant to Section 6.8(1)(b) of the Local Government Act 1995 APPROVES BY ABSOLUTE MAJORITY the expenditure of $148,500 for the following projects:
Design of Beach Access near Camira Way, Quinns Rocks;
Design of Beach Access Queenscliff Park Quinns Rocks; and
Design of Beach Access opposite 40 Brazier Road, Yanchep.
3. NOTES the following budget variations to fund the projects outlined in Item 2:
Project No |
From |
To |
Description |
PR 1487 |
$19,400 |
|
Quinns Rocks Foreshore design and consultation for the upgrade of existing Beach Access stairs opposite 208 Ocean Drive, Quinns Rocks |
PR 1909 |
$100,000 |
|
Construction and upgrade of existing Beach Access stairs opposite 208 Ocean Drive, Quinns Rocks |
PR XXX |
|
$35,000 |
Design of Beach Access from Queenscliff Park, Quinns Rocks |
PR XXX |
|
$84,400 |
Design and part construction of Beach Access near Camira Way, Quinns Rocks
|
PR 1453 |
$29,100 |
|
Install Beach Access fencing opposite 40 Brazier Road, Yanchep |
PR XXX |
|
$29,100 |
Design of Beach Access opposite 40 Brazier Road, Yanchep |
4. NOTES that the City’s Draft Ten Year Capital Works Program will need to be amended to provide for the construction of a Beach Access near Camira Way and Queenscliffe Park, Quinns Rocks.”
The following project numbers were assigned to each location:
· Queenscliff Park opposite 240 Ocean Drive, Quinns Rocks PR-2003
· Camira Way Beach Access, Quinns Rocks PR-2004
· Yanchep Beach opposite 40 Brazier Road, Yanchep PR-2005
Detail
The consultancy quotation provided by MP Rogers and Associates was accepted in February 2010, with the consultant required to:
· Assess the local oceanic conditions prevailing at each foreshore site and after investigation provide a report with recommendations as to the suitability and actions to be taken at each site;
· Provide a concept design with cost estimate for each site;
· With agreed costs and concept designs the City Administration to then lodge plans for City of Wanneroo endorsement prior to concept plan submission to both the City of Wanneroo and WAPC for Development Approval consideration and to DEC for a clearing permit for each foreshore access way;
· After WAPC approval, to provide contract documentation in compliance with BCA standards together with a pre-tender cost estimate for each site;
· The City to advertise for construction of the Camira Way site in the 2010/2011 financial year and the other two sites in subsequent financial years, and;
· After tender closing, to provide an assessment report and administer construction activity associated with each contract.
The timeframe for redeveloping the beach access at each site is to be continued within the two year WAPC Development Approval as issued, with construction to be undertaken over consecutive financial years and in the following order:
· Camira Way Beach Access, Quinns Rocks
· Queenscliff Park opposite 240 Ocean Drive, Quinns Rocks
· Yanchep Beach opposite 40 Brazier Road, Yanchep
Consultation
Public consultation for the construction of the Queenscliff Park Beach Access at Quinns Rocks will be undertaken after Council’s endorsement of the concept plan, and prior to submission of the Development Approval Application and Clearing Permit. This consultation will include a community meeting in Quinns Rocks with a presentation by MP Rogers and Associates.
Comment
The concept plan for the Queenscliff Park Beach Access has been designed to formalise and extend the life of the existing access, noting that this location is subject to ongoing coastal erosion.
The Consultant has advised that at the proposed Queenscliff Park access location there is an established trend of shoreline erosion which is occurring at a net rate of around 1.2m per year, with approximately 33m of coastline erosion occurring between 1981 and 2008.
Site visits during winter of 2010 has indicated that the shoreline is continuing to erode and any access in this location should therefore adequately cater for this trend to continue. It is noted that there is a rock base at around 2m AHD within the access location and it is assumed that the beach to the north and south of the site, is a sandy shoreline base which will erode at a similar rate to the longer term historic rate.
If it is also assumed that the width of beach at the access stays relatively constant, then the safest location for the access to limit erosion is similar to the current position, behind the section of rock shoreline. The actual shoreline position will be influenced by factors such as how much rock is buried in the dunes and available sediment supply from the adjacent beaches.
Several options for the access were explored, including; replacement ramp, high and low stairs and concrete steps.
The main features of the proposed concept plan are:
· Retention of the existing concrete access path;
· Small extension / replacement at the base of the existing concrete path;
· In-situ concrete steps cast into the existing limestone rock at the base of the path;
· Revegetation of the informal access track over the dunes and replacement of a section of fence in this area; and
· Brushwork placed over the remaining dune where vegetation is sparse to encourage rehabilitation.
The concept design for the Queenscliff Park Beach Access is shown in City of Wanneroo Drawing No 2552-01-0, refer Attachment 1.
An outcome of the Consultants shoreline study at the Queenscliff Park Beach Access location is a confirmation that the City should review the option of constructing the fourth proposed groyne and modifying the existing three groynes in the Quinns Rocks beach shoreline in the next couple of years.
Statutory Compliance
Before the consultant prepares contract documentation, the concept plan and consultant’s supporting report will need to follow the following sequential approval process:
· endorsement by Council;
· community consultation;
· development approval submission to the local authority;
· development approval submission to the WAPC, and
· clearing and “offset” planting requirement submission to DEC.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.3 Minimise impact of development on the environment”
1.4 Improve the physical quality of the built environment
2 Social
2.1 Increase choice and quality of neighbourhood and life style options
2.4 Improve community safety”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
A summary of project costs and funding for the works is tabled below.
Quinns Rocks Beach Access - Queenscliff Park |
||
PR-2004 Estimated Project Cost |
||
Project Funding 2009/2010 |
|
$35,000 |
Proposed Project Funding 20011/2012 |
|
$110,000 |
MP Rogers Consultancy fees |
$35,520 |
|
Cost Estimate for Works |
$62,000 |
|
Project Management Cost |
$3,000 |
|
DEC “Offset” planting requirements |
- |
|
Advertising |
$2,500 |
|
Contingency |
$10,000 |
|
Total Estimated Project Cost |
$113,075 |
|
Proposed Total Funding |
$145,000 |
|
Funding Surplus |
|
$31,925 |
A surplus in funding is noted, however there is no expenditure items listed in the table for:
· A community meeting in Quinns Rocks with a presentation made by MP Rogers and Associates;
· Contingent cost for concrete steps dependent on the extent of existing rock;
· Cost escalation; and
· DEC “offset” planting with funding for this work to be included separately in the City’s 10 Year Capital Works Program (Environmental Offsets).
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. ENDORSES the Queenscliff Park Beach Access Concept Plan, Quinns Rocks as shown on City of Wanneroo Drawing No. 2552-01-0 as Attachment 1 for community consultation; and
2. NOTES that a further report will be presented to Council on the outcomes of the community consultation process prior to submitting a Development Application for Western Australian Planning Commission consideration and an application for Clearing Permit (if required) to the Department of Environment and Conservation.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 214
File Ref: 4445 – 11/23731
Responsible Officer: Director, Infrastructure
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the outcomes of the community consultation process associated with the proposed Pedestrian Pathway between Compass Circle and Foreshore Vista, Yanchep.
Background
Council, at its meeting of 24 August 2010 (Item No PS09-08/10 refers) resolved:
1. “NOTES the Western Australian Planning Commission’s approval to commence development under the Metropolitan region Scheme, dated 8 July 2010 and included as Attachment 2, for removal of the Yanchep Boardwalk and to undertake other incidental works in accordance with the conditions contained therein and the plan included in Attachment 1;
2. AUTHORISES the Chief Executive Officer to lodge an application for a Demolition Licence with the City’s Building Service unit, for removal of the boardwalk in accordance with the plan included in Attachment 1 and;
3. NOTES that a further report(s) will be presented to Council by Administration to consider provisions of an alternative pedestrian access route between Foreshore Vista and Compass Circle.”
Council considered a further
report, (Item No IN03-12/10 refers) at its meeting on
14 December 2010 addressing a proposed program for the removal of the boardwalk
and the
provision of an alternative pedestrian access route and resolved:
1. “AMENDS the timeframe for the removal of the Yanchep Boardwalk so that its removal coincides with the construction of the alternative pedestrian path between Compass Circle and Foreshore Vista, Yanchep
2. ENDORSES the concept plan for the alternative pedestrian route between Compass Circle and Foreshore Vista, Yanchep as shown on City of Wanneroo Drawing No 2532-6-0 (refer Attachment 2);
3. ENDORSES that public consultation across the wider Yanchep community be undertaken in relation to the alternative pedestrian route between Compass Circle and Foreshore Vista, Yanchep;
4. NOTES that the outcomes of public consultation undertaken in relation to consideration of the alternative pedestrian route between Compass Circle and Foreshore Vista, Yanchep, will be reported to Council prior to proceeding with any submissions of applications for statutory authority approvals and;
5. LISTS for consideration in the City of Wanneroo’s 10-year Capital Works Program, a sum of $25,000 for 2011/2012 to cover offset planting associated with the proposed alternative pedestrian route between Compass Circle and Foreshore Vista, Yanchep.”
Detail
In accordance with the resolutions of the 14 December 2010 meeting, Administration arranged for public consultation to include:
· A mail out to 3,323 owners/occupiers on 17 January 2011 which included a copy of the concept plan and a comment form (with a reply paid envelope), to be returned to the City by no later than close of business on 15 February 2011;
· Listing of the proposal on the City’s website under the section titled “Your Say” during January 2011;
· Public notices published in both the North Coast Times and Sun City News;
· Erection of a sign on site at the entry to the existing path that leads to the Boardwalk section of both Foreshore Vista and Compass Circle on 21 January 2011, advising of the City’s intent and noting that any comment be forwarded to the City no later than close of business on 15 February 2011; and
· Advice that Administration staff would be on-site at the Foreshore Vista path entry on the afternoon of Thursday, 3 February 2011 from 2 to 4 pm to discuss aspects of the proposed design and answer any queries relating to the project.
Detail
Public consultation focused on surveying the wider Yanchep community by direct mail, seeking comment to the information provided.
Of the 3,323 letters mailed out by the City to property owners/occupiers, 556 responses were received (16.73% response rate), of which 442 (82%) supported the proposed pedestrian pathway, 92 (17%) opposing it and 6 (1%) providing no direction on whether the pathway is supported or not.
Of the responses received supporting the proposed pedestrian pathway, 35 (8%) also noted a preference to retaining the Boardwalk by way of unsolicited comment. Similarly, 50 (54%) of those opposing the proposed pedestrian pathway expressed the need to retain the Boardwalk. In considering from an overall perspective, 85 (16%) expressed support to retain the Boardwalk. Subsequent to the closing of the public comment period the following petition with 391 signatures was received at the City on 14 March 2011:
“We, the undersigned, all being residents of the City of Wanneroo do formally request Council’s consideration to reverse the decision to demolish the Boardwalk on Foreshore Vista. We believe that such an act will deprive our estate of a great asset which would be sorely missed by many residents. We feel very strongly that the money saved could be used for more worthy projects”
On 23 March, the City received a further 75 signatures to the petition, bringing the total number to 466. A copy of correspondence from the Member for Mindarie, John Quigley, was received on 29 March advising that a petition with over 300 signatures to immediately remove the Yanchep boardwalk will be tabled at the Western Australian Parliament in early April.
In summary of the responses received from the mail out, there is an overwhelming consensus in support of the proposed pedestrian pathway. However, responses received have also given rise to the following additional comment/requests:
· Place additional seating for rest points.
Response: Appropriate location to be considered as part of the design.
· Pathway from Lindsay Homestead to connect with Yanchep Lagoon.
Response: Adopted Two Rocks Yanchep Foreshore Management Plan recommends a strong pedestrian link to be provided between the adjoining residential areas and the beach. Furthermore a recommendation for a dual use path in the lower dunes with a link to the Yanchep Lagoon is proposed.
· Pathway from Yanchep Beach Road to Yanchep Lagoon.
Response: This will be investigated by Administration for consideration in the City’s 10 Year Capital Works Program.
· Asphalt pathway instead of concrete.
Response: Due to the earthwork environment it is Administration’s considered opinion that concrete is the preferred material.
· Extend path system to Moonlighter Way.
Response: Existing dual-use path along Trumpeter Way is linked to the dual-use path system.
· Owner of Lot 703 (adjacent to proposed pedestrian pathway) has expressed concern regarding property security/privacy.
Response: Administration is in direct dialogue with property owner to determine impact of the proposed pedestrian pathway in relation to property security and privacy.
· Retain the existing Boardwalk.
Response: Council has already resolved to remove the Boardwalk as per item PS06-05/10.
· Alignment of pathway to be west of the existing Boardwalk within the dunes.
Response: Not possible due to environmental and Aboriginal Heritage issues.
Comment
While there was only a 16.73% return of comment forms from the 3,323 distributed to owners/occupiers in the Yanchep area, 82% supported the proposed pedestrian pathway.
Subject to Council’s consideration of this report, and satisfying all statutory requirements, it is anticipated that the program for implementation for the proposed pedestrian pathway will be:
Finalisation of design drawings |
April 2011 |
Development Approval (DA) submission to the West Australian Planning Commission (WAPC) for Pedestrian Pathway |
April 2011 |
Clearing Permit submission to Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) for Pedestrian Pathway |
April 2011 |
Anticipated Statutory Authority approval for Pedestrian Pathway |
July 2011 |
Report outcomes of DA and Clearing Permit applications to Council |
23 August 2011 |
Advertise Tender for Pedestrian Pathway Construction (subject to Council resolution) |
27August 2011 |
Report outcomes of Tender to Council and seek endorsement |
11 October 2011 |
Award Pedestrian Pathway Construction Contract |
14 October 2011 |
In assessing the risks associated with the Boardwalk removal operation, it has been highlighted that the lifting operation would more than likely be compromised by the intensity of the high westerly and easterly winds from November to February. Costs would increase due to stand-down time of cranes, trucks and crew. Therefore if receipt of statutory approvals compromises the removal programme forcing works into November/December then to contain costs and ensure the safe removal operation of the Boardwalk, it is recommended that removal be delayed until March/April 2012. The original construction of the Boardwalk, including the major lifting operations was carried out during late March 2009. A detailed site survey and design has been completed with Design Plan Drawing Number 2532-8-1, included as Attachment 1.
Statutory Compliance
In progressing the Pedestrian Pathway implementation, Administration will need to satisfy the following approval processes:
· Submission to the WAPC for DA; and
· Submission to the DEC for a Clearing Permit and if applicable, offset planting requirements.
Any requirements arising from DA and/or Clearing Permit conditions inclusive of any offset planting requirements considered applicable in this instance will be incorporated as work items along with any modifications to the design made prior to tender advertising.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.4 Improve the quality of the built environment”
1.5 Improve the physical quality of the built environment
2 Social
2.1 Increase choice and quality of neighbourhood and lifestyle options”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
A summary of project costs and funding for the works is tabled below.
Modification to Boardwalk (PR-2015) |
|
||
Estimated Project Cost |
|
||
Budgeted Project Funding 2010/2011 |
|
$300,000 |
|
Removal of Boardwalk |
$94,000 |
|
|
City of Wanneroo Project Management Cost |
$9,000 |
|
|
City of Wanneroo Administration |
$2,500 |
|
|
Works Estimate of Cost (Based on the Design Drawing) |
$189,200 |
|
|
Privacy Screening (Lots 702 and 703 Foreshore Vista) |
$10,000 |
|
|
Contingency @ 10% of Estimated Project Costs |
$30,300 |
|
|
Total Estimated Project Cost |
$335,000 |
|
|
Total Funding |
|
$300,000 |
|
Funding Short fall |
|
$35,000 |
|
In addition to the above project costs further costs will be incurred as a consequence of offset planting requirements arising from the City’s proposed application for a Clearing Permit and for the purposes of this report these costs have not been incorporated to the above table. However, to ensure that costs are covered in this regard it is proposed that an amount of $29,000 and $20,000 be listed for consideration by Council in the City’s 10-Year Capital Works Program, as part of funding allocation for 2011/2012 and 2012/2013 respectively. These amounts will be subject to review once conditions of the Clearing Permit are known and the resultant extent of the offset requirements is determined.
Given that construction/removal works will not be undertaken until the 2011/2012 financial year, the balance of funds in the approved budget for this project (PR-2015), it will be necessary to carry forward these funds. Furthermore, the shortfall in funding of $35,000 will need to be listed as an additional sum against this project as part of Council’s 2011/2012 budget consideration.
In addressing the original installation costs of the Boardwalk it is noted that Council awarded a tender in the sum of $546,580 at its meeting held in September 2008 (Item No IN02-09/08 refers) for supply and installation. In assessing the labour versus material costs associated with this tender it is considered that a 30% labour/70% material split in cost is a fair and reasonable split in cost. The 70% material costs is further justified as the materials utilised for the construction of the Boardwalk where imported from Germany in a kitset component format, with unloading and assembly only into the various spans undertaken on site by appropriately trained/qualified personnel. As a consequence, the total estimated cost incurred by the City as a consequence of removal equates to the 30% labour component of the original installation works plus the estimated cost to remove, that is; $164,000 plus $94,000 respectively, giving a total cost of $258,000 that can be attributed as the estimated cost of installation and dismantling. The estimated cost of the materials as originally supplied, namely $383,000 is considered to be salvage value given proposed recovery of the Boardwalk spans and subsequent storage at the City’s Ashby Operations Centre pending use elsewhere within the City’s jurisdiction.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. RECEIVES this report on the outcomes of the community consultation process for the proposed Pedestrian Pathway between Compass Circle and Foreshore Vista, Yanchep;
2. AUTHORISES Administration to lodge applications for West Australian Planning Commission Development Approval and Department of Environment and Conservation Clearing Permit for the pedestrian pathway between Compass Circle and Foreshore Vista, Yanchep, based on the Design Plan Drawing Number 2532–8– 1 (refer Attachment 1);
3. NOTES that Administration will present a further report to Council should the Construction Cost Estimate arising out of detailed design, along with any conditions of West Australian Planning Commission Development Approval and Department of Environment and Conservation Clearing Permit impact on the project budget funding;
4. NOTES that a further report will be presented to Council to consider outcomes of the tender process for the construction of the proposed pedestrian pathway should the tender submissions exceed the $250,000 limit for the Chief Executive Officer to accept tenders in accordance with Clause 6.4 – Choice of Most Advantageous Tender of the Delegated Authority Register;
5. LISTS that an amount of $35,000 for consideration in the draft 2011/2012 Capital Works Budget as part of funding allocated for construction of the proposed pedestrian pathway and removal of the Yanchep Boardwalk; and
6. LISTS for consideration in the 10 Year Capital Works Program the amounts of $29,000 in 2011/2012 and $20,000 in 2012/2013 to accommodate identified environmental offset requirements arising from an application for a Clearing Permit.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 221
IN03-04/11 Yanchep Active Open Space - Interim Agreement to Address Costs Associated with the Earthworks
File Ref: 2403 – 11/30495
Responsible Officer: Director, Infrastructure
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider an interim agreement by the exchange of letters between the City of Wanneroo and the Yanchep Beach Joint Venture in relation to the costs associated with the earthworks for the Yanchep Active Open Space.
Background
Council at its ordinary meeting of 14 December 2010 resolved the following:
“That Council:
1. NOTES the agreed direction between the City of Wanneroo and the Yanchep Beach Joint Venture, including the timeframes within which the Yanchep District Open Space is being developed, subject to an appropriate Deed of Agreement being signed between the City and the Yanchep Beach Joint Venture;
2. ENDORSES the Yanchep Beach Joint Venture Program of Works for the Yanchep District Open Space as shown at Attachment 1 and subject to Recommendation 1 above; and
3. ENDORSES the concept plan for the Yanchep District Open Space, Drawing No SK021, Rev D, as shown at Attachment 2.
CARRIED UNANIMOUSLY”
Detail
The City and St Andrews Private Estate Pty Ltd & New Orion Investments Pty Ltd (Joint Venturers) have been negotiating the terms and conditions for the delivery by the Joint Venturers of construction earthworks (Project) to support City infrastructure for two ovals in the Active Open Space at Lot 602 Yanchep Beach Road Yanchep (the land) owned by the Joint Venturers. The Joint Venturers have not applied, and will not apply for some time, for subdivision approval in relation to the land and therefore delivery of the Project prior to that application being contemplated by the Joint Venturers in order to assist the City to meet community needs.
Consultation
Regular project meetings have been held between Administration, representatives from the Joint Venturers and their consultants to progress the development of the Yanchep Active Open Space.
Comment
A draft ancillary agreement has been provided by the City to the Joint Venturers to reflect the agreement reached between the parties that in the event that the City decides not to proceed with the Project prior to the execution of a formal Deed of Agreement, the Joint Venturers and the City will each bear their own costs in relation to the initial design and final design prepared by the Joint Venturers and the internal costs of the City arising from consultation with the Joint Venturers in anticipation of the delivery of the Project (initial costs).
A draft Deed of Agreement relating to the specific terms and conditions of the Project and including schedules setting out, inter alia, the scope of works, time for delivery of the works and fees payable by the City to the Joint Venturers etc has been provided by the City to the Joint Venturers.
Both the draft ancillary deed and the draft Deed of Agreement were to be presented by Mr Gin Wah Ang (a director of New Orion Investments Pty Ltd) to the Joint Venturers and their legal advisors in April however given the current situation in Japan, Mr Ang has informed the City lawyer that he will not be travelling to Japan as planned.
In the meantime, the City has agreed with Mr Ang that a letter in respect to the initial costs will be signed by both parties in order that both parties may move to formalising the agreements reached to date and provide comfort to each other that both parties are committed to delivery of the Project but in the event that does not proceed, neither will look to the other party for a contribution towards costs incurred.
Copies of the signed letter by Mr Ang and a proposed letter for the signature of the CEO are contained in Attachment 1.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.1 Increase choice and quality of neighbourhood and lifestyle options”
<Insert futher Strategic Implications if required…>
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
The only costs currently being incurred by the City on this project relates directly to staff input to the process. Council has approved funds in the 10 Year Sports Facilities Capital Works Program for the development of the Yanchep Active Open Space, however expenditure is not likely to occur until the statutory approvals are finalised and earthworks have commenced.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. AGREES to an interim agreement by the exchange of letters contained in Attachment 1 between the City of Wanneroo and the Yanchep Beach Joint Venture in relation to the costs associated with the earthworks for the Yanchep Active Open Space, noting that a short draft Deed and draft Deed of Agreement have been prepared to formalise the terms and conditions applicable for the delivery of construction of earthworks on Yanchep Active Open Space by the Yanchep Beach Joint Venture; and
2. ENDORSES the signing of the City of Wanneroo letter contained in Attachment 1 by the Chief Executive Officer.
Tenders
File Ref: 4240 – 11/21389
Responsible Officer: Director, Infrastructure
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider Tender No 01104 – The Provision of Linemarking, Signs and Spotting Services.
Background
Due to the continuous need for linemarking and spotting services associated with capital works and maintenance activities, quotation arrangements that are currently utilised by the City are to be replaced with proposed tender arrangements to reduce the administration task and to ensure that all expenditure related to these activities is centrally administered.
Detail
Tender No 01104 – The Provision of Linemarking, Signs and Spotting Services was advertised on 5 February 2011 and closed on 1 March 2011. Refer Attachment 1 for schedule of tender items.
Essential details of the contract are outlined below.
Contract Type |
Schedule of Rates |
Contract Duration |
1 Year |
Commencement Date |
1 May 2011 |
Expiry Date |
30 April 2012 |
Extension Permitted |
Yes |
Rise And Fall Included |
No |
At the expiry of the initial contract period, the City may consider extending this contract for two additional periods of one year each or part thereof. Any extension will be in accordance with the same terms and conditions of the original contract and at the discretion of the City, with CPI applicable.
Tenders were received from the following four companies listed below:-
· Road and Traffic Services
· Chris Velios Contracting
· Intersectional Line Markers Pty Ltd
· Weston Road Systems
The Tender Evaluation Team comprising two Projects Engineers and the Contracts Officer, has evaluated the tenders in accordance with the following selection criteria:
Item No |
Description |
Score |
1 |
Price for the services offered |
50% |
2 |
Tenderer’s experience and ability to do the work |
30% |
3 |
Tenderer’s resources |
15% |
4 |
Safety Management |
5% |
Price for the services offered (50%):
Price for the tendered items is quite varied and a range of linemarking scenarios was used to do the price assessment.
The evaluation highlighted that the tenderers’ pricing was very competitive. It was noted that Chris Velios Contracting, was the only tenderer to submit prices for signs. However the evaluation did not include this item in order for a fair comparison of prices to be made in general.
In undertaking the assessment it was noted that Road and Traffic Services provided the lowest and second lowest price for the most number of items, although this did not influence the scenario price assessment approach that was used to determine price rankings for each company.
The four tenderers have been ranked in the following order under this criterion:
Tenderer |
Rank |
Road and Traffic Services |
1 |
Weston Road Systems |
2 |
Intersectional Line Markers |
3 |
Chris Velios Contracting |
4 |
Tenderer’s experience and ability to do the work (30%):
All four tenderers were assessed to have variable amounts of experience with previous contracts for their tendered items. Intersectional Line Markers Pty Ltd has no local government experience. However they do have Main Roads WA experience with two of its term maintenance contractors to a value over $1M for each of these contracts.
Road and Traffic Services and Weston Road Services both have local government experience with both companies having made progress toward quality accreditation.
The four tenderers have been ranked in the following order under this criterion:
Tenderer |
Rank |
Road and Traffic Services |
1 |
Weston Road Systems |
1 |
Intersectional Line Markers |
2 |
Chris Velios Contracting |
3 |
Tenderer’s resources (15%):
All four tenderers were assessed to have sufficient resources to provide the required services for their tendered items.
It was noted however that Chris Velios Contracting is a sole trader and relies on sub-contractors for large scale works. Limited information was provided in regards to resources and reliance on other sub-contractors for traffic control and thermo and cold plastic treatments in this bid.
Weston Road Services also relies on a sub-contractor for traffic management and it is apparent that the City will probably incur additional costs in situations where considerable traffic control is necessary. Road and Traffic Services, Weston Road Systems and Intersectional Line Markers all provided comprehensive information on staff resources and available plant.
The four tenderers have been ranked in the following order under this criterion:
Tenderer |
Rank |
Road and Traffic Services |
1 |
Weston Road Systems |
1 |
Intersectional Line Markers |
1 |
Chris Velios Contracting |
2 |
Safety Management (5%):
Evidence of safety management policies and practices was assessed from the tender submissions. The assessment for safety management was based on the tenderer’s response to an Occupational Health and Safety Management System Questionnaire included within the tender documentation.
The four short-listed tenderers were assessed to have quite varied safety management procedures and practices in place to provide the tendered services. The companies showed evidence of having a varying degree of policies and procedures in place with Job Safety Analysis sheets.
The four tenderers have been ranked in the following order under this criterion:
Tenderer |
Rank |
Road and Traffic Services |
1 |
Weston Road Systems |
2 |
Intersectional Line Markers |
3 |
Chris Velios Contracting |
4 |
Overall Evaluation Results
The Tender Evaluation Team scored each tenderer against the above-established criteria. The overall ranking of the tenders based on a weighted score is as follows:
Tenderer |
Rank |
Road and Traffic Services |
1 |
Weston Road Systems |
2 |
Intersectional Line Markers |
3 |
Chris Velios Contracting |
4 |
Consultation
Nil
Comment
A variety of scenarios were used to determine a weighted assessment of prices and it was noted that the leading bid identified from this process was also the lowest and second lowest price tender in terms of raw unit rates. This provides confidence in the assessment that has ranked Road and Traffic Services as the lowest tender.
Typically linemarking, spotting and signing are used on new works in carparks, new road construction, in advance of Main Roads WA road marking, and resurfacing projects. The highest ranked tender, Road and Traffic Services, can provide all scheduled items except signing, however it should be noted that signing services can be sourced through the City’s existing signs contract.
Tender bids include modest traffic management costs, however it should be noted that substantial work on busy streets and intersections will incur traffic management costs in addition to the tendered traffic management rates. This is considered reasonable and necessary with such arrangements made possible through the City’s new traffic management and traffic control services contract.
This report’s recommendation is based on a detailed evaluation of the tenders and the recommendation that tender No 01104 from Road and Traffic Services be accepted is in accordance with the tender evaluation results and accompanying objective assessment by the Tender Evaluation Panel.
Statutory Compliance
Tenders were invited in accordance with the requirements of Section 3.57 of the Local Government Act 1995. The tendering procedures and evaluation complied with the requirements of Part 4 of the Local Government (Functions and General) Regulations 1996.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.5 Improve transport options and connections”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
The extent of expenditure associated with this tender is dependent on the type of capital works projects approved in the Capital Works Program. The cost of such works will be directly charged to projects.
Expenditure will also be incurred for maintenance works, which will be charged to the Maintenance Works Operating Budget allocations.
Based on similar extrapolated quantities to those used in 2010/2011, the estimated annual cost of linemarking, signs and spotting services is in the order of $90,000.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council ACCEPTS Tender No 01104 from Road and Traffic Services as per the Schedule of Rates and general conditions of tendering for a period of one year commencing 1 May 2011, as shown at Attachment 1, with the option to extend for a further 2 x 12 months with CPI applicable.
SCHEDULE 1 – SERVICING PRICE SCHEDULE
(Complete the following details and submit with the Tender)
AS PER SPECIFICATION
|
TENDER PRICES ALL PRICES EXCLUSIVE OF GST |
|
|||||
|
ITEM |
DESCRIPTION – LINEMARKING Supply and install pavement markings |
|
||||
|
PAINT PAVEMENT MARKING – Solvent borne chlorinated rubber paint shall comply with AS/NZS 4049.3: - 2005. Glass beads shall be used on the marking and shall comply with AS2009 |
|
|||||
|
Sizes (widths, spacings etc) to be in accordance with appropriate Australian Standards (as per specification clause 1.1) |
PRICE PER LINEAL METRE (EX GST) |
|
||||
|
1 |
On street parking bays |
$ |
|
|||
|
2 |
Parking bays in a car park |
$ |
|
|||
|
3 |
Holding line (Stop) prior to MRWA line marking |
$ |
|
|||
|
4 |
Holding line (Give Way) prior to MRWA line marking |
$ |
|
|||
|
5 |
Bus bays – yellow line |
$ |
|
|||
|
6 |
Painting of speed humps |
$ |
|
|||
|
7 |
ACROD parking stencil |
$ |
|
|||
|
8 |
Cyclist stencil on road or cycleway |
$ |
|
|||
|
9 |
Pedestrian stencil on shared path |
$ |
|
|||
|
10 |
Stencilled letters – per letter |
$ |
|
|||
|
PAINT PAVEMENT MARKING – Water borne chlorinated rubber paint shall comply with AS4049.1: 2005. Glass beads shall be used on the marking and shall comply with AS2009. |
|
|||||
|
(USE SUBCONTRACTOR RATES IF APPLICABLE) |
PRICE PER LINEAL METRE (EX GST) EXCEPT WHERE STATED OTHERWISE |
|
||||
|
11 |
On street parking bays (Each) |
$ |
|
|||
|
12 |
Parking bays in a car park (Each) |
$ |
|
|||
|
13 |
Temporary holding line (Stop) prior to MRWA line marking |
$ |
|
|||
|
14 |
Temporary holding line (Give Way) prior to MRWA line marking |
$ |
|
|||
|
15 |
Bus bays – yellow line |
$ |
|
|||
|
16 |
Painting of speed bumps |
$ |
|
|||
|
THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING – Water borne chlorinated rubber paint shall comply with AS4049.1: 2005. Glass beads shall be used on the marking and shall comply with AS2009. |
|
|||||
|
(USE SUBCONTRACTOR RATES IF APPLICABLE) |
PRICE PER LINEAL METRE (EX GST) EXCEPT WHERE STATED OTHERWISE |
|
||||
|
17 |
On street parking bays (Each) |
$ |
|
|||
|
18 |
Parking bays in a car park (Each) |
$ |
|
|||
|
19 |
Holding Line (Stop) prior to MRWA line marking |
$ |
|
|||
|
20 |
Holding Line (Give Way) prior to MRWA line marking |
$ |
|
|||
|
21 |
Bus bays – yellow line |
$ |
|
|||
|
22 |
Painting of speed humps |
$ |
|
|||
|
COLD-APPLIED PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING Cold-applied plastic pavement marking shall be poly methacrylate resin based marking material and shall comply with AS4049.2. Glass beads shall be used on the marking and shall comply with AS2009. |
|
|||||
|
(USE SUBCONTRACTOR RATES IF APPLICABLE) |
PRICE PER LINEAL METRE (EX GST) EXCEPT WHERE STATED OTHERWISE |
|
||||
|
23 |
On street parking bays (Each) |
$ |
|
|||
|
24 |
Parking bays in a car park (Each) |
$ |
|
|||
|
25 |
Holding line (Stop) prior to MRWA line marking |
$ |
|
|||
|
26 |
Holding line (Give Way) prior to MRWA line marking |
$ |
|
|||
|
27 |
Bus bays – yellow line |
$ |
|
|||
|
28 |
Painting of speed humps |
$ |
|
|||
|
29 |
ACROD parking stencil (Each) |
$ |
|
|||
|
GLOW LINE - (USE SUBCONTRACTOR RATES IF APPLICABLE) |
|
|||||
|
Per lineal metre of road unless stated otherwise |
PRICE PER METRE (EX GST) |
|
||||
|
30 |
Apply Glow Line to mountable kerbing |
$ |
|
|||
|
31 |
Apply Glow Line to semi-mountable kerbing |
$ |
|
|||
|
32 |
Apply Glow Line large arrows to kerb face |
$ |
|
|||
|
33 |
Apply Glow Line small arrows to kerb face |
$ |
|
|||
|
PICKUP AND SPOTTING SERVICES (USE ACCREDITED SUBCONTRACTOR RATES IF APPLICABLE) |
|
|||||
|
Per lineal metre of road unless stated otherwise |
RATES per hour (EX GST) |
|
||||
|
34 |
Pickup survey of existing line marking. (Minimum 2 hours) Hourly rate. |
$ |
|
|||
|
35 |
Pickup survey of existing line-marking rate thereafter |
$ |
|
|||
|
36 |
Prepare as-constructed delineation works drawings |
$ |
|
|||
|
37 |
Spotting of line marking after road resurfacing. (Minimum 2 hours) Hourly rate. |
$ |
|
|||
|
38 39 |
Spotting of line marking after road resurfacing. Rate thereafter. |
$ |
|
|||
|
Removal of existing pavement marking – Price per metre. |
$ per metre |
|
||||
|
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT (USE SUBCONTRACTOR RATES IF APPLICABLE) |
|
|||||
|
|
RATES per hour (EX GST) |
|
||||
|
40 |
Traffic management charge for minimum 2 hours works rate |
$ |
|
|||
|
41 |
Traffic management charge thereafter works hourly rate |
$ |
|
|||
|
42 |
Call out charge for minor works of less than 2 hours duration |
$ |
|
|||
OTHER (USE SUBCONTRACTOR RATES IF APPLICABLE) |
|
||||||
|
RATES per hour (EX GST) |
|
|||||
43 |
Other services to be separately specified as independent additional line items if necessary |
$ |
|||||
NAME OF TENDERER: |
|
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER: |
DATE: |
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 232
IN05-04/11 Tender No 01108 - the Provision of General Weed Control Services for a Period of Two Years
File Ref: 5697 – 11/28069
Responsible Officer: Director, Infrastructure
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider Tender No. 01108 for The Provision of General Weed Control Services within the City of Wanneroo for a Period of 2 Years.
Background
The City is responsible for the management/eradication of weed growth throughout the City’s assets, including but are not restricted to pathways, kerb lines, traffic calming devices, public access ways, parks, reserves, verges and medians. This service has been contracted out for a number of years to enable in-house staff and resources to be assigned to other maintenance activities such as parks maintenance and development, building surrounds maintenance and tree pruning activities.
Detail
Tender No. 01108 for The Provision of General Weed Control Services within the City of Wanneroo was advertised on 26 February 2011 and closed on 15 March 2011. Refer Attachment 1 for schedule of tender items
Essential details of the contract are outlined below:
Contract Type |
Schedule of Rates |
Contract Duration |
2 years |
Commencement Date |
1 May 2011 |
Expiry Date |
30 April 2013 |
Extension Permitted |
12 Months or part there of |
Rise And Fall Included |
No |
Tender submissions were received from the following companies:
– Turfmaster Facility Management
– Environmental Industries Pty Ltd
– Maxwell Robinson & Phelps
– Steamwand International T/A Weed Technics
– Ghems Revegetation Environmental
The Tender Evaluation Team, consisting of the Coordinator Parks Maintenance, Coordinator Conservation Maintenance and the Contracts Officer, has evaluated the tender submissions in accordance with the following selection criterion:
Item No |
Description |
Weighting |
1 |
Price for the services offered |
50 |
2 |
Tenderer’s experience and ability to do the work |
15 |
3 |
Tenderer’s resources |
20 |
4 |
Safety Management |
15 |
One of the tenderers, Weed Technics in its tender submission has suggested the use of products to provide “Chemical Free” weed management. Due to the nature, size and general conditions of the tender, Weed Technics was unable to provide a conforming tender and provided an alternate tender submission. Accordingly, the tender submission from Weed Technics was not considered for evaluation.
Price for the Services Offered (50%)
An overall estimated cost based on the likely quantities and schedule of rates was calculated for each tender. The overall estimated costs resulted in the tenderers being ranked as below under this criterion:
Tenderer |
Rank |
Turfmaster Facility Management |
1 |
Maxwell Robinson & Phelps |
2 |
Environmental Industries Pty Ltd |
3 |
Ghems Revegetation Environmental |
4 |
Tenderer’s experience and ability to do the work (15%)
The tenderer’s experience contained in the tender documentation was examined in order to evaluate their ability to meet the requirements of the contract. Assessment of this criterion considered the tenderer’s previous and current experience similar to the services noted within this tender which resulted in the following ranking:
Tenderer |
Rank |
Turfmaster Facility Management |
1 |
Maxwell Robinson & Phelps |
1 |
Environmental Industries Pty Ltd |
2 |
Ghems Revegetation Environmental |
2 |
Tenderer’s Resources (20%)
The tenderer’s resources contained in the tender documentation were examined in order to evaluate their ability to meet the requirements of the contract. Assessment of this criterion considered the tenderer’s staff resources, vehicles, plant/equipment and workshop support to manage the contract which resulted in the following ranking:
Tenderer |
Rank |
Turfmaster Facility Management |
1 |
Maxwell Robinson & Phelps |
1 |
Ghems Revegetation Environmental |
2 |
Environmental Industries Pty Ltd |
3 |
Safety Management (15%)
Evidence of safety management policies and practices was assessed from the tender documents. The assessment for safety management was based on the tenderers’ responses to an Occupational Health and Safety Management System Questionnaire included within the tender documentation.
All the tenderers provided varying details of their safety management systems which resulted in the following ranking:
Tenderer |
Rank |
Turfmaster Facility Management |
1 |
Maxwell Robinson & Phelps |
1 |
Ghems Revegetation Environmental |
2 |
Environmental Industries Pty Ltd |
3 |
Overall Weighted Score
The overall weighted score has resulted in the following tender ranking:
Tenderer |
Score |
Turfmaster Facility Management |
1 |
Maxwell Robinson & Phelps |
2 |
Ghems Revegetation Environmental |
3 |
Environmental Industries Pty Ltd |
4 |
Additional Comments
Nil
Consultation
Nil
Comment
The tender submission from Turfmaster Facility Management achieved the highest score in accordance with the assessment criteria and weighting as detailed in the tender document and is therefore recommended for acceptance. Turfmaster Facility Management has provided these services to the City in the past and therefore no further reference checking was undertaken.
It is appropriate that the City on a trial basis, gives further consideration to chemical free weed management suggested by one of the tenderers.
Statutory Compliance
Tenders were invited in accordance with the requirements of Section 3.57 of the Local Government Act 1995. The tendering procedures and evaluation complied with the requirements of Part 4 of the Local Government (Functions and General) Regulations 1996.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.4 Improve the quality of the built environment”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Based on the recommended tenderer’s schedule of rates, the total annual value of works under this contract is estimated to be in the order of $240,000 which is accommodated in the annual Parks Maintenance Operating Budgets.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council ACCEPTS the tender submitted by Turfmaster Facility Management for Tender No. 01108 for The Provision of General Weed Control within the City of Wanneroo as per the Schedule of Tender Items and general condition of contract for a period of two years as shown at Attachment 1, with an option to extend the contract for a further 12 months or part thereof, with CPI applicable.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 236
SCHEDULE 1 – PRICE SCHEDULE
(Complete the following details and submit with the Tender)
AS PER SPECIFICATION PAGE 10
TENDER PRICES ALL PRICES FIXED & EXCLUSIVE OF GST |
||||
ITEM |
DESCRIPTION |
UNIT |
YEAR 1 01/05/11 to 30/04/12 |
YEAR 2 01/05/12 to 30/04/13 |
LOCATION SPECIFIC |
||||
PATHWAYS |
||||
1 |
Supply and application of a mix of Roundup at 9 litres per hectare and Simazine at 6 kilograms/ hectare |
/m2 /m2 |
$ |
$ |
KERB LINES |
||||
2 |
Supply and application of a mix of Roundup at 9 litres per hectare and Simazine at 6 kilograms/ hectare |
/lineal metre /Lineal |
$ |
$ |
TRAFFIC CALMING DEVICES (HARD SURFACE) |
||||
3 |
Supply and application of a mix of Roundup at 9 litres per hectare and Simazine at 6 kilograms/ hectare |
/m2 /m2 |
$ |
$ |
DRAINAGE SUMPS |
||||
4 |
Supply and application of a mix of Razor at 6 litres/ hectare |
/m2 /m2 |
$ |
$ |
PUBLIC ACCESSWAYS |
||||
5 |
Supply and application of a mix of Roundup at 9 litres per hectare and Simazine at 6 kilograms/ hectare |
/m2 /m2 |
$ |
$ |
6 |
Supply and apply Razor 360 g/L at 6 litres/ hectare |
/m2 /m2 |
|
$ |
7 |
Supply and apply Roundup at 9 litres/ hectare |
/m2 |
$ |
$ |
8 |
Supply and apply of a mix of Roundup at 9 litres/ hectare and Simazine at 6 kilograms/ hectare |
/m2 |
$ |
$ |
NAME OF TENDERER: |
|
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER: |
DATE: |
Sheet 2 of 2
SCHEDULE 1 – PRICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)
(Complete the following details and submit with the Tender)
AS PER SPECIFICATION PAGE 10
TENDER PRICES ALL PRICES FIXED & EXCLUSIVE OF GST |
|||||
ITEM |
DESCRIPTION |
UNIT |
MIN. QTY |
YEAR 1 01/05/11 to 30/04/12 |
YEAR 2 01/05/12 to 30/04/13 |
GENERAL |
|||||
9 |
Supply and apply Simazine 900 at 5 kilograms/ hectare |
/m2 /m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
10 |
Supply and apply Fusilade Forte at 5 litres/ hectare |
/m2 /m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
11 |
Supply and apply Spearhead at 5 litres/ hectare |
/m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
12 |
Supply and apply Pantera at 5 litres/ hectare |
/m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
13 |
Supply and apply a mix of Pantera at 5 litres/ hectare and Simazine at 6 kilograms/ hectare |
/m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
14 |
Supply and apply Targa at 5 litres/ hectare |
/m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
15 |
Supply and apply Ronstar at 200 kilograms per hectare |
/m2 /m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
16 |
Supply and apply Casoron (granular) at 60 kilograms per hectare |
/m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
17 |
Supply and apply a mix of Spearhead at 5 litres per hectare and Simazine at 6 kilograms per hectare |
/m2 /m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
18 |
Supply and apply spray pattern indicator (Rhodamine free) |
/m2 /m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
19 |
Supply only Kwikin |
/Litre /m2 |
|
$ |
$ |
20 |
Supply only Pulse Penetrant |
/Litre |
|
$ |
$ |
Notes: Should any listed chemical become unavailable then the Contractor shall seek an alternative, which is similar to the unavailable chemical in both operation and price. The alternative will be negotiated with the Principal and will be approved by the Principal if reasonable in both operation and price. If the approved alternative results in savings or additional costs to the Contractor then the Price Schedule shall be adjusted to reflect the savings or costs.
Min. Qty: The Contractor is to specify the minimum quantity for the smallest sized area it is willing to undertake per job.
NAME OF TENDERER: |
|
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER: |
DATE: |
File Ref: 3000 – 11/21160
Responsible Officer: Director, Infrastructure
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider traffic options to be included in community consultation with the residents of the Carramar Special Rural precinct to address through traffic and speeding within the precinct.
Background
Over many years the City has received numerous complaints from the residents of the Carramar Special Rural precinct regarding traffic issues along Tranquil Drive and Rustic Gardens, principally the speed of traffic, the volume of transit traffic, and the volume of commercial vehicles. Refer Attachment 1 for a location plan identifying the subject area.
Council last considered this issue at its meeting of 5 May 2009 (IN02-05/09 refers) where it resolved as follows:-
1. “Notes the results of the traffic studies on Tranquil Road and Rustic Gardens, Carramar;
2. Endorses public consultation with the residents of the Carramar Golf Links Estate on the following traffic treatment options:
a) Closure of Tranquil Drive at Flynn Drive;
b) Closure of Tranquil Drive at Carramar Road;
c) Closure of Tranquil Drive between Sublime Glade and Bushland Retreat; and
d) No change to the existing road network
3. Considers the results of the public consultations at a future meeting.”
Detail
The area of Carramar serviced by Carramar Road, Tranquil Drive and Rustic Gardens is zoned ‘special rural’.
Carramar Road, Tranquil Drive and Rustic Gardens are classified as local distributor roads in the City’s Functional Road Hierarchy and provide the road network spine through the precinct. As a special rural subdivision, the road network has also been designed to cater for fire safety by providing alternate exits to the north and south.
Carramar Road runs east/west between Wanneroo Road and Tranquil Road for a distance of 360 metres and has been constructed with an 8.5 metre wide pavement. Tranquil Drive runs north-south between Flynn Drive and Carramar Road. It is 2.13 kilometres in length and has been constructed with a 6.3 metre wide pavement. Rustic Gardens curves between Tranquil Drive in the north and Golf Links Road in the south. Rustic Gardens is 1.92 kilometres in length and has been constructed with a 6.4 metre wide pavement for the majority of its length.
Carramar Road, Tranquil Drive, Rustic Gardens and Wildflower Drive are all posted with 60km/h speed limits. ‘Local Traffic Only’ signs are installed at the intersections of Tranquil Drive and Flynn Drive, Tranquil Drive and Carramar Road, and Rustic Gardens and Golf Links Road.
As is typical for other special rural subdivisions, the roads in the precinct are without kerbing, footpaths and street lighting. As a result, pedestrians in the precinct either walk on the road or along the road shoulder. As the majority of complaints focus on the proportion of road users, believed to be non-local, transiting through the subdivision (i.e. rat-running) and speeding, the residents perceive a loss in amenity in what is a semi-rural precinct.
Complaints also centre on the volume of heavy commercial vehicles using these roads and the noise generated by the early morning users. The growth of the Neerabup Industrial Area and its future impact on these roads adds to these concerns.
The attraction for drivers ‘rat-running’ along Carramar Road and Tranquil Drive in preference to using the Wanneroo Road / Flynn Drive intersection is that it is perceived to be shorter, quicker, and safer.
In response, Administration conducted traffic studies on Tranquil Drive and Rustic Gardens, and undertook an Origin/Destination Study. The results of these studies were referred to Council at its meeting of 5 May 2009 (IN02-05/09 refers).
The results of the traffic study are also shown in Table 1 and Attachment 2, while the results of the Origin/Destination Study are shown in Tables 2 and 3, and Attachment 3.
Table 1 – Traffic Data
Location |
AWT (vpd) |
85%ile Speed (km/h) |
% Commercial |
Tranquil Drive: North of Carramar Road |
1462 |
72 |
8 |
Tranquil Drive: South of Sublime Glade |
1103 |
80 |
14 |
Tranquil Drive: South of Flynn Drive |
835 |
73 |
8 |
Rustic Gardens: East of Tranquil Drive |
295 |
71 |
12 |
Table 2 – Origin/Destination Data (AM)
Thursday, 9 October 2008 - 7.00am - 8.30am |
|||
Origin |
Destination |
Vehicle Count |
% |
Tranquil Drive/Carramar
Road |
Flynn Drive |
45 |
60% |
Golf Links Road |
0 |
0% |
|
Carramar Road |
2 |
2.7% |
|
Tranquil Drive/Flynn
Drive |
Flynn Drive |
2 |
9.5% |
Golf Links Road |
0 |
0% |
|
Carramar Road |
13 |
61.9% |
|
Rustic Gardens/Golf
Links Road |
Flynn Drive |
11 |
40.7% |
Golf Links Road |
0 |
0% |
|
Carramar Road |
0 |
0% |
Table 3 – Origin/Destination Data (PM)
Thursday, 9 October 2008 - 3.30pm - 5.30pm |
|||
Origin |
Destination |
Vehicle Count |
% |
Tranquil Drive/Carramar
Road |
Flynn Drive |
10 |
11.2% |
Golf Links Road |
0 |
0% |
|
Carramar Road |
5 |
5.6% |
|
Tranquil Drive/Flynn
Drive |
Flynn Drive |
0 |
0% |
Golf Links Road |
0 |
0% |
|
Carramar Road |
58 |
35.6% |
|
Rustic Gardens/Golf
Links Road |
Flynn Drive |
0 |
0% |
Golf Links Road |
0 |
0% |
|
Carramar Road |
0 |
0% |
Local distributor roads in an urban environment often carry up to 3,000 vehicles per day (vpd) but can carry up to 6,000 vpd. Analysis of the results in Table 1 indicates that the traffic volume on Tranquil Drive at 1,462 vpd is considered moderate for its rural character, while the traffic volume on Rustic Gardens at 295 vpd is low. However, the 85th percentile speeds are well above the posted speed limits of 60km/h.
The percentage of commercial vehicles on Tranquil Drive is 8% and Rustic Gardens, 12%; which would be considered moderately high in an urban environment, while in a rural area where larger vehicles are more common it can be considered moderate. Detailed analysis of the data does show that commercial vehicles begin operating shortly after 5am.
Analysis of the origin/destination survey listed in Tables 2 and 3 validates the residents concerns that there is a significant ‘rat-run’ along Tranquil Drive between Carramar Road and Flynn Drive, during both the morning and evening, whilst Rustic Gardens experiences a lower level of through traffic in the mornings.
Consultation
Initial community consultation conducted in March 2010, with further consultation proposed.
Comment
In order to progress community discussion, the City advised the residents of the Carramar Special Rural precinct in March of 2010 that it proposed to conduct a series of trial road closures along Tranquil Drive, in accordance with Council resolution IN02-05/09, in order to gain practical feedback from residents. However, due to fire safety concerns raised by residents the trial was subsequently cancelled and they were advised that the City would explore alternatives.
When considering options, Administration was limited by the semi-rural nature of the precinct as standard traffic management philosophy is focused on urban areas where roads are kerbed and treatments are well lit. Standard traffic management treatments are also considered to have an influence of only 80-100 metres and need be repeated at those intervals to affect the whole road length.
To achieve traffic calming along Carramar Road, Tranquil Drive and Rustic Gardens would require a complete change in the road environment, requiring the kerbing and draining of the roads, along with the installation of street lighting along their length.
Administration has taken the view that removal of transit traffic is the issue of most concern to the community. If the transit traffic can be reduced or eliminated, any residual speeding issues are the result of the communities own actions. As a result the City has now developed six alternative proposals for consideration by the residents of the Carramar Special Rural precinct as detailed below:
a) Installation of a Separation Line along Carramar Road, Tranquil Drive and Rustic Gardens
The Australian Standard ‘AS1742.2-1994 Manual of uniform traffic control devices - Traffic control devices for general use’ allows for the use of a separation line along roads carrying more than 2,500vpd on an urban road and 300vpd for a rural road.
If Main Roads WA is willing to assess these roads as rural and approve the installation of a separation line this will provide delineation of lane width and improve separation of opposing vehicle flows.
Advantages:
Improved road safety by delineation of lane width and separation of opposing vehicle flows.
Delineation of narrow 3 metre lane width, may also result in reduced overall speeds.
Disadvantages:
Changes the visual character of these semi-rural roads.
b) Cul de sac the Tranquil Drive/Flynn Drive intersection (Refer Attachment 4: Drawing No. 2669-1-0)
This proposal is to cul de sac Tranquil Drive at Flynn Drive with a driveway link onto Flynn Drive. The driveway link is to be one way, with left turn only at Flynn Drive. The driveway link can be constructed as a simple one way road or with a kerb threshold at both ends to reinforce the idea that it in not part of the normal road network.
Advantages:
Reduces the attractiveness of this route to north bound transit traffic as access onto Flynn Drive is left turn only.
Prohibits entry of transit traffic from Flynn Drive.
Allows entry of emergency vehicles from Flynn Drive.
Provides an emergency exit route for local residents.
Disadvantages:
Prevents entry of all traffic from Flynn Drive, including local residents.
Restricts exit of local traffic onto Flynn Drive to left turn only.
Under this proposal, until Flynn Drive is upgraded to a dual carriageway, the left turn only exit and no entry restrictions will be regulated by signage only. As such, it can be expected that there will be a level of non-compliance due to the remote location of the junction which will need to be dealt with by the WA Police, as the City has no authority to enforce the Road Traffic Code.
c) Restrict the Carramar Road/ Wanneroo Road intersection to left-in/left-out only (Refer Attachment 5: Drawing no. 2663-1-0).
This proposal will restrict access to/from Carramar Road at Wanneroo Road to left-in/left-out.
Advantages:
North bound traffic on Wanneroo Road will no longer be able to access Carramar Road, which is the majority access point for transit traffic.
Disadvantages:
Restricts access and egress of local residents of the Carramar Special Rural precinct.
Increased traffic on Inverell Green by residents of Carramar Special Rural precinct.
Could result in north bound transit traffic also detouring via Golf Links Road and Inverell Green.
d) Change the ‘Give Way’ priority of the Carramar Road/Tranquil Drive/ Inverell Green intersection (Refer Attachment 6: Drawing No. 2666-1-0)
The current intersection is configured with Carramar Road and Tranquil Drive as the priority through road and Inverell Green is the terminating leg of the ‘T’ intersection. The City has received complaints about the poor sightlines at this intersection.
Advantages:
Improve the sight lines and consequently safety of the intersection.
Introduces a ‘Give Way’ to the ‘rat-run’ and potentially increasing the time delay and reducing its attractiveness.
Disadvantages:
Encourage greater use of Inverell Green as it would be the priority road.
e) Change the ‘Give Way’ priority of the Tranquil Drive/ Rustic Gardens intersection (Refer Attachment 7: Drawing No. 2668-1-0)
This proposal changes the through priority of this intersection, with Tranquil Drive between Flynn Drive and Rustic Gardens becoming the terminating leg of the ‘T’ intersection.
Advantages:
South bound traffic on Tranquil Drive must ‘Give Way’ to Tranquil Drive/Rustic Gardens priority traffic, which may reduce speed and creating some delays for through traffic reducing the attractiveness of the ‘rat-run’.
Disadvantages
Creates an uninterrupted road circuit from the Golf Links Drive/Cheriton Drive roundabout to Carramar Road
f) Take no action and review the traffic issues in the Carramar Special Rural Precinct after the realignment of Flynn Drive and the installation of traffic control signals at the new Wanneroo Road/Flynn Drive intersection
The City’s 2010/2011 Capital Works Program allocates $6,226,000 for the construction of a new carriageway for Flynn Drive on a new alignment between Wanneroo Road and Tranquil Drive. In addition, Main Roads WA has agreed to the installation of traffic control signals at the new Wanneroo Road/ Flynn Drive intersection. However, at its meeting of 16 November 2010 Council resolved to defer this project (IN03-11/10 refers):
“1. DEFERS the construction of the Flynn Drive Realignment Project (PR-1494) until a firm budget/timeframe for construction works for the dualling of Wanneroo Road from Joondalup Drive to Hall Road is provided by State Government;
2. NOTES LandCorp’s offer of assistance in relation to any lobbying of State Government that may be required to fund and bring forward the construction for the duplication of Wanneroo Road from Joondalup Drive to Hall Road;
3. AUTHORISES the Mayor to write to the Hon Simon O’Brien MLC, Minister for Transport, requesting that funding be allocated by State Government in the 2011/2012 state budget to enable the early construction of the duplication of Wanneroo Road from Joondalup Drive to Hall Road;
4. REQUESTS Main Roads WA to undertake the construction of temporary improvement works linked to the existing Wanneroo Road/Flynn Drive intersection, Neerabup, with the cost of these works to be funded from the $500,000 Black Spot funding from State Government that was initially granted to City in relation to proposed improvement works at this intersection;
5. NOTES that the programme of the Flynn Drive Realignment Construction Project (PR-1494) will be considered as part of the 2011/2012 Budget deliberations, at which time direction regarding State Government commitment to the Wanneroo Road Dual Carriageway Project should be known; and
6. NOTES that Administration will continue to pursue the outstanding land aquatic and environmental approvals.”
When this project is undertaken it will improve access and safety at the Wanneroo Road/Flynn Drive intersection and will help reduce the attraction of the Carramar Road/Tranquil Drive ‘rat-run’ for commercial vehicles.
Advantages:
Delaying Council’s decision until after the Wanneroo Road/Flynn Drive works are complete will ensure that funds are not expended on works that in the longer term are not needed.
Disadvantages:
This issue has a long history and delaying action further may not be acceptable to residents.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.4 Improve community safety”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
The recommendations of this report do not commit Council to the expenditure of any fund on road works. However, as a guide to the likely cost of the various road work options the following estimates are provided:
a) Installation of a Separation Line along Carramar Road, Tranquil Drive and Rustic Gardens – ost $5,000
b) Cul de sac the Tranquil Drive/Flynn Drive intersection – Cost $70,000
c) Restrict the Carramar Road/ Wanneroo Road intersection to left-in/left-out only – cost $25,000
d) Change the ‘Give Way’ priority of the Carramar Road/Tranquil Drive/Inverell Green intersection – cost $70,000
e) Change the ‘Give Way’ priority of the Tranquil Drive/Rustic Gardens intersection – cost $70,000
f) Take no action and review the traffic issues in the Carramar Special Rural Precinct after the realignment of Flynn Drive and the installation of traffic control signals at the new Wanneroo Road/Flynn Drive intersection – cost Nil.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. Endorses community consultation with the residents of the Carramar Special Rural precinct on the following traffic treatment options:
a) Installation of a Separation Line along Carramar Road, Tranquil Drive and Rustic Gardens;
b) Cul de sac the Tranquil Drive/Flynn Drive intersection;
c) Restrict the Carramar Road/ Wanneroo Road intersection to left-in/left-out only;
d) Change the ‘Give Way’ priority of the Carramar Road/Tranquil Drive/Inverell Green intersection
e) Change the ‘Give Way’ priority of the Tranquil Drive/Rustic Gardens intersection; and
f) Take no action and review the traffic issues in the Carramar Special Rural Precinct after the realignment of Flynn Drive and the installation of traffic control signals at the new Wanneroo Road/Flynn Drive intersection.
2. NOTES that a report will be presented to Council on the results of the community consultation process.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 245
LOCATION MAP – Carramar Special Rural Precinct
Carramar Special Rural Precinct - Traffic Data
Carramar Special Rural Precinct – AM Origin/Destination Traffic Study
Carramar Special Rural Precinct – PM Origin/Destination Traffic Study
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 253
File Ref: 3120 – 11/22305
Responsible Officer: Director, Infrastructure
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the use of rubber speed humps within the City of Wanneroo.
Background
When ratepayers report incidents of speeding or ‘hooning’, the majority solution requested is the installation of speed humps. The City has resisted these requests in the past and sought other solutions to these driver behaviour issues.
However, in 2008 the State Government initiated the Anti Hoon Speed Humps Program to trial the use of rubber speed cushions (RSC’s) as a method of reducing the incidence of antisocial driver behaviour. Under the program the City has been successful in obtaining funding for two projects: Burnett Drive, Clarkson and Rosslare Promenade, Mindarie. In addition the City has funded the installation of the RSC’s in Alexandria View, Mindarie, which did not qualify for funding under the scheme.
There is therefore a need for the City to develop a consistent position on the use of speed humps and other vertical displacement devices.
Detail
Historically the City of Wanneroo has not promoted the use of speed humps or vertical displacement devices as remedial traffic treatments to combat speeding and ‘hooning’. The City’s resistance to the use of these devices being based on the experience of other local authorities and known disadvantages, such as:
· Impact on adjacent residents due to noise as vehicles decelerate/accelerate and trade vehicle cargoes are displaced.
· Impact on ambulance passengers.
· Impact on bus passenger comfort, which reduces the attraction of public transport.
However, speed plateaux and intersection plateaux are now being more frequently designed into new suburbs to create low speed ‘Liveable Neighbourhoods’ and the City itself has used them on Ocean Drive, Quinns Rocks, to create a more pedestrian friendly beach precinct. In addition, it is proposed to provide a speed plateau, incorporating a pedestrian crossing in Dundebar Road between Rocca Way and Yagan Place.
Additionally, in 2008 the State Government initiated the Anti Hoon Speed Humps Program to trial the use of RSC’S as a method of reducing the incidence of antisocial driver behaviour.
Main Roads WA is also trialling the use of RSC’s, along with variable speed zoning along Fitzgerald Street, North Perth, to create a 40km/h speed zone on a major bus route and subject to higher traffic volumes.
Consultation
Nil
Comment
Traditional traffic management treatments as listed below, were developed as methods of retrofitting existing suburbs to change their character from one where vehicles dominated, to one more friendly to pedestrians and cyclists. They reduced vehicle speed and delays by introducing either horizontal or vertical displacement, or by altering the road environment:
· Roundabouts (horizontal displacement)
· Blister islands (horizontal displacement)
· Chicanes (horizontal displacement)
· Speed plateau (vertical displacement)
· Speed humps (vertical displacement)
· Narrow lane widths (road environment)
· Entry Statements (road environment)
· Modified ‘T’ intersections (road environment)
· Partial and full road closures (road environment)
· Driveway links (road environment)
The City’s newer suburbs developed under the ‘Liveable Neighbourhoods’ Planning Philosophy are having traffic management designed into the subdivision through short road lengths and narrow road widths. In this environment, along with the narrow lot frontages and frequent crossovers, it is likely that retrofitting of most of the above listed treatments other than the vertical displacement devices would not be achievable.
Among the available vertical displacement devices RSC’s are considered to have the following advantages over traditional speed humps/plateaux:
· Road drainage is unaffected, reducing cost.
· Speed Cushion width can be chosen to reduce impact on emergency vehicles, public transport and commercial vehicles. Where narrow profile RSC’s are used, the majority of service vehicles can straddle them with little impact. However, the need to carefully align the vehicle with each speed cushion results in a lowering of traffic speeds.
· Portability allows for temporary installation and relocation.
In a recent review of the RSC’s installed on Burnett Drive, Clarkson, the following results were achieved:
· The number of vehicles on Burnett Drive, south of McPherson Avenue, exceeding the 50km/h speed limit reduced from 67.5% to 9.7% and the 85% percentile speed reduced from 61.2km/h to 47.5km/h.
· Similarly, for vehicles north of McPherson Avenue, the number of vehicles exceeding the 50km/h speed limit reduced from 62.5% to 3.2% and the 85% percentile speed reduced from 59.4km/h to 40km/h.
In light of these results, and the growing public acceptance of the RSC’s as a traffic treatment, Administration considers that the City can make greater use of them, either in combination with other treatments or as stand alone devices. However, to reduce the chance of noise complaints from residents requesting the removal of the RSC’s after installation they should only be used after community consultation and agreement from the residents that they will not be removed for a period of three years.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.4 Improve community safety”
Policy Implications
RSC’s will be considered as a valid treatment for sites qualifying for traffic management under the City’s Traffic Management Investigation and Implementation Policy.
Financial Implications
A typical single installation of a RSC in each lane of a standard residential road costs $6,000, however costs will increase if street lighting improvements are required to illuminate the cushions.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. ENDORSE the use of rubber speed cushions as an acceptable traffic management treatment; and
2. NOTE that rubber speed cushions will be installed in accordance with the guidelines used by the Anti Hoon Speed Humps Program and at sites which qualify for traffic management under the City’s Traffic Management Investigation and Implementation Policy.
Community Development
File Ref: 4094 – 11/22410
Responsible Officer: Director, Community Development
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider a change to the Terms of Reference for the Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) Working Group.
Background
The Department of Local Government and Regional Development (DLGRD) and Department for Indigenous Affairs (DIA) have encouraged all local governments to develop a Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP), which will address some of the inequities facing Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander (ATSI) people. This is in accordance with the Council of Australian Governments (COAG) “Closing the Gap” focus.
At its meeting of 1 June 2010 (CDO1-06/10), Council endorsed the development of a Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) 2010-2012.
At its meeting of 27 July 2010 (CDO1-07/10), Council endorsed the Terms of Reference for the RAP Working Group, as one of the key strategies for achieving the RAP.
Detail
It has been proposed that the City of Wanneroo develop a RAP for the period 2010-2012 through a consultation process that engages the wider ATSI population in Wanneroo. This is to be achieved through the development of a RAP Working Group comprising ATSI people, staff and key stakeholders as well as Elected Members. Once the RAP 2010-2012 is endorsed, it is recommended that the RAP Working Group continues to annually report on the progress of the Plan, and build strong community relationships between the City and the ATSI community.
The overarching aim for the City is to keep the RAP goals for the next two years simple and achievable. The RAP should be a growing and developing process as the RAP Working Group continuously examines and evaluates the success of strategies. In this way the next RAP becomes a stronger and more focussed document with a strong and genuine sense of engagement and ownership by the ATSI community and the City of Wanneroo.
An oversight in development of the City of Wanneroo adopted Terms of Reference for the RAP Working Group is the omission of “Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander” community in the document, which currently only refers to “Aboriginal” community.
As part of its charter to encourage the development of RAPs throughout all spheres of public, commercial and community sectors, it is a requirement by Reconciliation Australia (RA) that both Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders have opportunities to be involved in the RAP development. Once the City of Wanneroo’s RAP is developed, RA will scrutinise it for compliance with its requirements and then endorse it publicly.
Comment
The amended Terms of Reference (Attachment 1) reflects the replacement of “Aboriginal” community with “Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander” community in the document. Recent changes recommended by EMT in the City’s Terms of Reference for Committees and Working Groups of Council are also reflected in this document.
In 2010, progress of the City’s RAP Project was slightly delayed through staff changes, which have now been resolved. A recent process of informal consultation and networking throughout the community has indicated the need to conduct a series of locally-based community gatherings, (possibly known as “Yarning Circles”) which allow informal listening, talking and questioning as part of a process of encouraging community leaders to step forward and consider nomination for the RAP Working Group. These are planned to occur in and around Reconciliation Week which runs from 30 May – 3 June 2011.
Elected Members have already been appointed to the Working Group at the July 2010 Council meeting. Staff will also be canvassed for their interest in the RAP Working Group, whether or not they are of ATSI descent. RAP Working Group nominations will then go through a process of endorsement by Council at its June 2011 meeting, with formal announcements of membership further promoted at a NAIDOC celebration event in Wanneroo in the period 3 July -10 July 2011.
The RAP Working Group will seek to develop draft short-term and long-term goals to reflect the Relationships, Respect and Opportunities pillars of the City’s RAP. It is anticipated that this process may take some months to develop and refine these goals with a likely delivery date for a first draft of the RAP towards the end of 2011. Depending on changes required for final adoption by Council as well as allowing for a period of public comment, the City’s RAP may be ready for endorsement by Reconciliation Australia in April 2012.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.3 Improve the capacity of local communities to support each other”
“4 Governance
4.2 Improve community engagement.”
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. ENDORSES the amendment to the Terms of Reference for the Reconciliation Action Plan 2010-2012 Working Group through replacement of the term “Aboriginal” community with “Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders” community; and
2. NOTES the consultation process proposed to occur around NAIDOC Week in May/June 2011.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 259
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Reconciliation Action Plan 2010-2012 Working Group
Name: |
Reconciliation Action Plan 2010-2012 Working Group (the RAP Working Group) |
Role/Purpose: |
To develop draft goals to reflect the Relationships, Respect and Opportunities pillars of the City’s Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) with the aim of long-term and genuine engagement with the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander community in Wanneroo. |
Aims & Functions: |
The Working Group will: 1.1 Recommend to Council no less than two short term and two long-term goals for each of the three pillars of the RAP 2010-2012, being Relationships, Respect and Opportunities. 1.2 Broadly consult and communicate the views of the wider Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander community in Wanneroo on the proposed goals as part of the RAP consultation and engagement process. 1.3 To the best of its ability, ensure objectivity and the best interests of the broader Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander community in Wanneroo during Working Group discussions. 1.4 Assist Council to identify any issues affecting Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander community and culture where and when appropriate and the development of strategies relating to these issues. |
Membership: |
2.1 The Working Group shall consist of the following representation: · Up to two Elected Members appointed by Council; · Council Officers (Coordinator Community Links; Community Development Officer, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander staff persons); plus · A maximum of ten representatives, preferably Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander community leaders and including, where possible, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander youth. 2.2 Membership shall be for a period of up to two years terminating on the day of the Ordinary Council elections, with retiring members eligible to re-apply. 2.3 Members must comply with the City’s Code of Conduct. 2.4 The Working Group has authority to second individuals from outside of the Working Group, on a voluntary basis, for their expert advice. 2.5 Consideration will not be given to any nomination received from a person who is currently serving as an elected member of a neighbouring council. |
Operating procedures: |
3.1 Chairperson: a) The members of a Working Group are to elect a Chairperson and Deputy Chairperson from amongst themselves at the first meeting of the Group. b) The Chairperson will preside at all meetings. c) In the absence of the Chairperson, the Deputy Chairperson will assume the chair, and in their absence, a person is to be elected by the Working Group members present to assume the Chair. d) The Chairperson is responsible for the proper conduct of the Working Group.
3.2 Meetings: a) The Working Group shall meet on a regular basis as determined by the nominated Group members. b) All meeting dates are to be provided in Elected Members’ Clipboard and in the City of Wanneroo diary. c) A Notice of Meetings including an agenda will be circulated to the Working Group members at least 72 hours prior to each meeting where possible. d) The Chairperson shall ensure that minutes of all meetings are kept and that copies are made available to all Working Group members (including deputy delegates) as soon as is practicable after the meeting. The minutes are to be available for public inspection. e) Copies of all agendas and minutes are to be forwarded electronically through to Governance for filing in the Elected Members’ Reading Room. f) All agenda and minute documentation is to be generated through Council’s InfoCouncil software reporting system. g) A Working Group outcome or recommendation will have effect if it is supported by general consensus of the meeting, or through a vote made by simple majority. A simple majority is the agreement of not less than half of the votes present at the meeting. h) In the event that a vote is taken, all endorsed members of the Working Group will have one vote. The Chairperson will have the casting vote and a simple majority will prevail.
3.3 Quorum: A meeting can be conducted without a quorum if necessary, however, every endeavour should be made to achieve a quorum or at least to ensure a reasonable spread of representation, particularly in circumstances where recommendations will be made for Council’s consideration.
3.4 Administration: Administration support for the Working Group will be provided by the City of Wanneroo. That support person will be Coordinator Community Links or a designated member of the Community Links Team. |
Delegated Authority: |
4.1 The Working Group has no delegated power and has no authority to implement its recommendations without approval of Council. 4.2 The Working Group has no delegated authority to commit Council to the expenditure of monies. 4.3 Matters requiring Council consideration will be subject to separate specific reports to Council.
|
Program Services
File Ref: 4454 – 11/28337
Responsible Officer: Director, Community Development
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the proposed concept plan for the development of Keith Griffith Park, Darch.
Background
Keith Griffith Park is located on 6 Keith Griffith Drive, Darch and is a 0.44 ha undeveloped area of public open space. There are currently no existing amenities on site and the park is of a poor standard overall.
Historically there have been a number of community requests for the standard of Keith Griffith Park to be upgraded to improve functionality for local residents. This has generally involved a call for the park to be irrigated and for installation of passive park amenities. This has resulted in the Keith Griffith Park upgrade project being included in the City’s 10-year Capital works program for 2010/11.
Detail
The Keith Griffith draft concept plan (Attachment 1) includes a number of core passive park elements and incorporates nature play themes in various areas of the park.
The concept plan offers options for the development of the park in a single
stage within the budget currently allocated in the City’s Capital Works
program 2010/11, and includes options for the following amenities:
· Double swing with toddler seat and child’s strap seat;
· Disc swing;
· Bench seats with backs;
· Bench seat (no back);
· Bench seat;
· Pedestal picnic table with bench; and
· Nature activity spaces.
Consultation
The City’s Community Consultation Review Panel endorsed a consultation strategy in October 2010 which included:
· Distribution of the draft concept plan and public comment form to all residents within a 400 metre radius of Keith Griffith Park;
· Displays at the City of Wanneroo Civic Centre;
· Inclusion of information and comment opportunity on the City’s website via ‘Your Say’; and
· An onsite community meeting on Monday 6, December 2010 to give local residents the opportunity to discuss the concept plan with Administration.
The draft concept plan was released for public comment for a period of 25 days from Friday 19 November to Friday 17 December 2010 inclusive. A total of 54 public comment forms were received during this period, with 52 respondents supporting the draft concept plan (96%) and 2 respondents (4%) opposing the park development in its proposed format.
Of the 96% positive responses, the majority were generally supportive of the concept plan as presented. Whilst happy with the concept plan a number of potential amenities requests for the inclusion of soccer goals or a 3 on 3 basketball pad, were suggested.
Four percent of responses received expressed concern over the lack of a substantial irrigated area within the park and the possibility of installing park amenities such as a gazebo and BBQ facilities.
Please refer to (Attachment 2) for public comment responses.
Comment
Some requests have been received for the inclusion of BBQs, a gazebo, 3 on 3 basket ball pad, soccer and/or rugby goals into the concept plan. Due to budget constraints only a 3 on 3 basketball pad has been added at this stage.
In relation to requests to increase the proposed irrigated area, early investigations concluded that it was not possible to deliver this request based on the advice from the Department of Water relating to water restrictions. The City, since the completion of the consultation period, has learnt from the Department of Water that the Whitfords Sub area has not reached its abstraction limit.
Administration has applied for both a bore and water allocation license for Keith Griffith Park. Both submissions have been successful allowing the City to legally draw water for the irrigation of Keith Griffith. Attachment 3 also explains the Department of Water ruling that whilst the Keith Griffith allocation has increased, the City’s allocation in the Whitfords Sub area has not. The Department of Water encourages water efficiency by the City where possible.
At the residents request the city has increased the irrigated area of the Keith Griffith Concept plan. The increase in irrigated area has been made in keeping in line with the City’s water conservation principles and the consequences for existing native trees if too much water is introduced to their root systems.
The development of Keith Griffith Park in accordance with the proposed Concept Plan will provide valuable amenity for local residents and ensure a balance between meeting community needs and expectations, and the City’s responsibility towards the environment. It is therefore recommended that Council endorse the Keith Griffith Park Concept Plan and resolve to proceed with detailed design and development works.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“1 Environment
1.4 Improve the quality of the built environment”
“2 Social
2.1 Increase choice and quality of neighbourhood and lifestyle options.
2.2 Improve the City’s identity and community well-being through arts, culture, leisure and recreation.”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
A total of $170,000 has been allocated for the upgrade of Keith Griffith Park (project No. PR-4454) for the 2010/11 financial year. A further 60,000 has been listed for consideration in the 2011/12 financial year capital works program to include bore and irrigation costs.
Works conducted will be in accordance with the construction cost estimate, including contingencies and project management charges. To develop the park based on the Concept Plan sufficient funds for the full scope of works will be available subject to 2011/12 funding approval.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. ENDORSES the Keith Griffith Park Upgrade Concept plan as presented in Attachment 1; and
2. NOTES that the estimated costs in 1. above have been listed for consideration in the City’s 10 Year Works Capital Program.
KEITH GRIFFITH PARK – CONCEPT PLAN
Do you support the development of Keith Griffith Park, Wanneroo as proposed by the Concept Plan?
Yes 52 (96%)
No 2 (4%)
Total 54
If no, could you please outline the reason why?
Would get more usage if the park area was half grass and had a more central gazebo-BBQ area. A path that accounts for wheeled sports |
Would prefer space for sport and BBQ. Gazebo would also add to the park. No children facility |
The seating plan for the upgrade of Keith Griffith Park can be delivered in 4 options they are as follows:
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
1x Double Swing with toddler seat and child’s strap seat 3x Bench seats with backs – adjacent grassed area, Swing and combination play area |
1x Disc Swing (see concept plan) 1x bench seats adjacent swings 1x pedestal picnic table with bench seats adjacent grassed area
|
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
1x Double Swing with toddler seat and child’s strap seat 1x bench seats adjacent swings 1x pedestal picnic table with bench seats adjacent grassed area
|
1x Disc Swing (see concept plan) 3x Bench seats with backs – adjacent grassed area, Swing and combination play area
|
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
No Preference |
42 % (22 Reponses) |
12% (6 Reponses) |
33% (17 Responses) |
13 % (7 Responses) |
Which of the suggested 3 options do you think you and your family would most utilise?
Option 1 – Swing for my nieces and nephews |
Option 1- combination play area creates and promotes motor skill development |
Option 1- as not really a great place for picnics would prefer to be a play option for recreation” |
Are there any further comments you wish to make in regard to the Keith Griffith Park Concept Plan?
“Cleaning up of the native plantation along rampage st side of the park to minimise children getting bitten by spiders” |
“I think it will be great and well used, there are lots of little kids in the area” |
“a large playground would be beneficial as there are a lot of children in the area and not many decent playgrounds” |
“plant as many trees as possible, trees make people happy, Highly appreciate your development ” |
“no skatepark or lighting to attract bad elements please” |
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 268
File Ref: 4172 – 11/27675
Responsible Officer: Director, Community Development
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the Kingsway Regional Sporting Complex Masterplan Review by Consultant CCS Strategy.
Background
In October 2010, the City of Wanneroo commissioned CCS Strategic to undertake a review of the Kingsway Redevelopment Masterplan of 2006 and prepare a new Masterplan. This new plan reflects a range of amendments and adjustments necessary and desirable by both the City of Wanneroo and the resident clubs and other user groups to continue the redevelopment program.
Detail
Stage 4 of the Masterplan identified in the 2006 review, involving redevelopment of the facilities primarily used by Olympic Kingsway Sports Club and Wanneroo Districts Rugby Union Club, was underway at the time of this review.
The intent of the study was to ensure all areas within the reserve are included in the review.
The report outlines the principal needs expressed by the clubs at the broader or generic level which can be summarised as follows:
· As a priority, ensure the playing surfaces (match and training) are presented and maintained in the best possible condition. It’s already good but the standard of presentation needs to be maintained;
· Provide additional parking facilities throughout the reserve noting the congestion on Saturday mornings when junior sports - netball, football, soccer and rugby are all in full flight;
· Name and clearly label the roadways to allow emergency vehicles (and others) to be guided through internal roads to clubhouses or playing fields;
· Design the road layout, road perimeters and vehicle access points to not only discourage but physically prevent cars getting onto playing surfaces and causing damage – pine bollards have proven to be ineffective especially around the rugby fields;
· The proposed playgrounds – regional installation and satellite sites are welcomed by both ground users and nearby residents. Interconnecting pathways and access to toilet facilities need to be considered for use by local residents’ at times sporting clubs are not present;
· As demand increases and it becomes more difficult to accommodate all users as they would like to be accommodated, establish a priority access policy that services local clubs before more distant clubs and clubs that both train and compete at the venue in preference to those that train only or play only.
In terms of particular changes to the previous masterplan the report recommends three major variations:
· The first is the creation of a multipurpose playing field to the east of Kingsway Oval and to the north of the baseball facility. This playing field is to accommodate diamond sports as previously shown and also allow for the development of a second oval space for use by little athletics (field events) and football. Whilst the development of this oval space is somewhat predicated on the potential establishment of a major sport elite training and administration centre to the south of Kingsway Oval, the level of use of the existing oval is reaching (or perhaps already at) capacity and additional accommodation for these activities is the most pressing.
· The second is the introduction of a bowling facility to sit adjacent to the Kingsway Sports Club building. Current indications are that a 6 rink synthetic green can be accommodated in this location without impacting on other ground users. Subsequent building modifications to embrace this new facility and service its patrons would follow.
· The third is a reconfiguration of the British Soccer fields (Wanneroo City Soccer) to create 3 playing fields running north-south on a newly formed (cut and fill) upper level including a home ground field closest to the clubhouse. The two fields running east-west on a lower level at the Bellerive Boulevard end are to remain with only minor works to remove a slight elevation in the north eastern corner. Lighting to AS2560 for training purposes is to be provided across the entire area with the Club provided the opportunity to upgrade lighting on the main pitch for competition purposes.
Consultation
During late 2010 and early 2011 CCS Strategic held a series of one-on-one meetings with the existing clubs and proposed users of the reserve and also conducted an open community workshop with both club representatives and nearby residents in attendance.
Comment
The literature review and demographic analysis carried out by CCS Strategic indicated that Kingsway will remain under considerable local growth pressure for the next decade. In conjunction with its regional role the precinct will need to accommodate greater local and district level activity as the suburbs in immediate proximity to Kingsway reach maturity. It is important that this role is balanced with the growing needs for regional and district level facilities elsewhere in the City of Wanneroo, including Butler North, Yanchep and Two Rocks. There will competing demands for the City’s scarce financial and other resources in order to deliver facilities and playing fields for a rapidly growing population. The City has been actively engaging the State government with regard to this matter.
The revised Kingsway Regional Sporting Complex Masterplan provides the City with a clear direction in which the development of the this key regional facility will support the sporting and recreational needs for the resident clubs as well as the casual and passive recreational requirements of the surrounding residents.
Building condition reports, undertaken by the City to determine the status of ten separate structures within the Kingsway Regional Sports Reserve, have identified additional costs associated with both renewal and upgrade of these buildings. An allocation of $300,000 has been made in 2011/12 for rehabilitation of clubrooms to tackle the most urgent of these items. Further allocations will be required in future years to continue this work on the principle of renew before new.
The imminent Stages 5 (2011/12) & 6 (2012/13) will remain consistent with the original Masterplan with minor amendments based on the input and feedback from clubs and residents. In addition to these works being carried out, within 2011/12 works will also be carried out to signpost and name the internal roads within the reserve and provide protection to the Soccer North and Rugby areas to prevent unauthorized vehicular access to the playing surfaces. Additional patrols of the area and re-keying of gates are considered important strategies in preventing antisocial behaviour and vandalism at these locations.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.2 Improve the City’s identity and community well-being through arts, culture, leisure and recreation”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
The consultant has identified the potential financial implications of this study, which are subject to Council’s budget deliberations. Many of the items proposed are already included in the City’s 10 Year Capital Works Program, but there will be additional funds required – particularly in response to development of an additional football oval and creation of bowling facilities.
The program of works as described in the Masterplan has been broken into 6 internal zones and a further zone addressing the overall site and site perimeter (Zone 1). The cost of development using January 2011 costs is shown below.
Area cost |
$ |
Item 1 - Overall Site and Site Perimeter |
1,556,100 |
Item 2 – Hockey/Cricket Zone |
770,600 |
Item 3 - Netball and Air Training Corp Zone |
851,163 |
Item 4 - Kingsway Sporting Club Zone |
3,728,222 |
Item 5 - Diamond Sports Zone |
1,521,900 |
Item 6 - Wanneroo City Soccer Club Zone |
2,657,164 |
Item 7 - Olympic Kingsway and Rugby Zone |
2,501,650 |
Total all items |
13,587,799 |
Design Contingency - 5% |
679,390 |
Construction Contingency - 10% |
1,426,719 |
Professional Fees/Management Fees - 10% |
1,569,391 |
Total project cost - January 2011 |
17,263,298 |
An implementation strategy has also been developed that has proposed the works be undertaken over a period of years to 2020 as demand is confirmed. The cost of implementation has been escalated at the rate of 4% per annum to produce a cash flow projection of expenditure to be made by the City. This table does not include costs by others or potential grant income. It shows the impact of escalation according to the implementation program over the period to 2019 lifting the total cost from $17,263,298 to $19,683,225.
Year |
Construction cost |
Total project cost |
2011 |
1,000 |
1,271 |
2012 |
2,220,309 |
2,820,902 |
2013 |
4,419,737 |
5,615,275 |
2014 |
695,841 |
884,066 |
2015 |
4,181,806 |
5,558,224 |
2016 |
1,737,989 |
2,208,115 |
2017 |
777,349 |
987,622 |
2018 |
1,043,262 |
1,325,464 |
2019 |
222,184 |
282,285 |
Total |
15,299,476 |
19,683,225 |
Within the City’s 10 Year Financial Management Plan the following resources have been allocated for Kingsway Regional Sporting Complex and are included within the consultants report.
Year |
Item |
Budget Allowance |
2011/12 |
Stage 5 – Soccer South |
3,900,000 |
|
Rehabilitation of Clubrooms |
300,000 |
2012/13 |
Baseball Clubrooms Preliminary design |
75,000 |
|
Stage 6 – Baseball Grounds |
2,700,000 |
|
North East Precinct Landscaping |
100,000 |
2013/14 |
Baseball Clubroom Construction |
750,000 |
|
Football Clubrooms Preliminary Design |
50,000 |
2014/15 |
Football Clubrooms Upgrade |
500,000 |
|
|
|
|
Total |
7,625,750 |
The major additional cost to the project is the inclusion of an additional sporting oval to the east of the current football oval and the provision of additional changing facilities throughout the reserve to support the expanding levels of use on the reserve.
The provision of clubroom and changing facilities throughout the reserve will be subject to grant applications through the Department of Sport and Recreation’s Community Sports & Recreation Facilities Fund being successful. Contributions from the resident clubs will be sought as well in the case of an upgrade to current facilities and possibly their respective state sporting associations should the facilities be anticipated to support state level activities.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council: -
1. RECEIVES the Revised Kingsway Masterplan Report in Attachment 1;
2. NOTES that the review of the Kingsway Masterplan will require a thorough review of the commitments in the 10 Year Financial Plan to allow consideration of any proposed additional works;
3. NOTES that implementation of works associated with the Masterplan will be subject to Council’s ongoing budget deliberations; and
4. NOTES that issues raised within the Masterplan review associated with Stage 5 works, to commence in 2011, will be taken into consideration during the design and implementation phases.
Other Matters
File Ref: 2411 – 11/27066
Responsible Officer: Director, Community Development
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider a review of the Community Consultation Policy.
Background
At its meeting of 26 April 2006 Council adopted a Community Consultation Policy to guide the way in which the City interacts with residents and other stakeholders on a range of issues. The original policy was developed in line with best practice principles available throughout Australia at that time.
Detail
The International Association for Public Participation Australasia (IAP2) publishes a widely used and regarded Public Participation Spectrum. This Spectrum has been used to review the City’s policy and very few changes were required. Essentially the following points have now been amended or clarified.
· Inclusion of the term engagement in the title and principles.
· Clarification of roles and titles since the organisational restructure in 2009.
· Additional definitions to assist interpretation.
· Extending the previous four stages of consultation to the international standard of five stages, based on increasing levels of public impact.
The revised draft Community Consultation and Engagement Policy is included as Attachment 1.
Although the policy as a high-level framework guiding the City’s intentions requires few modifications, the supporting documentation/practice notes require significant review and changes. An internal working group is assessing existing tools and considering the development of new tools to assist all officers implement the principles of the policy consistently and effectively. In particular, new technologies are being investigated to facilitate interaction with stakeholders who do not have access to traditional consultation methods (poor distribution of local newspapers, physical handicaps, etc) or who prefer on line communications (typically younger adults, but increasingly seniors as well).
Consideration is also being given to the preparation of an annual consultation strategy, for presentation to Council, that identifies key projects that might be considered by the community for input in a cohesive manner that avoids duplication of effort and “consultation fatigue” for respondents. This will be increasingly important as we move towards the implementation of the State Government’s proposed Integrated Planning Framework, which will require a community lead process for developing a Strategic Community Plan.
The IAP2 Public Participation Spectrum is proposed to be adopted as an attachment to the policy and appears as Attachment A to this report.
Consultation
Consultation was undertaken with a selection of key City officers who regularly conduct consultation with the City’s residents and stakeholders.
Comment
Recent reference to consultation strategies and policy frameworks in other Local Government authorities across Australia confirms that the City of Wanneroo policy, with minor modifications, is still appropriate. The City has extensive experience in the use of traditional and creative consultation processes that have proven very successful, including:
· formal surveys such as the annual customer perception surveys;
· calls for submissions in response to formal planning matters;
· sausage sizzles to aid in gathering community input to park designs;
· direct mail to residents within a suitable catchment;
· public meetings;
· newspaper/internet advertising of opportunities to comment;
· community art projects such as photo journals and primary school projects that informed the Quinn’s Residential Study;
· Tree of Hope/Cultural Plan based around City events.
It is clear however that with the decline in readership of newspapers by young adults and others within our community that new contact opportunities need to be explored. Adoption of the revised policy will enable Administration to focus on the development of a new “toolkit” for officers to use in engaging with the wider community for a range of issues. New technologies need to be explored to ensure that we understand the risks and productivity gains to be made from these if the City chooses to implement them. These might include:
· Facebook pages – interactive or non-interactive;
· Twitter;
· On line forums or targeted campaigns;
· Citizen space – crowd sourcing for policy development.
It is critical that the diversity of the City be considered in adopting new processes, including those with English as a second language, physical and mental health issues, cultural differences, etc.
The ability for Council to formally consider an annual consultation strategy should be trialled and would make a valuable contribution to the way in which we respond to community needs and concerns.
Statutory Compliance
This review of a Council Policy is undertaken in compliance within the requirements of the Local Government Act (WA) 1995.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.2 Improve community engagement”
Policy Implications
This policy forms part of the City of Wanneroo’s adopted Council Policy Manual and it is within Council’s capacity to confirm, modify or rescind Council policies.
Financial Implications
Revisions to this policy should improve both the efficiency and effectiveness of the City’s consultation with its community. Community consultation and engagement activities are funded from the City’s operating budget as a normal function of delivering programs and services to the community.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council APPROVES the revised Community Consultation and Engagement Policy as detailed in Attachment 1, including the International Association for Public Participation Australasia Public Participation Spectrum.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 346
Community Consultation and Engagement Policy
Policy Owner: Community Development
Contact Person: Director Community Development
Date of Approval: 26 April 2006 (GS07-04/06)
POLICY OBJECTIVE
The purpose of this policy is to provide a series of principles to guide consultation processes used by the City to encourage and support community involvement in local government decision-making. All community consultation and engagement is to be undertaken in accordance with the principles of this Policy.
POLICY STATEMENT
Community consultation and engagement enables the City of Wanneroo (the City) to involve the community in its decision-making processes.
It provides elected members and Council staff with the opportunity to:
· listen to the community;
· consider a range of options and develop ideas together; and
· build a shared understanding on an approach.
Consultation ensures that:
· the community is aware of, and involved in, the development and review of policies, plans and services;
· the community’s satisfaction with the City’s policies, plans and services is considered; and
· council is open and accountable in its decision making, resource management and expenditure.
Engagement means:
· Longer term conversations with the community;
· Educating the community; and
· Providing opportunities for feedback.
SCOPE
This policy applies to all City staff who deliver services to the community. The policy provides a framework for how and when the community needs to be informed/engaged about new or revised service provision. This might include anything from new play equipment or bus shelters to market research and public meetings about contentious local issues.
Background
The Community Consultation Policy identifies potential strategies and timeframes for consultation according to the nature of the topic being considered. The public participation spectrum that supports the policy outlines the types of consultation that might be utilised and which of these are most appropriately implemented given the level of impact either across the City or more locally.
CONSULTATION WITH STAKEHOLDERS
This policy acknowledges that there are statutory requirements the City must comply with in consulting with the community about particular issues. This policy encourages an increase in the level and range of methods used in community consultation, in addition to the level required by existing legislative and statutory requirements.
Key Values and Principles
In undertaking any consultation process the City will be committed to the following principles:
· Encouraging participation of people who live, work, visit or support the City of Wanneroo;
· Encouraging broad representation from all population groups within the community to ensure that a diverse range of views are expressed and considered;
· Minimising barriers to participation;
· Clearly stating the purpose and aims of the consultation, and any associated limitations or constraints;
· Ensuring relevant information is readily available and that it is accurate, comprehensive and easy to understand;
· Clearly defining the consultation period and allowing sufficient time and opportunity for the community to participate;
· Listening, responding and providing feedback to participants and the community about how the information gathered through the consultation process was used to inform the decision or outcome; and
· Being efficient, responsible and accountable for each consultation undertaken and the decision made as a result.
Consultation in Practice
The level of community consultation undertaken relates directly to the level of community involvement required. This should always be appropriate to the nature, complexity and impact of the issue, plan or strategy. Where a decision about a particular issue can be delayed to allow time for community consultation this should occur, if it is appropriate.
Any consultation undertaken by the City will be completed before a decision is made. Consultation, and a commitment to community involvement, is not effective, or appropriate, when:
· A final decision has already been made by Council or another agency;
· Council cannot influence a decision to be made by another agency or party; and
· There is insufficient time available to consult, due to legislative, resource or legal constraints.
In these events the City will endeavour to provide information relating to the reasons why Council could not seek community consultation on the issue.
In some circumstances, the City will carry out initial communication and notification procedures for regular services, and may become aware through responses received that the community or key stakeholders have strong views concerning the issue. As a result, further consultation processes may be used to work with the community to resolve the issue(s).
Informing Council
It is important that Council and Elected Members are made aware of consultation occurring within the City. The following applies to community consultation:
· Ward councillors will be invited to attend consultation that impacts on a local community within their ward and provided with any supporting information prior to invitations being made to the community;
· Wider/generic consultation will be identified to Elected Members through Council Forum, Clipboard and the City’s formal diary prior to any meeting or event.
· Consultation activities that are considered critical, that is they have a high level of media interest or potential impact on the City’s operations or finances, will be considered by Council prior to implementation.
Engagement activities will be facilitated by the delivery of key messages to the community using approved media – including but not restricted to newspapers, newsletters and other print materials; the City’s internet pages, e newsletters and other on-line opportunities; media releases; events; displays; and educational opportunities in partnership with other agencies and organisations.
IMPLICATIONS (Financial, Human Resources)
Each service unit that initiates new or revises existing services is required to appropriately budget funds and staff resources to undertake supporting community consultation. Corporate consultation will be facilitated by the Information and Business Improvement Service Unit.
IMPLEMENTATION
The following roles and responsibilities outline how the Community Consultation and Engagement Policy should be implemented in a consistent manner across all aspects of the City’s business. In particular a consultation proposal form must be completed and supported by the appropriate director prior to submission to the Community Consultation Review Panel. Once endorsed, agreed strategies should be implemented promptly and the results reported to Council, where required.
ROLES and RESPONSIBILITIES
Community Consultation Review Panel
To ensure that each consultation process is appropriate to the type of decision to be made, and the people that will be affected, a consultation strategy for each consultation will be developed and presented to the Community Consultation Review Panel.
The Community Consultation Review Panel will consist of:
· The Chief Executive Officer, or nominated representative
· The Directors of each City Directorate, or their nominated representatives
The Community Consultation Review Panel will be responsible for:
· assessing and endorsing each proposed community consultation process;
· providing advice to enhance consultation outcomes if appropriate; and
· reviewing evaluation reports from previous consultations.
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
All disputes in regard to this policy will be referred to the appropriate
Director in the first instance. In the event that an agreement cannot be
reached, the matter will be submitted to the Chief Executive Officer for a
ruling.
WHO NEEDS TO KNOW about THIS POLICY?
All City of Wanneroo elected members and officers need to be aware of this policy and able to interpret and implement its requirements.
EVALUATION and Review Provisions
To assist the City in using the most effective ways to consult the community, this policy provides for the review of consultation processes utilising a variety of methods including:
· Market research to identify preferred methods of providing information and receiving feedback from the community – conducted on a biennial basis;
· Seeking feedback from participants during and after consultation about the strategies and processes used; and
· Staff evaluation of consultation strategies, which is then submitted to the Community Consultation Review Panel after each consultation is completed.
The Community Consultation Policy will be reviewed every three (3) years.
DEFINITIONS
DEFINITIONS: Any definitions listed in the following table apply to this document only. |
|
Community Consultation
|
The term 'community consultation' covers the range of activities that the City utilises to support the involvement of residents, businesses, stakeholders and other community members in decision-making processes.
These processes include the following five levels of community participation: · Inform · Consult · Involve · Collaborate · Empower |
Engagement
|
The term Engagement covers the dissemination of key messages to the community to facilitate a long term, two way conversation about the future of the City of Wanneroo. It will also include educational opportunities and participation in decision-making processes. |
RELEVANT POLICIES/MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES/DOCUMENTS OR DELEGATIONS
Community Consultation and Engagement Guidelines and Practice Notes – currently under review.
REFERENCES
Public Participation Spectrum
The Public Participation Spectrum forms an attachment to this policy. The Spectrum aims to provide staff with a guide as to when, and how, to consult with the community in different situations.
Attachment A: IAP2 Public Participation Spectrum (© 2004 International Association for Public Participation)
RESPONSIBILITY FOR IMPLEMENTATION
DIRECTOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
Version |
Next Review |
Record No: |
|
April 2008 |
501131 |
2 |
February 2014 |
10/64025 |
ATTACHMENT - A
File Ref: 2408 – 11/27986
Responsible Officer: Director, Corporate Strategy and Performance
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the Financial Activity Statement for the period ended 28 February.
Background
Regulation 34(1) of the Local Government (Financial Management) Regulations 1996 requires a local government to prepare each month a statement of financial activity, presented according to nature and type, by program, or by business unit. Administration has opted to present the statement of financial activity by nature and type and in a similar format to that presented in the 2010/2011 Annual Budget. This format separates Revenue and Expenses from Other Revenue and Expenses and provides improved disclosure of City’s underlying Operating Result.
The Financial Activity Statement is in the form of an Income Statement, which compares year to date actual income and expenses with the year to date budget, shows variances and the adopted and revised budgets (if any). It is accompanied by a Balance Sheet together with information relating to Capital Projects, an Investment Portfolio Summary, Statement of Net Current Assets and Rate Setting Statement.
In addition to the above, Regulation 34(5) of the Local Government (Financial Management) Regulations 1996 requires a local government to adopt a percentage or value, calculated in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, to be used in statements of financial activity for reporting material variances. For the 2010/2011 financial year Council has adopted 10% for the reporting of variances, which is in line with previous years.
In accordance with Regulation 33A of the Local Government (Financial Management) Regulations 1996, a local government is to carry out a review of its Annual Budget for that year between 1 January and 31 March in each year. Council is to consider the review submitted to it and is to determine whether or not to adopt the review, any part of the review or any recommendations made in the review. Hence, the 2010/11 Mid Year Budget Review was considered and adopted by Council at its meeting of 8 March 2011, with financial information subsequently updated and reflected under the Revised Budget figures.
Detail
The Financial Activity Statement and February year to date financial performances of the City are detailed in Attachments 1, 2, 3, and 4.
Consultation
Nil
Comment
The commentaries on variances to budgets in the Financial Activity Statement for the period ended 28 February 2011 are provided below:
Income Statement (Refer to Attachment 1)
Net Result $ million
Year to Date Actual 47.275
Year to Date Revised Budget 42.221
Year to Date Variance 5.053 (+12%)
Full Year Adopted Budget 33.062
Full Year Revised Budget 54.531
The following information is provided on key aspects of the year to date financial results:
Revenues $ million
Year to Date Actual 110.648
Year to Date Revised Budget 109.023
Year to Date Variance 1.625 (+1%)
Full Year Adopted Budget 121.694
Full Year Revised Budget 125.176
Interest Earnings
The value recorded from Interest Earnings is dependent on the level of investment funds available, prevailing interest rates and the ability to closely monitor and manage. February year to date interest earnings amounts to $5.511 million recording approximately $0.8 million bi-annual coupon payments on the City’s Bonds portfolio. A substantial favourable variance of $0.776 million (+16%) comparing to year-to date budget is reflected.
Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) meeting March 2011 had decided to put cash rate on hold at 4.75%. The decision to keep the official cash rate on hold met the expectation of financial markets, being:
· Inflation is under control, and
· Flooding in Queensland and Victoria will have a temporary adverse effect on economic activity and prices.
It is unlikely the RBA will move interest rates in the following months as the floods have increased uncertainty and until RBA receives some post-floods data they will not rush with the decision. RBA Governor Glenn Stevens’ commentary in relation to the current monetary policy on 1 March further reinforced that a rate rise is not expected for the first half of 2011. Whilst internationally, there have been major events of a political and environmental nature that are having an impact on the wider economy, at this stage they are seen as temporary influences and not likely to stall the recovery being experienced across most markets.
The City will continue a “cautiously optimistic” prudent investment strategy throughout the year and has projected a full year forecast of $7.102 million, which is $1.720 million (+32%) better than the adopted budget.
Other Revenue
The Other Revenue category shows a favourable year to date variance to Budget of $0.339 million (+12%), mainly due to sales of commodity products at the Wangara Recycling Facility being ahead of budget by $0.559 million (+24%) however offset by non-receipt of royalty income year to date budget of $0.200 million.
The value of commodities has risen over the past six months through the strong Australian dollar and the world market paying more for products such as newspaper and mixed plastic. With a new commodity pricing round starting in March 2011, it is anticipated that our income from sales of commodity products will increase to $3.431 million by 30 June 2011, hence the overall Other Revenue will be better than the Adopted Budget by $1.035 million (+32%).
The full year budget of $0.300 million for royalty income is for sale of sand associated with the excavation of the boundary of the City’s Lot 15 Motivation Drive. It is expected that this income will be received this financial year.
Expenses $ million
Year to Date Actual -76.012
Year to Date Revised Budget -81.229
Year to Date Variance 5.217 (+6%)
Full Year Adopted Budget -123.713
Full Year Revised Budget -122.309
Materials and Contracts
Overall, the year to date expenses is below budget by $2.490 million (+10%), which is mainly due to the favourable variances reflected under Fuel Expenses of $0.159 million, Material Expenses of $0.441 million, Contract Expenses of $0.936 million and Refuse Removal Expenses of $0.736 million. Of these accounts, through the Mid Year review, reductions are reflected to end of year forecasts for Contract Expenses (reduced by $0.239 million) and Materials Expenses (reduced by $0.065 million).
Utility Charges (electricity, gas, water etc)
Utilities are currently under budget to the value of $0.456 million (+13%), which is primarily due to the timing of the Street Lighting bills. The outcome of analysis by Units at Mid Year Review presents an overall minor increase expected by year-end of $0.022 million.
Other Revenue and Expenses $ million
(Excluding Contributions of Physical Assets)
Year to Date Actual 12.640
Year to Date Revised Budget 14.428
Year to Date Variance -1.788 (-12%)
Full Year Adopted Budget 5.080
Full Year Revised Budget 21.664
Non-Operating Grants, Subsidies and Contributions
It is worth noting that $3.526 million unbudgeted income was received from Newgen Power Neerabup in November 2011. The Newgen payment is an Infrastructure contribution, which will be restricted and therefore does not represent an improvement to the City’s Operating position.
To the end of February the City had received $7.407 million towards Non-Operating Grants, Subsidies and Contributions, which is predominantly tied to the progress of capital projects and represents an unfavourable variance of -$1.718 million (-19%) when compared to year to date Budget. In most cases funds will be received upon completion or part completion of works, of which the exact timing is not necessarily known. It should be noted however that where projects are unable or unlikely to be completed by the current year end, their budgets may be requested to be carried forward to the following financial year. Assessments of these cases will be made over the coming months.
Town Planning Schemes (TPS)
TPS Revenue is dependent on Developers and as at 28 February the amount received by the City equates to $9.076 million, which is +1% above Budget. This however will not affect operations as funds received in this category are held separately in restricted reserve accounts for future Scheme use.
With TPS Expenses, some costs have been recorded year to date, which are $2.328 million (+38%) below Budget. These expenditures will relate to specific costs and land purchases within the Scheme location, which can only be allocated for particular Scheme purposes and where unspent, will be carried forward to future years.
During the mid year review process, it was noted that work progress in various scheme location is substantially slower than anticipated hence Administration has revised down the full year expenses to $9.225 million.
On the revenue stream, $0.226 million unbudgeted contribution money to Neerabup Structure Plan in relation to Flynn Drive construction was recorded and contribution for East Wanneroo - Cell 8 is forecast to increase by $1.802 million. However, the contribution money expected for East Wanneroo- Cell 1 was reduced to $0.491 million from original budget of $2.285 million as subdivision activities is deferred to next year.
Profit/ (Loss) on Asset Disposals
The Profit and Loss on Asset Disposals relates in part to the turnover of plant and fleet items and also relating to land sales. Plant and fleet activities within this area to February are steadily progressing, with a significant land sale to Western Power for the Neerabup Substation expected by March 2011. Approximately $4.300 million should be received from this sale, which is pending the finalisation of conditions set by the Western Australia Planning Commission (WAPC) of specific earthworks and drainage that are currently underway. Year to date variances to Budget of - $2.971 million (-95%) and +$0.472 million (+80%) are respectively reflected for Profits and Losses on Asset Disposals.
The recent Mid Year Review has reduced Profit on Assets Disposals by $2.000 million as Lot 12 Fowley Loop budgeted sale will not take place this year. However, the sale to Western Power is still expected to proceed to settlement this financial year.
Loss on Financial Assets Disposals
As recommended by the City’s financial advisor, Oakvale Capital Limited, the City has sold $10 million (face value) National Australia Bank (NAB) March 2012 Government Guaranteed bond. The sale reflected a face value loss of $44,800, however, counting the coupon interest earned and the potential higher interest to be earned from reinvesting the bond proceeds to term deposits, the comparable accumulated return will exceed the proceeds of the bond.
Contributions of Physical Assets $ million
Year to Date Actual 0.000
Year to Date Budget 0.000
Year to Date Variance 0.000 (0%)
Full Year Adopted Budget 30.000
Full Year Revised Budget 30.000
Each year Developers hand over physical assets (such as parklands) to the City, for its ongoing management and control. These assets can be of considerable value, however accurate costing are not available at this early stage of the financial year due to the extensive calculations required, based on the compilation of substantial information to be provided from Developers. It should be noted that variations on the amounts of contributions of physical assets comparing to budget has no direct impact to the City’s current financial year.
Balance Sheet (Refer to Attachment 2)
Capital Works Program
The current status of the Capital Works Program as of 28 February 2011 is summarised below, by Program Category: -
Program Category Description |
Annual Revised Budget $ million |
Year to date Actual $ million |
Commitments $ million |
Community |
5.175 |
2.595 |
0.790 |
Conservation |
0.203 |
0.057 |
0.045 |
Corporate |
6.753 |
2.154 |
1.530 |
Drainage |
0.490 |
0.244 |
0.030 |
Investment |
4.666 |
0.510 |
0.017 |
Recreation and Sport |
13.194 |
5.091 |
2.299 |
Transport |
47.024 |
11.567 |
7.636 |
Waste Management |
5.223 |
0.000 |
1.344 |
Total |
82.727 |
22.218 |
13.691 |
The table above notes a total Annual Revised Budget for the Capital Works Program as $82.727 million. This figure is inclusive of all adjustments to the Original Adopted Budget as endorsed by Council, of which an overall reduction of $3.454 million was identified through the recently adopted Mid Year Budget Review. To further expand on the Capital Works Program information above, key projects are selected to be reported on, on a regular basis, which are listed in the table below:
Project Description |
Annual Budget $ million |
Year to Date Actual $ million |
Commitments $ million |
Status Comment |
Ocean Reef Road Wangara |
12.986 |
0.181 |
1.389 |
Stage 2 designs complete with tender for works to be considered at March meeting. |
Pinjar Road Ashby |
8.019 |
2.641 |
1.389 |
In progress. |
Flynn Drive Neerabup |
6.226 |
0.000 |
0.000 |
Council deferred construction of Flynn Drive at its November 2010 meeting. |
Mirrabooka Avenue Landsdale |
4.5000 |
3.265 |
1.343 |
In progress. |
Kingsway Regional Sporting Complex |
4.000 |
2.913 |
1.001 |
In progress. |
Neerabup Industrial Estate |
3.250 |
0.396 |
0.001 |
Delayed due to environmental issues, resulting in some works to be carried forward to 2011/2012. |
Hepburn Avenue Alexander Heights |
3.500 |
0.909 |
1.722 |
In progress. |
Light Plant Replacement |
3.167 |
0.674 |
0.803 |
In progress. |
Waste Management Plant Replacement |
1.542 |
0.000 |
0.965 |
In progress. Budget reduced due to unsuccessful Joondalup tender. |
Kingsway Netball Facilities |
1.793 |
0.660 |
0.218 |
In progress. |
Joondalup Drive Pedestrian Improvements Banksia Grove |
1.728 |
0.741 |
0.918 |
In progress. |
Lenore Road Realignment Wanneroo |
1.250 |
0.000 |
0.000 |
To be carried forward to 2011/2012 due to delay in land availability. |
New Vehicle Purchases |
0.520 |
0.000 |
0.010 |
In progress. Budget reduced due to unsuccessful Joondalup tender. |
Wanneroo Showgrounds Clubrooms |
1.500 |
1.174 |
0.326 |
In progress. |
Joondalup Drive Carramar |
2.094 |
0.009 |
0.201 |
In progress. State govt funding brought forward to fast track works. |
Investment Portfolio Summary (Refer to Attachment 3)
Global output grew strongly in 2010, notwithstanding the relatively subdued performance of several of the major economies. The Chinese and Indian economies in particular have recorded very strong expansions, and price pressures, particularly for food and raw materials, have picked up. Concerns about sovereign creditworthiness in Europe have remained prominent and uncertainty from this source seems likely to persist for some time. Overall, however, the global economy continues to look strong going into 2011. Commodity prices have remained high and in many instances have risen further over recent months. Within Australia, the flooding in Queensland and Victoria is having a temporary adverse effect on economic activity and prices. Some production of crops and resources has been lost and some other forms of economic output have also been lower in the affected areas.
In accordance with a recent review of the City’s investment strategy, Council endorsed the City to continue maintaining a “cautiously optimistic” approach to its investments to ensure full protection of the City’s financial assets. As such, the City will only invest in government guaranteed products or short to medium term deposits with major banks during the present economic climate.
As at 28 February 2011, the City holds an investment portfolio (cash and cash equivalents) of $198,218,264. Interest Earnings were budgeted at 5% yield. The average yield for the past 12 months for the City’s portfolio is 5.79% while benchmark return annualized reflects 4.95% (UBS Warburg AUD Bank Bill Index).
Rate Setting Statement (Refer to Attachment 4)
The Rate Setting Statement outlined in Attachment 4 represents a composite view of the finances of the City, identifying the movement in the surplus/(deficit), primarily based on the operations and capital works revenue and expenditure, and resulting rating income required.
Overall Comment
Council has endorsed the City’s Mid Year Budget Review in its 8 March 2011 meeting and accordingly, the resulting Budget amendments required for Operating and Non Operating as well as Capital Works Program, are now incorporated into the financials, which are reflected as the “Revised Budget”.
The Operating Result for the City
to February month end presents an overall favourable variance of +25% (+$6.841
million) to year to date budget. Operating income continues to be ahead of year
to date budget by 1% ($1.625 million), with a majority of the variance
resulting from Interest Earnings (+$0.776 million/+16%) and Commodity Sales
from the Wangara Recycling Facility (+$0.559 million/+24%), offset by below
budget Fees and Charges
(-$0.944 million/-6%). Expenditures from operations also present a
favourable variance to year to date budget of +6% (+$5.217 million).
Activities in the capital program are progressing as expected with year to date
expenditures of $22.218 million incurred with an additional $13.691 million
reflected as Commitments.
With the encouraging financial data presented in the recent Mid Year Budget Review, Administration is confident of delivering positive results come year end. Particular attention will be directed to the close monitoring financial data over the coming months, to ensure end of year results provide the organisation with a positive platform when moving into the 2011/2012 financial year.
Statutory Compliance
This monthly financial report complies with Section 6.4 of the Local Government Act 1995 and Regulations 33A and 34 of the Local Government (Financial Management) Regulations 1996.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
<Insert futher Strategic Implications if required…>
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
As outlined above and detailed in Attachments 1, 2, 3 and 4
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council RECEIVES the Financial Activity Statements and commentaries on variances to Revised Budget for the period ended 28 February 2011, consisting of:
· Annual Original and Revised Budgets,
· Revised Budget figures being inclusive of results of the Mid Year Budget Review
· February 2011 Year to Date Revised Budget,
· February 2011 Year to Date Income and Expenditures,
· February 2011 Year to Date Material Variance Notes, and
· February 2011 Year to Date Net Current Assets;
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 365
File Ref: 4113 – 11/30596
Responsible Officer: Director, Corporate Strategy and Performance
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider key issues to guide the development of the 2011/12 Budget.
Background
The 2011/12 Budget is scheduled to be presented for final adoption at the Special Council meeting on Friday 3 June 2011, however it is good practice to progressively present a report to Council for consideration of key strategic elements in the budget development process. The subsequent guidance provided to Administration will ensure that the budget development progresses smoothly and in a very transparent manner.
This process commenced with a report dealing with Budget Principles and Parameters 2011/12 (CS01-03/11) considered by Council on 8 March 2011. As a result, the following resolution was adopted:
“That COUNCIL:
1. REAFFIRMS its Budget Principles adopted in 2010 to guide the Annual Budget Development Process for 2011/2012 and review of the 10 Year Strategic Financial Management Plan 2011/2012 to 2020/2021, being -
a) The budget shall be prepared consistent with the Best Practice Rating Strategy as detailed in the PWC report;
b) The aim is to achieve a ‘balanced’ operating budget (Improved actual performance will enhance the closing position);
c) Extraordinary income (such as proceeds from sale of land) shall not be used as a source of funds in the same financial year as it is proposed to be received. (Funds will be deposited in a Reserve to be called on in subsequent years);
d) The budgeted income for Investments shall be based on an average market return as measured against the UBS Warburg 90 Day Bank Bill Index and/or the Cash Rate (unless a higher level is certain);
e) The rate setting strategy for the next ten financial years be based on a rate in the dollar increase of CPI plus 3-6% as supported by the Price Waterhouse Coopers report “Western Australian Local Government Association Rate setting processes, funding amenity and service sustainability of WA outer metropolitan growth councils”;
f) The adoption of the ‘expenditure by category’ table to reflect the Municipal funding capacity;
g) Explore opportunities to increase the level of commercial return from Facilities through broadening the range of products and services provided; and
h) In developing each successive annual budget, opportunities will be explored to achieve operational efficiencies across the organisation.”
The 2011/12 Budget timetable includes the following Budget Workshops with Elected Members:
· Budget Workshop 1 – Tuesday 22 March 2011
· Budget Workshop 2 – Tuesday 12 April 2011
· Budget Workshop 3 – Tuesday 17 May 2011
Detail
On Tuesday 22 March 2011, Budget Workshop 1 was held with Elected Members. Administration provided detailed budget documentation, which addressed the following areas:
Budget Environment Commentary
This section plotted the progress since 2009, noting the following:
· In May 2009 the Reserve Bank of Australia released its Statement of Economic Policy. The statement outlined the RBA’s analysis of the economy, progress of the recession and forecasted economic outlook. Generally it reflected cautious optimism on the progress and impact of the Global Financial Crisis (GFC) on the Australian economy, but stressed that recovery will be gradual and could be set back by further stress in the financial markets. It was within this context that the 2009/10 Budget and 10 Year Financial Plan was developed, recognising a reduction in activity and flow on impact to the City’s income generating capacity.
· In 2009/10, the Australian economy proved to be resilient and managed to avoid a technical recession whilst many other developed countries around the world suffered significantly. Locally, despite the uncertain economic environment, the City substantially outperformed its budgeted position, delivering an improvement in the Operating Result.
· When developing the budget for 2010/11, the national and global economic environment was again scrutinised. It was noted that the Governor of the RBA made the following statement on 2 March 2010 when advising of the Board’s decision to raise the official cash rate:
“Global financial markets are functioning much better than they were a year ago and the extraordinary support from governments and central banks is gradually being wound back. Credit conditions remain difficult in some major countries as banks continue to face loan losses associated with the period of economic weakness. Concerns regarding some sovereigns remain elevated.
In Australia, economic conditions in 2009 were stronger than expected, after a mild downturn a year ago. The rate of unemployment appears to have peaked at a much lower level than earlier expected. Labour market data and a range of business surveys suggest growth in the economy may have already been at or close to trend for a few months.
Inflation has, as expected, declined in underlying terms from its peak in 2008, helped by the fall in commodity prices at the end of 2008, a noticeable slowing in private-sector labour costs during 2009, the rise in the exchange rate and the earlier period of slower growth in demand. CPI inflation has risen somewhat recently as temporary factors that had been holding it to unusually low rates is now abating. Inflation is expected to be consistent with the target in 2010.
The Board judges that with growth likely to be close to trend and inflation close to target over the coming year, it is appropriate for interest rates to be closer to average. Today’s decision is a further step in that process.”
· Whilst there were signs of recovery, both internationally and nationally, caution was generally being recommended. Despite confidence returning and a potential recovery, that might have an impact on growth, this in itself was unlikely to change the underlying performance of the City in the short term. It was within this context that the 2010/11 Budget was developed and 10 Year Financial Plan was reviewed and revised. As with the previous year, it recognised another year of subdued activity and flow through impact to the City’s income generating capacity.
· On 1 March 2011, RBA’s Board decided to leave the cash rate unchanged at 4.75 per cent. The Governor Glenn Stevens made the following commentary in relation to the current monetary policy:
“The global economy is continuing its expansion, led by very strong growth in the Asian region. Commodity prices have risen further over recent months, pushing up measures of consumer price inflation in many countries. A number of countries have been moving to tighten their monetary policy settings. Overall, though, financial conditions for the global economy remain accommodative.
Australia's terms of trade are at their highest level since the early 1950s and national income is growing strongly. Private investment is picking up, mainly in the resources sector, in response to high levels of commodity prices. In the household sector thus far, in contrast, there continues to be caution in spending and borrowing, and a higher rate of saving out of current income. The effects of the natural disasters over the summer have reduced output, but production levels should recover over the months ahead, and there will be a mild boost to demand from the rebuilding efforts as they get under way.
Inflation is consistent with the medium-term objective of monetary policy, having declined significantly from its peak in 2008. These moderate outcomes are being assisted by the high level of the exchange rate, the earlier decline in wages growth and strong competition in some key markets, which have worked to offset large rises in utilities prices. Production losses due to weather are temporarily raising prices for some agricultural produce, but these should fall back later in the year. Overall, looking through these temporary effects, the Bank expects that inflation over the year ahead will continue to be consistent with the 2–3 per cent target.
At today's meeting, the Board judged that the current mildly restrictive stance of monetary policy remained appropriate in view of the general macroeconomic outlook.”
· Whilst internationally, there have been major events of a political and environmental nature that are having an impact on the wider economy, at this stage they are seen as a temporary influence and not likely to stall the recovery being experienced across most markets.
· Locally, the City has recently finalised the Mid Year Budget Review for 2010/11, which was adopted at the 8 March 2011 Council meeting (CS02-03/11). In terms of the City’s normal operations, it is indicatively reflecting a substantial improvement to the forecast Operating Result. The Capital Works Program was reduced by $3.453 million, which primarily equates to a reduction in Reserves drawdown and therefore remains as a funding opportunity for the revised 10 Year Capital Works Program. Overall, it is anticipated that based on the improvements forecast, the end of year position will provide for a stronger Reserve position to be carried forward to 2011/12.
Current Performance – Growth and Statistics
At Wanneroo, the following Growth areas are materially relevant:
1. Growth in the overall number of “Created Lots” which translates to rateable properties. For the first six months, the City experienced approximately 3% increase in Lots, which equates to an annualised growth rate of approximately 6% (3200 Lots).
2. Growth in the number of “Developed Lots”, that is Lots with a completed dwelling. Recent review reflects a 2.7% increase over the preceding six months, which equates to an annualised growth of 5.4% (2900 homes).
3. Growth in population drives the demand on infrastructure and services. There is a direct link between Developed Lots and resident population, therefore it is estimated that the City’s population will grow by approximately 5.2% during 2010/11. Assuming this growth trend continues, the City’s population is forecasted to be in the vicinity of 160,000 by June 2011 and 168,000 by June 2012.
The Perth CPI increase to December 2010 was a little below expectations and has been influenced by a high Australian dollar positively affecting import prices, which has offset other more staple household expenses. However, it is anticipated that once the floods have been factored into future quarters, a return to CPI in the order of 3% is feasible.
SUMMARY OF GROWTH FACTORS |
|||
|
BUDGET |
CURRENT |
FORECAST |
Created Lots |
4% |
5% |
5% |
Developed Lots |
4% |
5% |
5% |
Roads |
5% |
5% |
5% |
CPI |
2.5% |
2.6% |
3% |
The previous Table demonstrates that despite the GFC, there was still reasonable activity in the land development sector, which has a flow on impact to the City. Importantly, the growth factors employed in the 2010/11 Budget closely align to the actual performance to date.
Draft 10 Year Capital Works Program (2011/12 – 2020/21)
In June 2010, Council adopted the 2010/11 Annual Budget, incorporating the 10 Year Capital Works Program (2010/11 – 2019/20). In preparing for the 2011/12 Budget, it is necessary to review the 10 Year Capital Works Program to verify priorities, costing, funding opportunities and also to add the new year 10 (2020/21). Accordingly, the Draft 10 Year Capital Works Program 2011/12 – 2020/21 as presented to Budget Workshop 1 provided for a total of $349 million to be expended on projects over the next 10 years, averaging $35 million each year.
In respect to Year 1, being 2011/12, the draft included a total of $35 million, which reflects a reduction of $10.8 million on what was previously indicated in the adopted 10 Year Capital Works Program. A list of major amendments to the Program was provided (see Attachment 1), which identified specific projects that have been adjusted within the 10 Year Program. Importantly, the Budget Principle of ‘renew before new’ is reflected in the figures depicted in the following table and throughout the 10 Year Program:
In considering the funding requirements identified in the Draft 2011/12 Capital Works Program, a number of important issues were identified:
1. Sufficient Municipal funding is anticipated to be available, however as noted previously, adjustments are required to the Expenditure by Category table to increase the proportion to meet the ‘Upgrade’ component of the works program;
2. In some instances, where Grant funding is being sourced, Council will need to define during the budget adoption process as to whether the project will progress regardless of whether grant funding applications are successful or not; and
3. Adjustments have been made to the Loan Funded projects, which will need to be formally endorsed by Council during the budget adoption.
New Strategic Initiatives
Whilst the 10 Year Financial Plan has a 3% growth factor built in, that primarily addresses the ‘organic’ growth of the organisation to match growth-based demand, there are times when Council may wish to vary its standards or introduce new services. Funding is provided for this within the Expenditure by Category table. A total of 8 initiatives were presented at Budget Workshop 1, as detailed below:
· Development of Strategic Community Plan and Corporate Plan
· Additional Focus on Compliance – Regulatory Services
· Planning Implementation compliance Officers
· Development of an Integrated Customer Centre
· Verge Litter and Verge Illegal Dumping Collection
· Community Safety Patrol & Ranger Service Model
· Bulk Diesel Fuel Tanks at Ashby Operations Centre
· Short-Term Administration Accommodation & Long-Term Administration Accommodation & Local Government Boundaries
The demand for the Initiatives can be broken down into the following categories:
· Five initiatives relate to proposals for Council to consider strategically increasing service standards, which could be termed discretionary services;
· one being a long term cost efficiency proposal;
· one being a strategic initiative supported by proposed changes to Regulations; and
· the final initiative seeks to inform Council on a strategy to meet the short and long term workforce requirements of the City.
In these instances, the Expenditure by Category table provides a funding opportunity through the Operational Growth and Discretionary categories. The Municipal funding demand arising from the above initiatives is in the vicinity of $1.7 million, including Capital and Operating requirements with one project potentially funded from Reserves, which could reduce the Municipal requirements to $1.3 million if deemed necessary.
The New Initiatives will be further reviewed at Workshop 3, once the preliminary Operating Budget has been reviewed at Workshop 2.
Elected Member Requests
A list of projects/works requested by Elected Members was presented at Budget Workshop 1 with relevant Administration comments. Further investigation will be undertaken on a number of items with additional information provided and funding implications presented at Budget Workshop 3.
Budget Principles
As with the current budget, the development of the 2011/12 Annual Budget and review of the 10 Year Strategic Financial Management Plan will be guided by the adopted Budget Principles.
As guided by the Local Government Act and further supported by the WALGA SSS report and the Department's Accounting Manual, best practice financial management must aim for a balanced budget with major annual municipal funding for Capital Works equating to the annual Depreciation figure (a non cash expenditure item).
Following the above said compliance requirement, the original strategic principle of "Expenditure by Category" (Budget Principle (f)) was developed in 2009 based on the Depreciation budget of $22 million for 2009/10. The City's Depreciation expenses increase by approximately 10% annually, hence the latest funding model can be adjusted by +20% projecting the Municipal funding capacity to be in the vicinity of $26.4 million for 2011/12.
When developing the “Expenditure by Category” funding model in 2009, the following circumstances prevailed:
1. The City had in recent years undertaken substantial new infrastructure projects, for example: Construct Wanneroo Library and Cultural Centre, Redevelop Wanneroo Townsite and commencement of the Upgrade Kingsway Regional Sporting Complex.
2. In accordance with the Council resolution of IN02-03/09 Infrastructure Asset Management Renewal Gap Analysis, Council endorsed the concept of “Renew before New” for the development of the draft 10 Year Capital Works Program providing an annual budget averaged at $6 million for the first 5 years.
3. International economy was gloomy. The City’s 10 Year Financial Plan projected a shrinking revenue environment for the first 5 years and Budget parameters were guided by low CPI (1.5-2.5%), low growth (around 4%) and low interest rate (2-3%) predictions. Hence it was considered that Operational Growth and Discretionary (non assets) expenditures would most probably be required to be funded by Depreciation components instead of additional Operating revenues.
The constraint imposed by the ‘Expenditure by Category’ funding model was particularly relevant at the time and essential to promote a more financially sustainable position, particularly to prioritise the funding for the ‘renew before new’ principle and establish a repayment plan for the City’s $60m loan borrowing.
In incrementing the overall funding level to reflect the level of depreciation linked to asset growth, there is merit in reassessing the distribution within the model.
The draft 2011/12 Capital Works Budget has been revised down to $35.1 million, with a Municipal funding requirement of $15.1 million. The Municipal funding for Year 1 can be accommodated by the following adjustment to the Expenditure by Category model.
Consultation
The Draft 2011/12 Capital Works Program and related 10 Year Capital Works Plan was presented at Budget Workshop 1 on Tuesday 22 March 2011.
Comment
The adoption of Budget Principles and application of prudent budget practices has enabled the City to improve its financial sustainability even through a period of financial instability.
As an appropriately conservative approach has been taken in the budget development over recent budgets, the City’s current performance is reflecting an improvement, essentially due to the better than anticipated performance of the local economy, impacting positively on income and significant constraint being exercised by Administration across operational expenditure areas.
Whilst the full financial position will not ultimately be known until Budget Workshop 3, Administration is confident that normal operational growth for 2011/12 can be sustained and that the funding requirements for the Capital Works Program and New Initiatives is within expectations and can be achieved consistent with the Budget Principles.
Whilst the budget development process relies on effective communication throughout the Budget Workshop process, it is recognised that those forums have limited capacity and therefore periodic review by Council is prudent to provide formal guidance to Administration and demonstrate open and transparent governance.
Following each of the Workshops, reports will therefore be presented to Council for consideration and support for the ongoing budget development, prior to the Special Council meeting.
Statutory Compliance
The Budget development process will be undertaken in strict compliance with the Local Government Act and relevant accounting standards.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.4 Maintain long-term financial stability”.
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. NOTES the following in respect to the Draft 10 Year Capital Works Program as presented at Budget Workshop 1:
a) 2011/12 Capital Budget projects a total expenditure of $35.1 million (subject to further adjustment) with a Municipal funding requirement of $15.1 million;
b) The new Strategic Initiatives will now be incorporated into the Draft Operating Budget and Draft Capital Works Budget for presentation at Budget Workshop 2 and 3; and
c) Items raised for further review during Budget Workshop 1 will be presented at Budget Workshop 3.
2. SUPPORTS amending the Expenditure by Category table to increase the proportion of funding to the ‘Asset Upgrade’ category by reducing the ‘Discretionary’ category as detailed below:
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 374
MAJOR AMENDMENTS TO 10 YEAR CAPITAL WORKS PROGRAM
(2011/12 to 2020/21)
1. Yanchep Surf Life Saving Club (PR-1048)
Stage 1 construction with $1.5 million budget is pushed back 1 year from 2011/12.
2. Kingsway Shopfront Library (New)
This proposal is for STAGED development of a library branch at Kingsway Shopping Centre. The proposed site is 1000 sqm with the potential for expansion to the second level of the site. Project tasks include design, construct and fit-out. Proposed budget is $2 million for year 3 and $2.6 million for year 4, with $2.6 million loan funding, $1.5 million Grants and $0.5 million from developers subject to land swap valuations.
3. Girrawheen Library Upgrade (New)
Funds have already been allowed in year 3 and 4 of the existing 10 Year Capital Works Program to the amount of $500,000 and $200,000 respectively. Subject to extent of upgrade works to be undertaken through refurbishment and expansion of site, this submission budgeted for an additional $500,000 in year 3 of Grants funding and for year 4 an additional $300,000 in municipal funding with an additional $500,000 in Grants.
4. Community Safety (New)
· A 10 Year Program with $50,000 budget each year is proposed for crime prevention through environmental design projects commencing from 2011/12;
· $50,000 budget for 2011/12 is proposed for provision of lighting in the car park and toilet block in conjunction with rangers security measures put in place for Ian Robbins Park; and
· The new initiatives to improve community safety were previously budgeted for $150,000 each second year from 2012/13 to 2018/19 inclusive. The program is now expanded to $200,000 each year for 2012/13, 2014/15, 2016/17, 2018/19 and 2020/21 totalling to $1 million, in every second year.
5. Carramar Golf Course (PR–1041)
An amount of $100,000 is recommended to be included in 2011/12 Budget for a consultancy to investigate modifications to the 10th and 18th holes of Carramar; subject to a report being presented to Council on the outcomes estimated costs and funding sources.
6. Neerabup Industrial Area (PR-1006)
According to the latest progress of the development of this strategic industrial area, it is recommended to reduce 2011/12 Budget from $4.4 million to $2.5 million and provide additional $2 million for Years 2-5. This is a vital project to service the Northern Corridor and sufficient funds are required to set aside, to ensure essential Infrastructure and utility services be provided, as well as engaging various stakeholders. With this project able to be self funded, previously identified loan funding will be redirected to other strategic projects.
7. Pinjar Road – Ashby Upgrade (New)
Staged Construction of first carriageway between Wanneroo Road and Tapping Street with proposed budget of $1.2 million funded by Municipal. Completion of project staged over a number of financial years.
8. Houghton Park – Carramar (New)
Stage 1 construction is brought forward to 2011/12 with stage 2 still in 2013/14. Current budget is $700,000 with $367,000 from Municipal. Application made for CSRFF Grant of $333,000. Consideration needs to be given if the project will still proceed in the event of Grant application not being successful.
9. Plant & Vehicle Purchases
Various reductions have been made to projects relating to plant and vehicle purchases, resulting from a thorough review of needs based on current and forecast service levels. Being that the funding of these purchases will be from Reserves, there will be no effect to Municipal Funds. Major reductions are identified for: Light Vehicle Replacement $1.072 million, Domestic Waste Plant Replacement $2.541 million, Domestic Waste Vehicle Purchases $0.720 million and Commercial Waste Plant Replacement $0.359 million.
10. Lenore Road – Kemp Street to High Street (PR-2097)
The original budget identified for this project for 2011/2012 ($3.225 million) is to be pushed back one year to 2012/2013, due to land acquisition issues. Subsequently, future years’ budgets will also be delayed for this reason.
Governance and Executive Services
File Ref: 3626 – 11/27493
Responsible Officer: Director, Corporate Strategy and Performance
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider requests for sponsorships, donations and waiver of fees in accordance with the City’s Donations, Sponsorships and Waiver of Fees and Charges Policy.
Background
The Donations, Sponsorships and Waiver of Fees and Charges Policy requires applications over $500 from individuals and organisations to be determined by Council. Consequently a report is prepared for Council meetings, coinciding with a period where applications of this nature have been received.
With respect to requests for sponsorships, the City’s Policy specifies that for National Events the amount provided will be $200.00 per individual, capped at $600.00 per team, and for International Events the amount provided is $500.00 per individual with no capped amount.
Detail
During this period, the City has received one sponsorship request, one community donation request and no requests for a waiver of fees and charges, which are summarised as follows. Copies of the full applications are available from Governance upon request.
Comment
Council’s attention is drawn to the fact that of the $95,000 allocated to Sponsorships, Donations and Waiver of Fees and Charges in the 2010/11 Budget, ($20,000 of which was added at the 8 February 2011 Ordinary Council Meeting and $15,000 at the 8 March 2011 Ordinary Council Meeting) a total of $70,708.85 has already been expended, leaving $24,291.15 to cover all further requests that may be received prior to 30 June 2011.
Sponsorship Donations
Applicant 1 – School Sport WA |
|
Name of Individual/s
|
Alicia Buchanan, Kimberley Hallett and Zack Gray |
Reside in City of Wanneroo 18years of age or under |
Yes Yes |
Event Details |
National Schools Triathlon Championships, 29 March to 1 April 2011, Redcliffe QLD |
Commitment to providing a written report regarding the event |
Yes |
Commitment to acknowledgement of the City of Wanneroo |
Yes |
Eligibility Level |
National - $200 per individual, capped at $600 per team. |
Comments
|
The application is in accordance with Council’s policy. |
Recommendation
|
APPROVE a request for sponsorship in the sum of $600.00 to School Sport WA for the participation of Alicia Buchanan, Kimberley Hallett and Zack Gray in the National Schools Triathlon Championships to be held from 29 March to 1 April 2011, in Redcliffe QLD |
Community Group Donations
Applicant 1 – Shuhari Karate |
|
Request amount |
$340.00 |
Description of request |
50% Waiver of fees for the hire of the Phil Renkin Centre for a martial arts demonstration by Kobudo Masters from Okinawa, Japan from 23-28 February 2011. |
Criteria |
Evaluation |
Potential for income generation |
Nil |
Status of applicant organisation |
Community commercial group |
Exclusivity of the event or project |
Open to the public |
Alignment with Council’s existing philosophies, values and strategic direction |
Objective 2.2 – Improve the City’s identity and community well-being through arts, culture, leisure and recreation. Objective 3.2 – Support business and initiatives. |
Alternative funding sources available or accessed by the organisation |
Nil |
Contribution to the event or activity made by the applicant or organisation |
$341.00 |
Previous funding assistance provided to the organisation by the City |
Nil |
Commitment to acknowledge the City of Wanneroo |
Yes |
Comments |
This group offers karate and kobudo training at community centres in Yanchep, Butler and Carramar at a third of the price of commercial clubs. Whilst it is still a commercial enterprise, it does make this training more affordable for City of Wanneroo residents that may not otherwise be able to afford to send their children to learn karate. The visit by Japanese Masters is a unique and free opportunity for residents that Council may wish to support. |
Recommendation |
NOT APPROVE a 50% waiver of fees of $340.00 for the hire of the Phil Renkin Centre for a martial arts demonstration by Kobudo Masters from Okinawa, Japan from 23-28 February 2011. |
Reason |
This request does not satisfy the criteria of the policy. |
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.2 Improve the City’s identity and community well-being through arts, culture, leisure and recreation”
“3. Economic
3.2 Support business and initiatives.”
Policy Implications
The City of Wanneroo Donations, Sponsorship and Waiver of Fees and Charges Policy states that sponsorship applications for attendance at National Events will be capped at $600.00 per team and Regional or State capped at $600 per club.
Financial Implications
Budget 2010/2011 |
|
$95 000.00 |
Amount expended to date (as at 15 March 2011) |
|
$70,708.85 |
Balance |
|
$24,291.15 |
Total of requests for this round: Donations (in this report):
Total this Round |
$600.00 |
$600.00 |
CARRY FORWARD |
|
$23,691.15 |
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council:-
1. APPROVE a request for sponsorship in the sum of $600.00 to School Sport WA for the participation of Alicia Buchanan, Kimberley Hallett and Zack Gray in the National Schools Triathlon Championships to be held from 29 March to 1 April 2011, in Redcliffe QLD; and
2. NOT APPROVE a 50% waiver of fees of $340.00 for the hire of the Phil Renkin Centre for a martial arts demonstration by Kobudo Masters from Okinawa, Japan from 23-28 February 2011.
File Ref: 2409 – 11/27801
Responsible Officer: Director, Corporate Strategy and Performance
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider amendments to the Certificate of Recognition – Elected Members Policy.
Background
The Certificate of Recognition – Elected Members Policy was first adopted by Council in 2004, and was last reviewed by Council at its meeting on 10 March 2009 (GS02-03/09). The Policy was scheduled for review in January 2011.
Detail
The Certificate of Recognition – Elected Members Policy has been reviewed, with some minor amendments being identified with respect to updating of Departmental and Directorate titles. It is also proposed to amend the policy title to “Recognition – Elected Members”.
The primary amendment being proposed is the inclusion of a provision to allow for the invitation of former Elected Members (and their partners) of the current City of Wanneroo (post-1999) who have served three consecutive terms of office or 12 consecutive years to the following annual civic functions:
· Pioneer function;
· Volunteer function;
· Australia Day Citizenship function;
· Freeman of the City Induction Ceremonies; and
· City of Wanneroo Art Awards.
Consultation
This matter was discussed at the Council Forum held on 22 February 2011, at which time there was broad support for the ongoing recognition of the contributions of past Elected Members through invitation to a range of civic functions.
Comment
Administration has now concluded its review of the Policy for Council’s consideration. A copy of the Policy showing the proposed amendments is included as Attachment 1.
Statutory Compliance
Local Government Act 1995
Part 2 – Constitution of local government
Division 2 – Local governments and councils of local governments
“2.7 Role of council
(1) The council –
(a) governs the local government’s affairs; and
(b) is responsible for the performance of the local government’s functions.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the council is to –
(a) oversee the allocation of the local government’s finances and resources; and
(b) determine the local government’s policies.”
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
Policy Implications
This review will result in amendments to the City’s current Certificate of Recognition – Elected Members Policy.
Financial Implications
There are no financial implications associated with the proposed amendments to the Policy, outside of the normal “per head” costs associated with attendances at all civic functions.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council ADOPT the amended Recognition – Elected Members Policy as shown in Attachment 1.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 382
Certificate of Recognition – Elected Members
Policy Owner: Governance and Executive Services
Contact Person: Coordinator Governance and Executive Services
Date of Approval: 20 June 2004 (CE01-07/04)
POLICY OBJECTIVE
The purpose of this policy is to specify the circumstances in which to acknowledge the services of current or retiring elected members so that they are appropriately recognised for their contributions.
POLICY STATEMENT
In order to enable the City to appropriately recognise elected members, the following is presented:
Department of Local Government Certificates of Recognition
· A certificate of recognition will be awarded to a current or former
elected member, on request to the Department of Local Government and
Regional Development, after eight or more years of service and which has
been confirmed by the local government;
· The service need not be continuous and may be with one or more local governments;
· If an elected member, having been issued with a Certificate, has further service that qualifies, i.e. a further eight years or more, an additional Certificate will be issued; and
· Details on a Certificate will include the period served by the elected member as mayor/president, deputy mayor/ president or councillor.
Requests for certificates will be made to the Department by the City on behalf of the elected member. Certificates issued to current elected members who have served for more than eight years will recognise all their years of service however, once a Certificate has been issued, another will not be provided for any period less than a further eight years.
It is
therefore suggested that an Eelected
members who has have qualified for a certificate by,
having been serving on council for eight years, but who intends to
continue for another term, will therefore be requested to defer their
application for a certificate until such time as their term is completed or
they retire from council. This will allow the service details to be on
one certificate.
The Department
of Local Government and Regional Development will recognise the number of years served by
issuing certificates that are colour coded, i.e.
White: 8 to 16 years of service
Silver: 17 to 24 years of service
Gold: 25 years or more.
Presentation of Commemorative Plaques and Gifts
In addition to
the Certificate issued by the Department of Local Government and Regional
Development, the elected member will be presented, on retirement, with:
· With a A plaque of the Council crest and
an engraved plate identifying the name of the elected member and the years of
service to Council;
· A gift to the value of $80 per year for
Councillors and $100 per year for Mayors for each year
of service capped at a maximum of $500;
Presentations
will occur at either one of the following Council functions:
· Prior to a normal, scheduled Council meeting; or
· By the Mayor or his nominee; or
· As approved by the Mayor and Chief Executive Officer.
The retiree is to have the option of choice.
For the
position of Mayor, in addition to the Department of Local Government and
Regional Development Certificate of Recognition, a suitable gift and
reception will be arranged by the Chief Executive Officer in conjunction with
the Deputy Mayor.
Procedure:
Invitation to Civic Functions Following Retirement from Council
Invitations will be issued to past elected members (and their partners) of the current City of Wanneroo (post-1999) who have served three consecutive terms of office or 12 consecutive years to the following annual civic functions:
· Pioneer function;
· Volunteer function;
· Australia Day Citizenship function;
· Freeman of the City induction ceremonies; and
· City of Wanneroo Art Awards.
SCOPE
This policy applies to retiring and former elected members of the City of Wanneroo.
BACKGROUND
There is relatively little recognition and support for people who are prepared to be members of council and, as a result, make a significant contribution to their communities.
With this
in mind, in 2004 Tthe
Department of Local Government and Regional Development has therefore
reduced the qualifying period for the receipt of a Certificate of Recognition
to 8 eight years.
CONSULTATION WITH STAKEHOLDERS
Nil
IMPLICATIONS (Financial, Human Resources)
Nil
IMPLEMENTATION
1. The City’s Governance team will monitor the terms of service of individual elected members.
2. A
letter of recognition will be sent by the Chief Executive Officer to the
a qualifying elected member acknowledging their term of service and
clarifying whether the elected member wishes to claim their certificate at this
time or whether they prefer to postpone receipt until retirement. The
letter to detail the Department’s advice regarding postponement until
retirement.
3. A request will be made to the Department detailing the elected member’s full name and period of service as mayor/president, deputy mayor/president or councillor.
4. The Department will process the application and obtain the Minister’s signature. The Certificate will be posted back to Council for presentation to the elected member as described above.
5. The Chief Executive Officer will arrange the City of Wanneroo Plaque and gift.
6. The City’s Communications and Events unit will be responsible for issuing invitations to past elected members and their partners to attend those civic functions identified by this policy.
ROLES and RESPONSIBILITIES
See Implementation above.
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
N/A
WHO NEEDS TO KNOW about THIS POLICY?
· Elected Members
· Chief Executive Officer
· Manager Governance and Executive Services
· Manager Communications and Events
· Coordinator Governance
· Coordinator Communication and Events
DEFINITIONS
DEFINITIONS: There are no definitions for this policy. |
RELEVANT POLICIES/MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES/DOCUMENTS OR DELEGATIONS
Nil
REFERENCES
· Policy - Award of the Title “Honorary Freeman of the City of Wanneroo”
· Policy - Award of the Title “Wanneroo Pioneer”
· Policy – Australia Day Award
RESPONSIBILITY FOR IMPLEMENTATION
Manager Governance and Executive Services
Version |
Next Review |
Record No: |
March 2011 |
March 2013 |
11/27818 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 386
File Ref: 2409 – 11/27889
Responsible Officer: Director, Corporate Strategy and Performance
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider an amendment to the Australia Day Award Policy.
Background
The City’s current Australia Day Award Policy was adopted by Council in June 2006 and was last reviewed by Council in May 2010 (CS05-05/10).
Detail
The Australia Day Award Policy is proposed to be amended to include:
1. A provision that enables an invitation to be extended to the immediate past recipients of the Australia Day Citizen of the Year Award (and their partner), the Australia Day Youth Citizen of the Year Award (and their guardian) and the Australia Day Community Group of the Year (President and partner) to attend the next Australia Day Awards Ceremony; and
2. A requirement to publish details of Australia Day Awards recipients in the first available edition of “What’s Happening” following the awards ceremony.
Consultation
This matter was discussed at the Council Forum held on 22 February 2011, where Elected Members were advised that a report would be prepared for Council’s consideration.
Comment
The amended Policy document is included as Attachment 1 for Council’s consideration.
Statutory Compliance
Local Government Act 1995, Part 2 – Constitution of Local Government, Division 2 – Local Governments and Councils of Local Governments
“2.7 Role of council
(1) The council –
(a) governs the local government’s affairs; and
(b) is responsible for the performance of the local government’s functions.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the council is to –
(a) oversee the allocation of the local government’s finances and resources; and
(b) determine the local government’s policies.”
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.2 Improve community engagement”
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
Policy Implications
This report recommends amendments to the City’s current Australia Day Award Policy.
Financial Implications
There will be a “per head” cost associated with the attendance of previous Awardees at Australia Day ceremonies, as is the case with all civic functions.
There will also be a cost associated with the publication of details of Awardees in “What’s Happening”.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council ADOPT the amended Australia Day Award Policy as shown in Attachment 1.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 388
Policy Owner: Communications and Events
Contact
Person:: Manager
Communications and Events
Date of Approval: 5 May 2010 – CS05-05/10
OBJECTIVE
The purpose of this policy is to provide for the recognition of individuals and organisations who have made significant contributions to the City of Wanneroo’s community, through annual awards presented on Australia Day.
STATEMENT
The City of Wanneroo annually recognises individuals and organisations who have made a significant contribution to the City of Wanneroo’s community by awarding three categories of awards every Australia Day. Only one award is presented in each of the following categories:
City of Wanneroo Charles Searson Australia Day Youth Award
Presented to an individual under 25 years of age who has made an outstanding contribution to the local community.
City of Wanneroo Australia Day Award
Presented to an individual over 25 years of age who has made an outstanding contribution to the local community.
City of Wanneroo Australia Day Community Group or Event Award
Presented to an outstanding local community group or event.
Details of Australia Day Award recipients are published in the first available edition of “What’s Happening” following the Award ceremony.
An invitation to attend the next Australia Day Award ceremony is extended to the following:
· The recipient (and partner) of the City of Wanneroo Australia Day Award
· The recipient (and guardian or partner) of the City of Wanneroo Charles Searson Australia Day Youth Award
· The recipient (President/Chairperson and partner) of the City of Wanneroo Australia Day Community Group or Event Award
SCOPE
Award recipients must meet the following eligibility criteria:
· Recipients must be residents of the City of Wanneroo; or have coordinated a community event within the City of Wanneroo; or be members of a community group whose principal activities are conducted within the City of Wanneroo
· Awards cannot be granted posthumously
· A person cannot receive the same award twice
· Only one person (not a couple or group) may be nominated for individual award categories
· Local Government Councillors, State and Federal politicians are not eligible to receive an Award
· City of Wanneroo staff acting in their role or performing duties required by their employment with the City, are not eligible to receive an Award
BACKGROUND
Awards are presented at the annual ‘Australia Day Citizenship Ceremony’ held 26 January. Award recipients are presented with a framed certificate and ‘Australia Day Award Trophy’, and are requested to participate in post-event publicity and promotion. Copies of photographs taken as a result of publicity are provided to Award recipients
CONSULTATION WITH STAKEHOLDERS
As part of this policy, the following stakeholders need to be consulted:
· Schools in the City of Wanneroo;
· City of Wanneroo community groups; and
· Media organisations.
IMPLICATIONS (Financial, Human Resources)
The financial implications for this policy include printing of application forms and flyers, trophies, certificates and framing.
These costs are included as part of the Communications and Events annual budget.
IMPLEMENTATION
Nominations are invited via advertising and promotions preceding the annual ‘Australia Day Citizenship Ceremony’ held 26 January, but can be made at any time during the year. Anyone in the community can submit a nomination and these are made in writing using the official nomination form. Nomination forms can be obtained from the City of Wanneroo’s website www.wanneroo.wa.gov.au, Customer Service locations or by contacting Communications and Events.
In addition, students of schools within the City of Wanneroo who are awarded Student Citizenship Award in the 12 months preceding the Australia Day Awards, are automatically considered for the City of Wanneroo Charles Searson Australia Day Youth Award.
Nominations will be advertised from September each calendar year, with nominations closing 30 November. Judging will occur during December.
The September-November period will allow integration into existing promotional activities targeted at people/groups active within the community. These include but are not limited to: October Community Funding round (nomination forms to be posted with application kits, and promoted at information sessions); Volunteer Appreciation Functions (nomination forms to be posted with invitations and promoted at the functions); Youth Services meetings and activities with schools.
Nominees for the City of Wanneroo Australia Day Awards will be assessed by a judging panel according to the following criteria:
· Have made a significant positive contribution to the local community
· Possess leadership qualities
· Active member of the local community
· Commitment to enhancing their local community
The judging panel: Mayor, Director Community Development, Manager Communications and Events and two community members (expressions of interest) then decide the winners.
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The City’s Communications and Events team is responsible for implementation of all elements of this policy.
Roles and responsibilities include calling for nominations, promotion through the media, call for expressions of interest for the members of the judging panel, compiling nominations, scheduling judging panel meetings, organising awards and inviting nominees and nominators to the presentation event.
WHO NEEDS TO KNOW ABOUT THIS POLICY?
· Mayor
· Director Community Development
· Manager Communications and Events
· Communications and Events service unit
· Schools
· Community groups
EVALUATION AND REVIEW PROVISIONS
To measure and evaluate the effectiveness of this policy, the following key performance indicators will be used:
· Number of nominations received for each of the three categories.
· Quality of nominations.
· Media exposures.
DEFINITIONS
There are no definitions for this policy.
REFERENCES
Nil
RESPONSIBILITY FOR IMPLEMENTATION
Manager Communications and Events
Reviewed |
Next Review |
Record No |
June 2006 |
|
|
May 2010 – CS 05-05/10 |
March 2012 |
888680 TRIM: 10/912 |
April 2011 – CS |
March 2012 |
11/27894 |
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 391
File Ref: 5720 – 11/27803
Responsible Officer: Director, Corporate Strategy and Performance
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider, as part of a continuous improvement framework for the City, and to support the Elected Members Code of Conduct, the establishment of an Internal Code of Conduct Committee to assess complaints regarding breaches of the general principles of behaviour of elected members.
Background
At the 29 June 2010 Council Meeting the following motion was presented:-
“UB02-06/10 Standing Orders and Code of Conduct
Moved Cr Guise, Seconded Cr Monks
THAT this Council believes that when matters arise that are pertinent to our Standing Orders and Code of Conduct, consistent with the reasons given by Judge Pritchard “that neither the findings nor the apology should be seen as the preferred method in dealing with differences of opinion in Council”, Council believes that it is in the best interest of good governance that in the first instance a reasonable effort is made to deal with these matters in accordance with the City’s Local Laws as prescribed in Standing Orders.
Procedural Motion
Moved Cr Newton, Seconded Cr Smithson
THAT the motion be deferred, pending referral to a Council Forum for further discussion.
CARRIED
12/0”
As a result the matter was listed for consideration at the 7 September 2010 Council Forum. The Department of Local Government (the Department) provided an overview of the opportunity to establish a Internal Code of Conduct Committee comprising well respected and suitably qualified members of the Community. It was noted that there was an intent for a mediation stage within the code of Conduct Regulations, however that has not been provided within the legislation but the concept is supported. It was suggested that the proposal be explored more fully with a report being submitted to Council in due course.
The Chief Executive Officers performance review also tasked the CEO with the function of developing a governance framework to deal with behaviours associated with the City’s Code of Conduct for consideration by Council, as follows:-
1. “NOTES the strategic tasks identified by the CEO to be assigned as Performance Criteria for 2010/11:
a) Develop a governance framework to deal with behaviours associated with the City’s Code of Conduct for consideration by Council;……………………..”
Detail
The Local Government (Rules of Conduct) Regulations 2007 (the Rules) currently provides for an independent entity to oversight the standards of conduct and behaviour of Elected Members. This legislation establishes a systematic approach and regulatory framework for scrutinising and dealing with misconduct and enshrines minimum standards to be observed by all elected members.
Complaints forwarded through to the above Standards Panel however take some time to assess and resolve and in the interim relationships between the elected body may be strained and could impact on the ability of the Council to function effectively.
Consideration could therefore be given to establishing an independent Internal Code of Conduct Committee where the Elected Member would have the opportunity to participate in a process for resolution without following a more lengthy formal approach. The success of this approach however depends on the willingness of the parties to participate. However this does not preclude the opportunity for Elected Members to submit complaints through the Rules of Conduct legislation.
Consultation
Administration has consulted extensively with the Department of Local Government and has received officers from the Department at Council Forums to speak on recommendations for processing complaints quickly and efficiently, the most recent being at the 15 March 2011 Council Forum.
Comment
The Department of Local Government and the City have invested considerable time in considering a governance framework which would allow local governments and individual elected members on a voluntary basis to participate in the local assessment of complaints through the establishment of a Internal Code of Conduct Committee.
It has been suggested that the Internal Code of Conduct Committee deal with the following complaints:
· Complaints about breaches of the general principles to guide behaviour - Regulation 3(1) of the Rules:-
3(1) General principles to guide the behaviour of council members include that a person in his or her capacity as a council member should –
a) act with reasonable care and diligence; and
b) act with honesty and integrity; and
c) act lawfully; and
d) avoid damage to the reputation of the local government; and
e) be open and accountable to the public; and
f) base decisions on relevant and factually correct information; and
g) treat others with respect and fairness; and
h) not be impaired by mind affecting substances.
· Breaches in City of Wanneroo Code of Conduct.
The current legislation provides NO head of power to support the establishment of an Internal Code of Conduct Committee, or any head of power that would compel an elected member to participate in such a committee, even if the Council formally resolved to establish one.
Furthermore in the event that a committee is formed by Council and the committee makes a finding against an Elected Member, it is unclear if there is any legal consequence if that elected member does not carry out the direction of the Internal Code of Conduct Committee.
In considering the above qualification, if there is endorsement of the framework in principle to introduce a system for local assessment of complaints, then Administration will, through a series of workshops involving the Department and Elected Members, develop procedures and a terms of reference covering the four stages presented at the Forum on 15 March 2011 and included in Attachment 1. Matters for further development include composition of members of the Code of Conduct Committee, treatment of reports from the Committee to Council and role of the Department of Local Government.
Statutory Compliance
The Internal Code of Conduct Committee would be established as a formal Committee of Council under Section 5.8 of the Local Government Act 1995 but would not be assigned delegated authority therefore all recommendations by the committee will need to be approved by Council.
It should be noted however that in regards to matters relating to conduct of elected members legislation currently exists to deal with these issues under the Local Government (Rules of Conduct) Regulations 2007 which is currently subject to review by the Department of Local Government.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
Policy Implications
The City’s Code of Conduct for Elected Members may need to be amended to include the reference to the Internal Standards Panel rules and procedures.
Financial Implications
It is envisaged that attendance fees of some form (subject to the constraints of the Local Government Act 1995) may need to be provided to meet the cost’s associated with the attendance of independent specialised members on the Committee.
Voting Requirements
Absolute Majority
That Council ENDORSE a framework in principal for the purpose of Administration conducting a series of workshops with Council and the Department of Local Government to develop procedures and a Terms of Reference for an Internal Code of Conduct Committee.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 395
File Ref: 2409 – 11/28268
Responsible Officer: Director, Corporate Strategy and Performance
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider amendments to the Council Members’ Fees, Allowances, Reimbursements and Benefits Policy.
Background
Clarification has been sought by Elected Members on the allowances available for Conference, Training and Study and the procedures to be followed for nominations that fall within the last six months of a Members term. Minor amendments have also been suggested by Administration to provide improved clarity in interpreting the Policy.
Detail
The following suggested changes are proposed for Elected Members consideration.
Section 6. - Professional Conferences
· A carry over value for the Mayor’s conference expenses has been included under Section 6.3.
· The following paragraph has been added to the end of the section:-
* Professional Conferences or meetings that either the Council or the CEO has requested that an elected member attend is not to be included in the annual maximum cost described in Clause 6.3.
Section 7 - Training and Education
The allowances for members has increased from $2000 to $4000 and the Mayor’s allowance from $4000 to $8000:-
“7.6 A maximum cost of $4,000 per member, and $8,000 for the Mayor per annum is set for the cost under 7.5 above.”
Deletion of Clause 7.8:-
“7.8 Elected members will be reimbursed for costs associated with their enrolment in an educational course of study (in accordance with Clauses 7.5(a) and (b), 7.6 and 7.7), upon representation of appropriate documentation.
Booking Arrangements relative to 6 and 7 above
Paragraph (f) has been amended to clarify the date at which the nomination for attendance at a training, education or conference event would take affect:-
“f) Any nomination for attendance at a training, education or conference event that falls within the last six months of a Council Members’ term of office will be referred to Council for approval. To avoid confusion the date for which Clause (f) shall take effect shall be taken from the date for which the Unit of study commences or the Conference/ Training Event starts.”
Consultation
Elected Members were presented with details of the proposed changes at the Council Forum on 15 March 2011.
Statutory Compliance
The above amendments are compliant with the Local Government Act 2005 once adopted by the Council.
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
Policy Implications
The suggested amendments to the policy will provide clarification to Members regarding their Allowances, Reimbursements and Benefits.
Financial Implications
There is an increase in the Elected Members Allowance for Training and Education which will be accommodated in the 2011/2012 budget.
Voting Requirement
Special Majority
That Council ADOPT the amended Council Members’ Fees, Allowances, Reimbursements and Benefits Policy as detailed in Attachment 1.
CITY OF WANNEROO Agenda OF Ordinary Council Meeting 05 April, 2011 412
File Ref: 1893 – 11/30876
Responsible Officer: Director, Corporate Strategy and Performance
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
The submission of a Motion to the 2011 National General Assembly (NGA) of Local Government.
Background
The 2011 National General Assembly of Local Government has written to all Local Governments within Australia inviting their participation to submit Motions to be considered at the National Convention Centre in Canberra between, 19-22 June 2011. The Motions to be submitted must follow the following principles;
1. Falls under one of the themes – Partnership, Place, and Position;
2. Be relevant to the work of Local Government nationally; and
3. Complement or build on the policy objectives of state and territory associations.
Motions submitted will be reviewed by the National General Assembly Committee as well as by state and territory Local Government Associations to determine the eligibility for inclusion in the NGA business papers. When reviewing Motions, the Committee considers the importance and relevance of the issue to Local Government. Motions that are agreed to at the National General Assembly become resolutions. These resolutions are then considered by the ALGA Board when setting National Local Government Policy and when the Board is making representations to the Federal Government at Ministerial Councils, during meetings and in ALGA publications. The ALGA Board is not bound by any resolutions passed at the NGA.
Detail
Councillor Newton will be attending the National General Assembly and has prepared the following Motion relating to Aged Care:
That this National General Assembly calls upon the Australian Government to ensure that the aged care industry receives a significant injection of funds. The increase in subsidies for residents in full time care of nursing homes was a mere 1.8% even though the CPI figure was approximately 2.8%. The combined increase for electricity, water, sewerage and gas alone was 18.8%.
The Federal Government consistently quotes funding increases which include the provision of 'new' beds and licences. The most recent aged care approval round was drastically under subscribed in Western Australia (WA). To date WA has been undersubscribed by over 2,400 places. Funding for these places is included in the projected increases in residential aged care.
The aged care industry’s major cost is wages, and they were increased by 3-4% which is also well over the 1.8% subsidy increase. With over 60% of aged care providers already running in deficit mode this increase in subsidies will only lead to a reduction in standards and services. Fortunately the single aged pension was increased by 2.2% which was marginally higher than the 1.8% subsidy increase.
If the residential aged care industry is not adequately funded it will have a major negative impact on our communities, The Federal Government has acknowledged that we have an aging population. Local Government administers Home and Community Care Packages that barely keep up with the growth. The lack of residential care places will place an enormous strain on family members, carers and ultimately our hospitals.
In order for this Motion to be progressed it requires the formal endorsement of the Local Government Council.
Consultation
Nil
Comment
The Motion is consistent with the principles outlined by the National General Assembly Committee and is relevant to the work of Local Government nationally.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.1 Increase choice and quality of neighbourhood and lifestyle options”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Nil
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
The Council endorses the Notice of Motion to be submitted to the National General Assembly of Local Government requesting that the Australian Government ensures that the Aged Care Industry receives a significant annual injection of funds.
Chief Executive Office
File Ref: 2883 – 11/23754
Responsible Officer: Chief Executive Officer
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider granting delegated authority to the Chief Executive Officer to appoint an Acting Chief Executive Officer for periods not exceeding 35 days.
Background
At the present time, all proposed appointments to the position of Acting Chief Executive Officer of the City of Wanneroo must be presented to Council for ratification prior to the appointment taking effect. However, Section 5.42 of the Local Government Act 1995 allows Council to delegate to the Chief Executive Officer any of its powers other than those specifically set out in Section 5.43.
Detail
From time to time, the Chief Executive Officer is required to be absent from the City. During his absence, those actions that the CEO is empowered to undertake and which are necessary to the functioning of the City of Wanneroo cannot be fulfilled unless an Acting Chief Executive Officer has been appointed.
At the present time, any proposal to appoint an Acting Chief Executive Officer must be presented to Council for approval prior to the appointment taking effect. This system does not present any issue provided that the absence of the Chief Executive Officer is planned and can be submitted to Council beforehand. However, should the appointment of an Acting Chief Executive Officer be required at short notice (ie due to the Chief Executive Officer’s absence because of illness, accident or other unforeseen circumstances), then it would be necessary to hold a Special Meeting of Council to address the situation.
It is suggested that, in the interests of good governance and to cover emergency situations, the Chief Executive Officer be granted delegated authority to make this type of appointment in accordance with the following conditions:
1. The position of Acting Chief Executive Officer can only be conferred on an employee of the City of Wanneroo who currently holds the position of Director and is designated as a “Senior Employee” in accordance with Section 5.37 of the Local Government Act 1995;
2. Delegated authority is only granted for appointments to the position of Acting Chief Executive Officer covering a period of 35 days or less. In instances where an appointment is required for a period exceeding 35 days, then that proposed appointment must be presented to Council for determination prior to the appointment taking effect; and
3. The Chief Executive Officer must advise Elected Members, on a quarterly basis, of any appointments made to the position of Acting Chief Executive Officer under delegated authority for the ensuing three month period. In instances where it is necessary for an appointment to be made at short notice, then Elected Members are to be advised of that appointment as soon as possible.
Consultation
Nil
Comment
It is recognised that the current situation, where Council must approve the appointment of an Acting Chief Executive Officer prior to that appointment taking effect, can present problems in instances where the Chief Executive Officer is required to be absent at short notice, or indeed with no prior warning. Under these circumstances, it would not be possible to obtain Council’s approval prior to an Acting Chief Executive Officer being required and therefore the day-to-day running of the City would be significantly impaired.
Statutory Compliance
Local Government Act 1995
Part 5 – Administration
Division 4 – Local government employees
“5.42 Delegation of some powers and duties to CEO
(1) A local government may delegate* to the CEO the exercise of any of its powers or the discharge of any of its duties under -
(a) This Act other than those referred to in section 5.43; or
(b) The Planning and Development Act 2005 section 214(2), (3) or (5).
*Absolute Majority”
“5.43 Limits on delegations to CEO
A local government cannot delegate to a CEO any of the following powers or duties –
(a) Any power or duty that requires a decision of an absolute majority or a 75% majority of the local government;
(b) Accepting a tender which exceeds an amount determined by the local government for the purpose of this paragraph;
(c) Appointing an auditor;
(d) Acquiring or disposing of any property valued at an amount exceeding an amount determined by the local government for the purpose of this paragraph;
(e) Any of the local government’s powers under section 5.98, 5.98A, 5.99, 5.99A or 5.100;
(f) Borrowing money on behalf of the local government;
(g) Hearing or determining an objection of a kind referred to in section 9.5;
(h) Any power or duty that requires the approval of the Minister or the Governor; or
(i) Such other powers or duties as may be prescribed.”
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
Directors are paid a higher duty allowance for any time spent in the position of Acting Chief Executive Officer.
Voting Requirements
Absolute Majority
That Council DELEGATES to the Chief Executive Officer, BY ABSOLUTE MAJORITY, the power to make appointments to the position of Acting Chief Executive Officer in accordance with the following:
1. The position of Acting Chief Executive Officer can only be conferred on an employee of the City of Wanneroo who currently holds the position of Director and is designated as a “Senior Employee” in accordance with Section 5.37 of the Local Government Act 1995;
2. Delegated authority is only granted for appointments to the position of Acting Chief Executive Officer covering a period of 35 days or less. In instances where an appointment is required for a period exceeding 35 days, then that proposed appointment must be presented to Council for determination prior to the appointment taking effect; and
3. The Chief Executive Officer must advise Elected Members, on a quarterly basis, of any appointments made to the position of Acting Chief Executive Officer under delegated authority for the ensuing three month period. In instances where it is necessary for an appointment to be made at short notice, then Elected Members are to be advised of that appointment as soon as possible.
File Ref: 3626 – 11/27456
Responsible Officer: Chief Executive Officer
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To note applications for sponsorships, donations and waivers
of fees and charges considered and determined by the Chief Executive Officer
from 31 January 2011 to
24 February 2011 in accordance with the provisions of the Donations,
Sponsorships and Waiver of Fees and Charges Policy.
Background
The Donations, Sponsorships and Waiver of Fees and Charges Policy delegates the consideration of requests for sponsorships, donations and waivers of fees and charges under a specified value to the Chief Executive Officer.
Detail
During the period, the City received the following requests:
1. 0 requests for sponsorship; and
2. 2 requests for donations and waivers of fees.
Comment
In accordance with the provisions and criteria nominated in the Donations, Sponsorships and Waiver of Fees and Charges Policy, determinations were made as listed in the recommendation to this report.
Applications and assessments of each request against the policy are available from Governance upon request. Among other criteria, sponsorship is given to individuals who reside within the City of Wanneroo, are 18 years of age or under and have not already received sponsorship in the same financial year.
Donations are given to groups who are located or have primary business in the City of Wanneroo and 75% or more of their membership resides within the City of Wanneroo.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.2 Improve the City’s identity and community well-being through arts, culture, leisure and recreation”
Policy Implications
This report aligns with the provisions and delegations of the Donations, Sponsorship and Waiver of Fees and Charges Policy.
Financial Implications
Approval of these requests has resulted in expenditure under Delegated Authority in the Award Governance Donations Account (717633-1207-316) of $482.50.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council NOTES the delegated determination of requests received by the City from 31 January to 24 February 2011 for donations, sponsorships and waiver of fees and charges (total of $482.50), which are as follows:-
Community Group Donation & Waiver of Fees Requests
No. |
Organisation |
Amount |
Recommendation |
Reason |
1. |
Small Business Centre North West Metro |
$82.50 |
APPROVE a 50% waiver of fees of $82.50 for the hire of the Banksia Room to run a Biz Links Workshop from 6-8pm on 23 March 2011. |
The request satisfies the criteria of the policy. |
2. |
NAIDOC School Initiatives |
$400.00 |
APPROVE a donation of
$400.00 towards the design, printing and distribution to schools of entry
forms for NAIDOC week competition, |
The request satisfies the criteria of the policy. |
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
$482.50 |
|
File Ref: 4900 – 11/27378
Responsible Officer: Chief Executive Officer
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider the Audit Committee’s recommendation to adopt the 2011/12 to 2012/14 Strategic Internal Audit Plan.
Internal Audit is an important component of the City’s Risk Management Strategy. It provides both an independent review of the City’s Internal Controls and gives some assurance to the Administration and Council on the efficiency and veracity of the policy and procedures of the City. The City’s current Strategic Audit Plan expires on 30 September 2011. A new plan has been proposed by the City’s contracted Internal Auditors, 2020 Global.
Background
The current three year Audit Plan expires in September 2011. The current Internal Auditors have prepared a risk based plan covering the next three years (Attachment 1 refers). It is intended that the proposed plan be further refined following a series of Risk Identification meetings to be held with the City’s Coordinators, Managers and Directors. The identified risks will be scored according to likelihood and impact and will form the basis of the City’s Risk Register.
Detail
The Internal Auditors are proposing some twenty six (26) audits over the three year period and a further 100 audit hours per annum for ad hoc transactional audits. The audits cover a good spread of the City’s activities and directorates. The City had previously intended to recruit an In-house Internal Auditor, however, an attempted recruitment proved fruitless and so it will be necessary to invite tenders from suitably qualified external firms. Including attendance at meetings and housekeeping, the proposal would cost approximately $100,000 per annum. The adopted 2009/10 Budget provided for $120,000 for an outsourced Internal Audit. This was revised down in 2010/11 to $46,000 to account for the planned recruitment of an internal resource. The mid-year 2010/11 review has now amended the total for external fees to $70,000 in recognition that 2020 Global will undertake audits to the date of contract expiry at which point a new contract will be entered into based on the Strategic Internal Plan.
Consultation
Widespread consultation will take place with all the
City’s Directorates and Business
Units in identifying and assessing Risk.
Comment
The 2011/12 to 2013/14 Strategic Internal Audit Plan was submitted to the Audit Committee meeting of 15 March 2011 (Item 4.4 refers) for its agreement and recommendation for adoption by Council.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“4 Governance
4.6 Provide and maintain a high standard of governance and accountability”
<Insert futher Strategic Implications if required…>
Policy Implications
Nil
Financial Implications
The costs of an (Internal) Internal Auditor vs. an External Auditor would both equate to approximately $100,000 per annum. This amount will be allowed for in the Budget and 10 Year Forecast respectively.
Voting Requirements
Simple/Special/Absolute Majority
That Council ADOPTS the Strategic Internal Audit Plan 2011/12 to 2013/14 with the proviso that it may be amended following Risk Management Workshops.
Item 9 Motions on Notice
File Ref: 2815 – 11/30706
Responsible Officer: Director, Community Development
Disclosure of Interest: Nil
Issue
To consider changing the City of Wanneroo regular citizenship ceremonies to Monday evenings.
Background
The City of Wanneroo has for several years conducted its citizenship ceremonies on a Tuesday night to facilitate the presence of as many councillors as possible. This program has worked very successfully and has been supported by both State and Federal members of parliament (MPs) who attend from time to time. In 2011 the City of Wanneroo was advised that there had been a change to State parliamentary sitting days, which now include Tuesdays, which will prevent State MPs from attending citizenship ceremonies.
Detail
This Motion on Notice seeks to have the regular program of citizenship ceremonies moved from Tuesday evenings to Monday evenings to enable both State and Federal MPs the opportunity to be present at City of Wanneroo citizenship ceremonies and at times address the new Australian citizens.
Consultation
The Mayor has previously circulated a request to all elected members seeking their advice on this matter.
Comment
As a Local Government authority we should be working with our State Government counterparts regardless of which party is the government. As a councillor I have always tried to work in with my parliamentary representatives from both parties, as I believe that I am here to represent the residents and never ask how they vote.
I feel that we should have parliamentary representatives at a citizenship ceremony as the people who are becoming Australians have a right to also have these state members of parliament present.
I am aware that the cost of the citizenship is borne by the Local Government authority, but there are times when we need the help of either our State or Federal politicians and therefore we should be understanding instead of acting like spoilt children, saying we are paying for the ceremony, therefore you cannot come.
Statutory Compliance
Nil
Strategic Implications
The proposal accords with the following Outcome Objective of the City’s Strategic Plan 2006 – 2021:
“2 Social
2.3 Improve the capacity of local communities to support each other”
Policy Implications
The Australian Citizenship Ceremonies Code states that “it provides guidance for organisations conducting citizenship ceremonies…sets out legal and other requirements for conducting citizenship ceremonies as well as the roles and responsibilities of those conducting ceremonies”. It goes on to say “in order to maximise the likelihood of acceptance of official invitations from elected representatives of government, citizenship ceremonies should not be scheduled on federal or state parliamentary sitting days”. However, it should be noted that this is not a legal requirement, but only a guide.
Financial Implications
The City has budgeted for the provision of Citizenship Ceremonies for 2011 without any financial contribution from either state or federal government. There would be no further financial or budget implications if the City changes its citizenship ceremony days and dates.
Voting Requirements
Simple Majority
That Council RECOMMENDS that Administration CHANGES the City of Wanneroo regular citizenship ceremonies to Monday evenings from Tuesdays.
Administration Comment
Conducting citizenship ceremonies on a Tuesday evening has increased the convenience for and attendance by elected members at regular citizenship ceremonies. There is no problem however for Administration in changing the day for these regular ceremonies.
Invitations for the April citizenship ceremony have already been issued and would inconvenience all participants to change that date.
The Wanneroo Civic Choir; Lake Joondalup Lifestyle Village Choir, Harbour Side Harmony Choir and Peter Moyes School Band and Choir have also been committed to a Tuesday evening schedule to the end of the year and cannot be guaranteed to be available Monday evenings.
Item 10 Urgent Business
CR01-04/11 Reconsideration of the draft East Wanneroo Cell 9 - East Landsdale Local Structure Plan No. 57 - Lot 165 (474) Kingsway, Landsdale
File Ref: 5642 – 11/24497
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
This report is to be dealt with in confidential session, under the terms of the Local Government Act 1995 Section 5.23(2), as follows:
(d) legal advice obtained, or which may be obtained, by the local government and which relates to a matter to be discussed at the meeting.
File Ref: 5642 – 11/26405
Responsible Officer: Director, Planning and Sustainability
This report is to be dealt with in confidential session, under the terms of the Local Government Act 1995 Section 5.23(2), as follows:
(e)(iii) a matter that if disclosed, would reveal information about the business, professional, commercial or financial affairs of a person, where the information is held by, or is about, a person other than the local government.
File Ref: SD142579 – 11/25796
Responsible Officer: Director, Corporate Strategy and Performance
This report is to be dealt with in confidential session, under the terms of the Local Government Act 1995 Section 5.23(2), as follows:
(e)(iii) a matter that if disclosed, would reveal information about the business, professional, commercial or financial affairs of a person, where the information is held by, or is about, a person other than the local government .
Item 12 Date of Next Meeting
The next Ordinary Council Meeting has been scheduled for 7.00pm on Tuesday, 3 May 2011, to be held at Civic Centre, , Dundebar Road, Wanneroo.